Fundamentals of Physics Extended, 12th Edition David Halliday Test Bank by TBtutors

Type:

Test Bank

Resource:

Fundamentals of Physics, Extended

Edition:

12th Edition

Author(s):

David Halliday Robert Resnick Jearl Walker

Package Title: Test Bank Questions Chapter 01 Course Title: Halliday 12e Chapter Number: Chapter 01

Question type: Multiple-Choice

1) The figure shows two length scales, one in Smoots and the other in Walkers. What is a length of 23 Smoots in the unit of Walkers?

a) 724 b) 129 c) 150 d) 531 e) 227 f) 167 g) 73 h) 410 i) 823 j) 207

Answer: j Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 1.1.0 Express the length of an object in SI units Learning Objective 2: LO 1.1.3 Change units by using chain-link conversions Section Reference 1: Section 1.1

Package Title: Test Bank Questions Chapter 02 Course Title: Halliday 12e Chapter Number: Chapter 02

Question type: Multiple-Choice

1) Here is the position function for a particle moving along an x axis: x(t ) = −3.00 − 4.00t + t 2 in meters and seconds. Where is the particle (m) at t = 3 s? a) -7.82 b) 3.00 c) -0.124 d) 6.24 e) -0.56 f) -4.00 g) 2.22 h) -6.00 i) 1.22 j) 0

Answer: h Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 2.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 2.1

2) Here is the position function for a particle moving along an x axis: x(t ) = −3.00 − 4.00t + t 2 in meters and seconds. Where is the particle (m) when it changes its direction of travel? a) -7.00 b) -4.75 c) 0.55 d) -1.30 e) -5.00 f) -5.22 g) 1.30 h) -1.22 i) 2.61 j) 0 Answer: a

Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Medium Learning Objective 1: LO 2.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 2.2

3) A particle enters a region at velocity +600 m/s along an x axis and begins to accelerate at the constant rate of +4.00 103 m/s2. How much time (s) does it take to travel 16.00 m? a) 9.03 10−4 b) 8.56 10−3 c) 1.24 10−3 d) 5.43 10−1 e) 5.27 10−2 f) 1.15 10−4 g) 5.1110−4 h) 1.3110−2 i) 2.46 10−2 j) 3.2110−3 Answer: i

Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Medium Learning Objective 1: LO 2.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 2.4

4) The figure shows a car and truck side by side at time t = 0. Just then car’s velocity is zero car’s constant acceleration is 5.00 m/s2 truck’s velocity is constant 45.0 m/s When the car and truck are again side by side, how far (m) down the road have they traveled?

a) 90.5 b) 265 c) 233 d) 452

e) 580 f) 360 g) 810 h) 540 i) 125 j) 100 Answer: g

Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Medium Learning Objective 1: LO 2.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 2.4 5) In the figure, a beverage can is dropped (released) from a height of y0 = 80.0 m. How much time (s) does it take to fall from height y1 = 60.0 m to height y2 = 10.0 m? (In your calculation, hold 4 or 5 significant figures until the last step.)

a) 1.46 b) 1.76 c) 0.480 d) 1.17 e) 0.455 f) 0.538 g) 0.626 h) 0.305 i) 0.723 j) 1.99 Answer: b

Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Medium Learning Objective 1: LO 2.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 2.5

6) The first figure gives a (reality) picture of a toy car moving along an x axis, first leftward and then rightward. Which of the ten graphs best gives the car’s position x versus time t?

a) 1 b) 2 c) 3 d) 4 e) 5 f) 6 g) 7 h) 8 i) 9 j) 10 Answer: i

Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 2.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 2.1

7) The first figure gives the position x versus time t for a particle moving along an x axis at constant acceleration. Which of the seven graphs best gives the velocity v versus time t?

a) 1 b) 2 c) 3 d) 4 e) 5 f) 6 g) 7 Answer: g

Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 2.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 2.2

8) Here is a position function (in meters and seconds) for a crazed squirrel running along an x axis:

x = 4 − 3t + 4t 2 . Which of the cartoons here best shows the squirrel’s motion, starting at t = 0?

a) 1 b) 2 c) 3 d) 4 e) 5

f) 6 Answer: e

Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 2.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 2.1

9) Here is a position function (in meters and seconds) for a crazed squirrel running along an x axis:

x = 4 − 3t + 4t 2 . Which of the graphs here best shows the squirrel’s motion, starting at t = 0?

a) 1 b) 2 c) 3 d) 4 e) 5 f) 6 Answer: a

Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 2.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 2.1

10) Moving in a straight line, a particle enters a region with an initial velocity of 200 m/s and begins to slow at a constant rate, stopping in 5.00 s. How far (m) did it move while slowing to a stop? a) 90 b) 500 c) 270 d) 184

e) 126 f) 450 g) 235 h) 282 i) 84 j) 750 Answer: b

Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 2.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 2.4

11) The figure shows a car and truck at time t = 0. At what coordinate (m) along the x axis are they sideby-side for a moment? Here are the initial data: Car: at x = 0, at rest, begins to accelerate at constant +3.00 m/s2. Truck: at xT0 = 20.0 m, is moving at a constant velocity of +30.0 m/s

a) 92 b) 500 c) 70 d) 144 e) 750 f) 360 g) 342 h) 180 i) 639 j) 66 Answer: i

Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 2.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 2.4

12) Here is the position function of toy car moving along an x axis, with x in meters and t in seconds: x = 30 − 4.0t + 12t 2 − 2.0t 3 . What is the velocity (m/s) at t = 2.0 s? a) 26 b) 18 c) 16 d) -10 e) 8.0 f) -30 g) 32 h) -24 i) 20 j) -16 Answer: i

Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 2.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 2.2

13) Here is a position function of toy car moving along an x axis, with x in meters and t in seconds: x = 30 − 4.0t + 12t 2 − 2.0t 3 . What is the x coordinate (m) of the particle when the acceleration is 0? a) 54 b) 39 c) 43 d) 33 e) 0 f) -12 g) 6.0 h) 15 i) -5.0 j) 12 Answer: a

Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 2.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 2.3

14) A beverage can is dropped from a height of 20.0 m above ground. What is its height (m) when there is 0.520 s left in the fall? a) 12.2 b) 5.70 c) 1.12 d) 2.32 e) 13.2 f) 8.97 g) 11.7 h) 5.44 i) 18.7 j) 6.94 Answer: f

Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 2.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 2.5

15) A beverage can is dropped from a height of 20.0 m above ground. What is its speed (m/s) when there is 0.520 s left in the fall? a) 4.40 b) 12.7 c) 8.77 d) 6.14 e) 14.7 f) 3.10 g) 18.0 h) 5.67 i) 9.15 j) 5.10

Answer: e

Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 2.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 2.5

16) The first figure here shows a taco that is thrown upward from the edge of a Taco Bell building; it barely misses the building on its way down. Which of the graphs here best gives the taco’s position y versus time t?

a) 1 b) 2 c) 3 d) 4 e) 5 f) 6 g) 7 h) 8 i) 9 j) 10 Answer: d

Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 2.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 2.5

17) The first figure here shows a taco that is thrown upward from the edge of a Taco Bell building; it barely misses the building on its way down. Which of the graphs here best gives the taco’s velocity v versus time t?

a) 1 b) 2 c) 3 d) 4 e) 5 f) 6 g) 7 h) 8 i) 9 j) 10 Answer: a

Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 2.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 2.5

18) An electric vehicle starts from rest and accelerates at a constant rate of 3.0 m/s2 along an x axis until it reaches a speed of 30 m/s. The vehicle then slows at a constant rate of 2.0 m/s2 until it stops. How far (m) has it traveled? a) 135 b) 375 c) 350 d) 200 e) 280 f) 150 g) 400 h) 240 i) 600 j) 140 Answer: b

Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 2.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 2.4

Package Title: Test Bank Questions Chapter 03 Course Title: Halliday 12e Chapter Number: Chapter 03

Question type: Multiple-Choice

1) The figure shows two vectors that run along coordinate axes. What is the direction of the cross product A B ?

a) +x b) –x c) +y d) –y e) +z f) –z Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 3.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 3.3

2) In an overhead view, the figure shows two straight segments of the walk of an armadillo: d1 = 5.00 m, d2 = 12.0 m,  = 60.0 (not drawn to scale). What is the magnitude (m) of the displacement vector that

points from start to finish?

a) 8.78 b) 11.2 c) 7.84 d) 10.4 e) 4.10 f) 5.05 g) 8.07 h) 6.21 i) 7.35 j) 9.58

Answer: g Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 3.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 3.1

ˆ B = −5iˆ + 3jˆ + 2k. ˆ What is A + B ? 3) Here are two vectors: A = 4iˆ + 3jˆ − 2k, a) 4iˆ − 4jˆ + 3kˆ b) ˆi + 0jˆ + 4kˆ c) −ˆi + 6jˆ + 0kˆ d) 4iˆ + 0jˆ − 2kˆ e) 4iˆ + 4jˆ + 3kˆ f) 9iˆ + 0jˆ − 4kˆ

g) 2iˆ + 3jˆ + 4kˆ h) 4iˆ + 6jˆ + 2kˆ i) −ˆi − 6jˆ + 0kˆ j) 10iˆ − 4jˆ − 7kˆ

Answer: c Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 3.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 3.2

ˆ B = −5iˆ + 3jˆ + 2k. ˆ What is A − B ? 4) Here are two vectors: A = 4iˆ + 3jˆ − 2k, a) 4iˆ − 4jˆ + 3kˆ b) î + 0jˆ + 4kˆ c) −î + 6jˆ + 0kˆ d) 4iˆ + 0jˆ − 2kˆ e) 4iˆ + 4jˆ + 3kˆ f) 9iˆ + 0jˆ − 4kˆ g) 2iˆ + 3jˆ + 4kˆ h) 4iˆ + 6jˆ + 2kˆ i) −î − 6jˆ + 0kˆ j) 10iˆ − 4jˆ − 7kˆ Answer: f Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 3.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 3.2

ˆ B = −5.0iˆ + 3.0jˆ + 2.0k. ˆ What is A  B ? 5) Here are two vectors: A = 4.0iˆ + 3.0jˆ − 2.0k,

a) 0iˆ + 0jˆ + 6kˆ b) 4iˆ + 0jˆ + 2kˆ c) 0iˆ + 6jˆ + 6kˆ d) 12iˆ + 2jˆ + 27kˆ e) 8iˆ − 29jˆ + 28kˆ f) 0iˆ − 6jˆ − 6kˆ g) 2iˆ + 3jˆ + 4kˆ h) 4iˆ + 6jˆ + 2kˆ i) 4iˆ − 6jˆ − 6kˆ j) 6iˆ + 12jˆ − 12kˆ Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 3.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 3.3

ˆ B = −5.0iˆ + 3.0jˆ + 2.0k. ˆ What is A  B ? 6) Here are two vectors: A = 4.0iˆ + 3.0jˆ − 2.0k, a) 25 b) 0 c) -31 d) -52 e) 12 f) -12 g) -4 h) 16 i) -10 j) -15 Answer: j Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 3.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 3.3

ˆ B = −5.0iˆ + 3.0jˆ + 2.0k. ˆ What is 3𝐵⃗ ∙ (2𝐴 × 𝐵⃗)? 7) Here are two vectors: A = 4.0iˆ + 3.0jˆ − 2.0k, a) 15 b) 12 c) 19 d) -5 e) 0 f) 24 g) -14 h) 16 i) -36 j) 13 Answer: e Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 3.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 3.3

8) Here are five pairs of vectors. Which have a dot product of zero? (1) 3iˆ and 4jˆ (2) 3iˆ and 4iˆ

ˆ and 4jˆ (3) (3iˆ + 4j) ˆ and 3iˆ (4) (3iˆ + 4j)

ˆ and (4iˆ − 3j) ˆ (5) (3iˆ + 4j) (a) 1 only (b) 2 only (c) 1 and 3 (d) 1 and 4 (e) 1 and 5 (f) 2 and 3 (g) 2 and 4 (h) 2 and 5 (i) 4 and 5 Answer: e Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy

Learning Objective 1: LO 3.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 3.3

9) Here are five pairs of vectors. Which have a cross product of zero? (1) 3iˆ and 4jˆ (2) 3iˆ and 4iˆ

ˆ and 4jˆ (3) (3iˆ + 4j) ˆ and 3iˆ (4) (3iˆ + 4j)

ˆ and (4iˆ − 3j) ˆ (5) (3iˆ + 4j) (a) 1 only (b) 2 only (c) 1 and 3 (d) 1 and 4 (e) 1 and 5 (f) 2 and 3 (g) 2 and 4 (h) 2 and 5 (i) 4 and 5 Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 3.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 3.3 10) Vector a is in the positive z direction. Vector b is in the positive y direction. What is the direction of

a b ? a) +x b) –x c) +y d ) –y e) +z f) –z Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy

Learning Objective 1: LO 3.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 3.3

11) A skunk takes the two-part walk in the overhead view of this figure: d1 = 5.00 m, d2 = 8.00 m,1 = 60.0, 2 = 30.0 (not drawn to scale). What is her net displacement (m) in unit-vector notation?

a) −17.3iˆ − 2.65jˆ b) −9.74iˆ − 2.25jˆ c) −11.3iˆ − 1.50jˆ d) −6.16iˆ − 9.33jˆ e) −13.7iˆ − 0.55jˆ f) −11.6iˆ − 4.52jˆ g) −19.1iˆ − 2.00jˆ h) −3.91iˆ − 4.08jˆ i) −4.33iˆ − 7.50jˆ j) −13.0iˆ − 1.45jˆ Answer: c Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 3.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 3.2

ˆ bˆ = 1.0iˆ − 4.0jˆ + 3.0k, ˆ what is a  (a  b )? 12) For these two vectors a = 2.0iˆ + 3.0j, a) 5 b) 8

c) 12 d) -8 e) 30 f) 0 g) -16 h) -24 i) 6 j) -22 Answer: f Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 3.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 3.3

13) What is the magnitude of this vector?

b = −2.00iˆ − 3.00jˆ − 1.00kˆ a) 1.74 b) 4.21 c) 3.74 d) 9.61 e) 10.3 f) 5.94 g) 7.11 h) 3.12 i) 5.48 j) 4.95 Answer: c Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 3.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 3.2

14) Here are two vectors:

a = −3iˆ − 4jˆ + 2kˆ b = −2iˆ − 3jˆ − kˆ What is a + b ?

a) −7iˆ − 3jˆ + 4kˆ b) −ˆi − ˆj + 3kˆ c) −2iˆ + 7ˆj − 3kˆ d) −5iˆ − 7ˆj + kˆ e) −6iˆ − 4jˆ + 4kˆ f) −ˆi − 9jˆ + 3kˆ g) −5iˆ + 7ˆj − 2kˆ h) −5iˆ + ˆj + kˆ i) −5iˆ − 6jˆ + 8kˆ j) −3iˆ − 7ˆj + 3kˆ Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 3.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 3.2

15) Here are two vectors:

a = −3iˆ − 4jˆ + 2kˆ b = −2iˆ − 3jˆ − kˆ What is a − b ? a) −7iˆ − 3jˆ + 4kˆ b) −ˆi − ˆj + 3kˆ c) −2iˆ + 7ˆj − 3kˆ d) −5iˆ − 7ˆj + kˆ e) −6iˆ − 4jˆ + 4kˆ f) −ˆi − 9jˆ + 3kˆ g) −5iˆ + 7ˆj − 2kˆ h) −5iˆ + ˆj + kˆ i) −5iˆ − 6jˆ + 8kˆ j) −3iˆ − 7ˆj + 3kˆ

Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 3.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 3.2

16) Here are two vectors:

a = −3.0iˆ − 4.0jˆ + 2.0kˆ b = −2.0iˆ − 3.0jˆ − 1.0kˆ What is their dot product? a) +10 b) -6 c) +24 d) +5 e) +16 f) -10 g) +6 h) -24 i) -5 j) -16 Answer: e Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 3.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 3.3

17) Here are two vectors:

a = −3.00iˆ − 4.00jˆ + 2.00kˆ b = −2.00iˆ − 3.00jˆ − 1.00kˆ What is the angle (deg) between them? a) 37.4 b) 50.6 c) 72.7 d) 103 e) 123

f) 25.0 g) 3.09 h) 7.89 i) 162 j) 46.2 Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 3.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 3.3

18) Here are two vectors.

a = −3.0iˆ − 4.0jˆ + 2.0kˆ b = −2.0iˆ − 3.0jˆ − 1.0kˆ What is their cross product? a) −7iˆ − 3jˆ + 4kˆ b) −ˆi − ˆj + 3kˆ c) −2iˆ + 7ˆj − 3kˆ d) −5iˆ − 7ˆj + kˆ e) −6iˆ − 4jˆ + 4kˆ f) −ˆi − 9jˆ + 3kˆ g) −5iˆ + 7ˆj − 2kˆ h) −5iˆ + ˆj + kˆ i) 10iˆ − 7ˆj + kˆ j) −3iˆ − 7ˆj + 3kˆ Answer: i Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 3.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 3.3

19) In this figure, which (if any) of the diagrams shows a proper way of combining vector components to form the vector?

a) 1 only b) 2 only c) 3 only d) 4 only e) 1 and 2 f) 3 and 4 g) 1 and 4 h) 2 and 3 i) none j) all four Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 3.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 3.1

20) The figure shows two vectors that run along coordinate axes. What is the direction of the cross ⃗? product 𝐴 × 𝐵

a) +x b) –x c) +y d) –y e) +z f) –z Answer: f Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 3.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 3.3

21) We are going to take a cross product of two vectors of the same magnitude. We have three choices for the angle between their directions. Rank the choices according to the size of the cross-product result, greatest first. ( ) indicates a tie choice 1: 10 choice 2: 40 choice 3: 90 a) 1, 2, 3 b) 1, 3, 2 c) 2, 1, 3 d) 2, 3, 1 e) 3, 2, 1 f) 3, 1, 2 g) (1,2), 3 h) 3, (1,2) i) 2, (1,3) j) (1,2,3)

Answer: e Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 3.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 3.3

22) The figure shows an overhead view of two straight segments of a run by a mouse: d1 = 14.0 m, d2 = 9.00 m,  = 60. The figure is not drawn to scale. What is the magnitude (m) of the displacement vector that points from start to finish?

a) 8.09 b) 4.53 c) 6.21 d) 7.35 e) 9.16 f) 5.70 g) 7.02 h) 7.67 i) 10.7 j) 1.94 Answer: h Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 3.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 3.1

23) The figure shows an overhead view of two straight segments of the run by a mouse: d1 = 14.0 m, d2 = 9.00 m,  = 60.0. The figure is not drawn to scale. What is the angle (deg) of that displacement vector (relative to the +x direction).

a) 8.09 b) 4.53 c) 6.21 d) 7.35 e) 9.16 f) 5.70 g) 7.02 h) 7.67 i) 10.7 j) 1.94 Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 3.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 3.1

Package Title: Test Bank Questions Chapter 04 Course Title: Halliday 12e Chapter Number: Chapter 04

Question type: Multiple-Choice

1) The figure shows the path of a projectile, with three points indicated. Rank the points according to the speed of the projectile, greatest first. ( ) indicates a tie.

a) 1, 2, 3 b) 1, 3, 2 c) 2, 1, 3 d) 2, 3, 1 e) 3, 2, 1 f) 3, 1, 2 g) (1,2), 3 h) 3, (1,2) i) 2, (1,3) j) (1,2,3) Answer: f

Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 4.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 4.4

2) The figure shows the path of a projectile, with three points indicated. Rank the points according to the magnitude of the horizontal component vx of the projectile’s velocity, greatest first. ( ) indicates a tie.

a) 1, 2, 3

b) 1, 3, 2 c) 2, 1, 3 d) 2, 3, 1 e) 3, 2, 1 f) 3, 1, 2 g) (1,2), 3 h) 3, (1,2) i) 2, (1,3) j) (1,2,3) Answer: j

Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 4.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 4.4

3) The figure shows the path of a projectile, with three points indicated. Rank the points according to the magnitude of the vertical component vy of the projectile’s velocity, greatest first. ( ) indicates a tie.

a) 1, 2, 3 b) 1, 3, 2 c) 2, 1, 3 d) 2, 3, 1 e) 3, 2, 1 f) 3, 1, 2 g) (1,2), 3 h) 3, (1,2) i) 2, (1,3) j) (1,2,3) Answer: f

Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 4.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 4.4

4) The figure shows an overhead view of a crazed squirrel moving in uniform circular motion after listening to too much psychedelic music. Three points are indicated along the circular path. Rank the points according to the speed of the squirrel, greatest first. ( ) indicates a tie.

a) 1, 2, 3 b) 1, 3, 2 c) 2, 1, 3 d) 2, 3, 1 e) 3, 2, 1 f) 3, 1, 2 g) (1,2), 3 h) 3, (1,2) i) 2, (1,3) j) (1,2,3) Answer: j

Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 4.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 4.5

5) The figure shows an overhead view of a crazed squirrel moving in uniform circular motion after listening to too much psychedelic music. Three points are indicated along the circular path. Rank the points according to the magnitude of the x component vx of the squirrel’s velocity, greatest first. ( ) indicates a tie.

a) 1, 2, 3 b) 1, 3, 2 c) 2, 1, 3 d) 2, 3, 1 e) 3, 2, 1 f) 3, 1, 2 g) (1,2), 3 h) 3, (1,2) i) 2, (1,3) j) (1,2,3) Answer: a

Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 4.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 4.5

6) The figure shows an overhead view of a crazed squirrel moving in uniform circular motion after listening to too much psychedelic music. Three points are indicated along the circular path. Rank the points according to the magnitude of the y component ay of the squirrel’s acceleration, greatest first. ( ) indicates a tie.

a) 1, 2, 3 b) 1, 3, 2 c) 2, 1, 3 d) 2, 3, 1 e) 3, 2, 1 f) 3, 1, 2 g) (1,2), 3 h) 3, (1,2) i) 2, (1,3) j) (1,2,3) Answer: a

Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 4.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 4.5 7) The position of a particle is given by r = 2.00t 2ˆi + 5.00t 2ˆj, in meters and seconds. What is the

magnitude (m/s) of the velocity at time t = 2.00 s? a) 12.8 b) 15.4 c) 16.4 d) 25.0 e) 21.5 f) 23.1 g) 17.0 h) 19.4 i) 18.6 j) 14.4 Answer: e

Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 4.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 4.2 8) The position of a particle is given by r = 2.00t 2ˆi + 5.00t 2ˆj, in meters and seconds. What is the angle (deg) of the velocity vector at t = 2.00 s, measured counterclockwise from the positive direction of

the x axis? a) 77.1 b) 225 c) 132 d) 192 e) 135 f) 33.7 g) 167 h) 68.2 i) 90.7 j) 33.7

Answer: h

Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 4.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 4.2 9) The position of a particle is given by r = 2.0t 2î + 5.0t 2ˆj, in meters and seconds. What is the acceleration (m/s2) of the particle at t = 2.00 s? a) 0 b) 4î + 2j^ c) 5î + 6j^ d) 12î + 6j^ e) 4î + 10j^ f) 4^j g) 2î + ^j h) 6î + 2j^ i) 12î + 3j^ j) 12î + 4j^ Answer: e

Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 4.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 4.3

10) In the figure, a projectile is launched at speed v0 = 20.0 m/s and angle θ0 = 30.0º over level ground at time t = 0. What is its maximum height (m)?

a) 28.4 b) 13.6

c) 12.0 d) 5.10 e) 18.9 f) 30.4 g) 41.0 h) 26.9 i) 24.3 j) 31.0 Answer: d

Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 4.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 4.4 11) In the figure, a projectile is launched at speed v0 = 20.0 m/s and angle θ0 = 30.0º over level ground at time t = 0. What is the speed (m/s) of the projectile when it reaches maximum height?

a) 14.2 b) 12.0 c) 12.5 d) 0 e) 5.4 f) 17.3 g) 3.9 h) 14.9 i) 23.0 j) 18.2 Answer: f

Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 4.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 4.4

12) In the figure, a projectile is launched at speed v0 = 20.0 m/s and angle θ0 = 30.0º over level ground at time t = 0. At what height (m) is the projectile at time t = 0.300 s?

a) 2.56 b) 5.34 c) 3.33 d) 12.4 e) 4.31 f) 6.59 g) 0.671 h) 4.51 i) 1.86 j) 2.02 Answer: a

Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 4.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 4.4

13) A Chihuahua dog moves in uniform circular motion in a horizontal xy plane. When the dog passes through the point at coordinates (3.00 m, -3.00 m), its velocity is −10.0jˆ m/s and its acceleration is

−20.0iˆ m/s2. What are the coordinates (m) of the center of the circle? a) (3, 2) b) (8, -3) c) (-2, -3) d) (3, -1) e) (3, 4) f) (6, -3) g) (-3, -3) h) (3, -10) i) (3, -8) j) (10, -3)

Answer: c

Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 4.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 4.5

14) A Chihuahua dog moves in uniform circular motion in a horizontal xy plane. When the dog passes through the point at coordinates (3.00 m, -3.00 m), its velocity is −10.0jˆ m/s and its acceleration is

−20.0iˆ m/s2. What is the period (s) of the circular motion? a) 2.33 b) 1.21 c) 1.57 d) 0.677 e) 3.81 f) 4.71 g) 4.26 h) 4.98 i) 5.17 j) 3.14 Answer: j

Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 4.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 4.5

15) The figure shows a ball that is kicked across a level field, toward a player who is distance D = 80.0 m from the kicking point. The launch speed is 25.0 m/s and the launch angle is 30.0º. How far (m) from the landing point is the player (how far does the player need to run to reach the landing point)?

a) 12.5

b) 13.7 c) 33.0 d) 47.6 e) 14.8 f) 18.6 g) 24.8 h) 27.5 i) 29.5 j) 37.8 Answer: g

Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 4.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 4.4

16) Here are three velocities (m/s) at which you can launch a particle from level ground, with an x axis along the ground and the y axis upward: v1 = 4iˆ + 3jˆ v2 = 3iˆ + 4jˆ v3 = 4ˆj Rank the launch velocities according to the time of flight (time to return to the ground), greatest first. ( ) indicates a tie. a) 1, 2, 3 b) 1, 3, 2 c) 2, 1, 3 d) 2, 3, 1 e) 3, 2, 1 f) 3, 1, 2 g) (2,3), 1 h) 3, (1,2) i) 2, (1,3) j) (1,2,3) Answer: g Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 4.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 4.4

17) In uniform circular motion, which is true about the velocity v and the acceleration a ? a) a is always tangent to the path and v is always radially inward. b) a is always tangent to the path and v is always radially outward. c) v is always tangent to the path and a is always radially outward. d) v is always tangent to the path and a is always radially inward. e) a is always tangent to the path and v is always perpendicular to the path. Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 4.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 4.5

18) In projectile motion (such as with a thrown baseball), which is true about the velocity v and the acceleration a ? a) v is always downward and a is always horizontal. b) v is always perpendicular to the path and a is always horizontal. c) v is always perpendicular to the path and a is always downward. d) v is always tangent to the path and a is always horizontal. e) v is always tangent to the path and a is always downward. f) v is always downward and a is always tangent to the path. g) v is always downward and a is always perpendicular to the path. Answer: e

Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 4.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 4.4

19) In the figure, a golf ball is hit out over a valley. Rank the four numbered points according to the magnitude of the vertical component of the ball’s velocity, greatest first. ( ) indicates a tie.

a) 2,3,1,4 b) 3,2,1,4 c) 4,1,3,2 d) 3,(1,4),2 e) 4,(1,3),2 f) 2,4,1,3 g) 1,2,4,3 h) 3,4,1,2 i) 2,(1,4),3 j) 1,(2,3),4 Answer: e Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 4.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 4.4

20) A particle goes through uniform circular motion. At one instant, it is at the xy coordinates (−2.0 m, 3.0 m), has velocity v = −4.0jˆ m/s, and has acceleration a = 2.0iˆ m/s2. What is the y coordinate (m) of the center of the circle? a) 8 b) -5 c) 0

d) 11 e) 6 f) 4 g) -2 h) 3 i) 5 j) -6

Answer: h Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 4.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 4.5

21) A particle goes through uniform circular motion. At one instant, it is at the xy coordinates

(−2.0 m, 3.0 m), has velocity v = −4.0jˆ m/s, and has acceleration a = 2.0iˆ m/s2. What is the x coordinate (m) of the center of the circle? a) 8 b) -5 c) 0 d) 11 e) 6 f) 4 g) -2 h) 3 i) 5 j) -6 Answer: e

Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 4.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 4.5

22) In the figure, a projectile is launched at 31.0 m/s, at 40.0 from the edge of cliff. What is the height (m) of the projectile when it has traveled a horizontal distance of 80.0 m? (It is still in flight.)

a) 31.9 b) 19.0 c) 28.0 d) 11.5 e) 23.5 f) 20.9 g) 30.1 h) 14.9 i) 25.8 j) 17.3

Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 4.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 4.4 23) The position vector of a particle is given by r = (45.0t − 319t )iˆ + 6.00t ˆj in meters and seconds. 2

What is the y component of the acceleration (m/s2) at t = 3.00 s? a) 75 b) 89 c) 155 d) 108 e) 144 f) 117 g) 132 h) 150

i) 67 j) 82 Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 4.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 4.3 24) The position vector of a particle is given by r = (45.0t 2 − 319t )iˆ + 6.00t 3ˆj in meters and seconds. What is the magnitude (m/s2) of the acceleration at t = 3.00 s? a) 807 b) 505 c) 213 d) 170 e) 341 f) 712 g) 623 h) 409 i) 467 j) 141 Answer: j Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 4.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 4.3

25) A particle is launched over level ground with a launch speed of 40.0 m/s and at a launch angle of 50.0º. What is its range (m)? a) 123 b) 99.2 c) 161 d) 86.3 e) 137 f) 77.4 g) 145

h) 65.4 i) 112 j) 91.0 Answer: c Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 4.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 4.4

26) A particle is launched over level ground with a launch speed of 40 m/s and at a launch angle of 50º. What is the time (s) of flight? a) 6.25 b) 7.11 c) 2.51 d) 5.05 e) 8.19 f) 0.581 g) 3.51 h) 4.04 i) 5.83 j) 3.11 Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 4.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 4.4

Package Title: Test Bank Questions Chapter 05 Course Title: Halliday 12e Chapter Number: Chapter 05

Question type: Multiple-Choice

1) The figure shows three situations in which the same block moves across a frictionless floor as two forces act on it. The only difference is the angle of the 8.0 N force. Rank the situations according to the magnitude of the block’s acceleration, greatest first. ( ) indicates a tie.

a) 1, 2, 3 b) 1, 3, 2 c) 2, 1, 3 d) 2, 3, 1 e) 3, 2, 1 f) 3, 1, 2 g) (2,3), 1 h) (1,2), 3 i) 1, (2,3) j) (1,2,3) Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 5.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 5.1

2) The figure shows a “train” of boxes being pulled over a frictionless floor by applied force Fa . Rank the cords according to their tension, greatest first. ( ) indicates a tie.

a) 1, 2, 3 b) 1, 3, 2 c) 2, 1, 3 d) 2, 3, 1 e) 3, 2, 1

f) 3, 1, 2 g) (1,2), 3 h) 3, (1,2) i) 2, (1,3) j) (1,3), 2 Answer: e Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 5.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 5.3

3) The figure shows a horizontal force of magnitude Fa = 300 N applied to the first of six blocks. The blocks move rightward across a frictionless floor. What is the magnitude (N) of the force F accelerating the last block?

a) 86 b) 17 c) 110 d) 94 e) 75 f) 48 g) 60 h) 82 i) 30 j) 52 Answer: e Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 5.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 5.3

4) The figure shows a block on a frictionless ramp; a cord attached to the block can pull on the block with a force parallel to the ramp. Here are three situations:

1. The block moves up the ramp with speed increasing at the rate of 2 m/s2. 2. The block moves down the ramp with speed decreasing at the rate of 2 m/s2. 3. The block moves down the ramp with speed increasing at the rate of 2 m/s2. Rank the three situations according to the tension in the cord, greatest first. () indicates a tie.

a) 1, 2, 3 b) 1, 3, 2 c) 2, 1, 3 d) 2, 3, 1 e) 3, 2, 1 f) 3, 1, 2 g) (2,3), 1 h) (1,2), 3 i) 1, (2,3) j) (1,2,3) Answer: h Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 5.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 5.3

5) The figure shows an overhead view of 4.00 kg puck that is being accelerated by two horizontal forces. Force 1 is indicated and has magnitude 20.0 N. The acceleration a is also indicated and has magnitude 12.0 m/s2, at angle  = 60.0. What is the magnitude (N) of the second force?

a) 13.0 b) 21.0 c) 38.2 d) 66.1 e) 89.9

f) 11.0 g) 17.0 h) 26.0 i) 13.0 j) 22.3 Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 5.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 5.3

6) The figure shows an overhead view of 4.00 kg puck that is being accelerated by two horizontal forces. Force 1 is indicated and has magnitude 20.0 N. The acceleration a is also indicated and has magnitude 12.0 m/s2, at angle  = 60.0. What is the angle (degrees) of the second force, as measured from the positive direction of the x axis?

a) 130 b) -66.4 c) 154 d) 170 e) -105 f) -125 g) 170 h) 260 i) -68. j) -223 Answer: i Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 5.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 5.3

7) The figure shows two blocks that are connected by a cord running over a pulley. The ramp is frictionless. What is the magnitude (m/s2) of the acceleration of the blocks?

m1 = 8.00 kg, m2 = 10.0 kg,  = 30.0

a) 1.46 b) 2.11 c) 2.85 d) 5.91 e) 4.04 f) 1.25 g) 1.69 h) 2.31 i) 3.27 j) 6.13 Answer: i Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 5.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 5.3

8) The figure shows a 150 kg elevator cab controlled by a single cable. It also gives a graph of the elevator’s vertical velocity v versus time t for 4.0 s. During that 4.0 s, what is the tension (kN) in the cable?

a) 1.2

b) 4.4 c) 1.3 d) 2.7 e) 1.4 f) 1.8 g) 0.96 h) 0.66 i) 0.87 j) 2.0 Answer: i Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 5.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 5.3

9) The figure shows two blocks connected by a cord that runs over a pulley. When the blocks are released, what is the magnitude (m/s2) of their acceleration? m1 = 4.00 kg, m2 = 8.00 kg

a) 0.891 b) 3.27 c) 1.34 d) 3.90 e) 7.42 f) 1.88 g) 2.60 h) 4.60 i) 5.70 j) 2.07 Answer: b Title: Question ID:

Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 5.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 5.3

10) The figure shows two blocks connected by a cord that runs over a pulley. When the blocks are released, what is the tension (N) in the cord? m1 = 4.00 kg, m2 = 8.00 kg

a) 11.6 b) 44.5 c) 13.4 d) 52.3 e) 14.0 f) 15.4 g) 96.0 h) 66.0 i) 87.0 j) 107 Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Hard Learning Objective 1: LO 5.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 5.3

11) The figure shows four boxes that are pushed along a frictionless floor the force F applied to the first box. The interfaces between adjacent boxes are where adjacent boxes push on each other. Rank the magnitudes of the forces at those interfaces, greatest first. ( ) indicates a tie.

a) 1, 2, 3 b) 1, 3, 2 c) 2, 1, 3 d) 2, 3, 1 e) 3, 2, 1 f) 3, 1, 2 g) (2,3), 1 h) 3, (1,2) i) 2, (1,3) j) (1,2,3) Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 5.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 5.3

12) The figure shows graphs for three situations in which a puck slides across a frictionless ice rink, on an xy plane. In which situation is the net force on the puck zero?

a) 1 b) 2 c) 3 Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 5.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 5.1

13) The figure shows graphs for three situations in which a puck slides across a frictionless ice rink, on an xy plane. In which situation is the net force on the puck along the x axis?

a) 1 b) 2 c) 3 Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 5.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 5.1

14) The figure is an overhead view of a 4.00 kg puck on which three horizontal forces act:

F1 = 20.0 N F2 = 14.0 N F3 = 12.0 N  = 25.0 What is the magnitude of the puck’s acceleration (m/s2)?

a) 0.54 b) 7.60 c) 24.7 d) 4.71 e) 8.70 f) 1.74 g) 5.33 h) 21.3

i) 12.4 j) 9.52 Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 5.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 5.1

15) The figure is an overhead view of a 4.00 kg puck on which three horizontal forces act:

F1 = 20.0 N F2 = 14.0 N F3 = 12.0 N  = 25.0 What is the angle (degrees) of the puck’s acceleration measured relative to the positive direction of the x axis? Use a minus sign for a clockwise angle.

a) -15.6 b) -39.5 c) 24.5 d) -24.5 e) 15.0 f) 112 g) 47.6 h) 81.2 i) 56.8 j) 70.8 Answer: g Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 5.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 5.1

16) The figure shows a train of six blocks that is pulled over a frictionless floor by a horizontal force of F = 81 N. What is the magnitude (N) of the tension T3 of the middle cord?

a) 21 b) 41 c) 60 d) 67 e) 51 f) 36 g) 18 h) 17 i) 48 j) 12 Answer: f Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 5.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 5.3

17) The figure shows a horizontal force F that is applied to a 6.70 kg block on a frictionless incline plane, which is angled at  = 55.0. The block moves up the plane at a constant speed. What is the magnitude (N) of F?

a) 16.6 b) 93.8 c) 23.4 d) 46.9 e) 81.2 f) 34.5 g) 56.8 h) 104 i) 195 j) 28.7 Answer: b

Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 5.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 5.3

18) The figure is an overhead view of a box on a frictionless horizontal surface. Six horizontal forces pull on the box, but only five are shown. The indicated force magnitudes are in newtons. If the box is to be stationary, what must be the magnitude and direction of the sixth (undrawn) force?

a) 16 N, +x b) 16 N, -x c) 16 N, +y d) 16 N, -y e) 0, none f) 6.0 N, +x g) 6.0 N, -x h) 6.0 N, +y i) 6.0 N, -y Answer: i Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 5.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 5.1

19) The figure is an overhead view of a 4.0 kg hockey puck that is being accelerated by two horizontal forces, but only one force is shown. The acceleration is also shown: magnitude a = 5.0 m/s2,  = 25 .

What is the magnitude (N) of the second force?

a) 26 b) 40 c) 5.8 d) 30 e) 11 f) 13 g) 21 h) 65 i) 17 j) 57 Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 5.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 5.1

20) The figure shows a horizontal force of magnitude FJ = 54 N applied to one of three blocks with these masses: mA = 2.0 kg, mB = 5.0 kg, and mC = 2.0 kg. The blocks move rightward across a frictionless floor. What is the magnitude (N) of the force on block B due to block A?

a) 18 b) 37 c) 14 d) 42 e) 5.2 f) 36 g) 11

h) 23 i) 28 j) 71 Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 5.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 5.3

21) The figure shows two blocks connected by a cord over two pulleys with negligible friction and mass. The two ramps are frictionless. The masses are m1 = 42.0 kg and m2 = 60.0 kg. The block on the right accelerates down the ramp at 3.00 m/s2. What is the angle θ1 (degrees) on the left?

a) 37.8 b) 13.6 c) 10.2 d) 29.8 e) 34.7 f) 41.2 g) 20.5 h) 24.9 i) 31.2 j) 42.8 Answer: g Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Hard Learning Objective 1: LO 5.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 5.3

Package Title: Test Bank Questions Chapter 06 Course Title: Halliday 12e Chapter Number: Chapter 06

Question type: Multiple-Choice

1) The figure shows a block on a ramp, held in place by a cord that runs up the ramp. If the block is stationary but on the verge of sliding up the ramp, is the friction static or kinetic and is its direction up or down the ramp?

a) static, up b) static, down c) kinetic, up d) kinetic, down Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 6.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 6.1

2) The figure shows a block on a ramp, with an attached cord that runs up the ramp. If the block is sliding down the plane, is the friction static or kinetic and is its direction up or down the ramp?

a) static, up b) static, down c) kinetic, up d) kinetic, down Answer: c

Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 6.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 6.1 3) The figure shows a block on a ramp, held in place by a cord that runs up the ramp. If we increase  , what happens to the magnitude of the normal force on the block?

a) increases b) decreases c) remains the same Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 6.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 6.1 4) The figure shows a block on a ramp, held in place by a cord that runs up the ramp. If we increase  , what happens to the component of the gravitational force along the ramp?

a) increases b) decreases c) remains the same Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 6.1.0

Section Reference 1: Section 6.1

5) The figure shows a 2.00 kg block on a floor. We apply a 10.0 N force F at an upward angle of  = 30.0. What is the magnitude (N) of the frictional force on the block? (You need to determine if the block is sliding or not.) The coefficient of static friction is 0.800 and the coefficient of kinetic friction is 0.200.

a) 12.5 b) 5.88 c) 5.00 d) 2.01 e) 2.92 f) 8.66 g) 10.0 h) 11.7 i) 3.12 j) 6.93 Answer: f Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 6.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 6.1

6) The figure shows a block on a ramp, with a cord extending upward. The block is sliding down the ramp. angle θ = 35.0o tension in cord = 10.0 N coefficient of static friction = 0.670 block mass = 2.00 kg coefficient of kinetic friction = 0.250 What is the acceleration (m/s2) of the block? Here “ + ” means up the ramp and “ –” means down the ramp.

a) -6.12 b) 0.64

c) 3.22 d) 12.6 e) -2.63 f) 2.89 g) -1.25 h) -5.67 i) 6.41 j) 1.39 Answer: j Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 6.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 6.1

7) The figure shows a car heading toward us as it travels around a circular track of radius 24.0 m. The coefficient of static friction between the tires and the track is 0.600. What speed (m/s) puts the car on the verge of sliding out of the circle?

a) 5.00 b) 31.6 c) 10.6 d) 20.3 e) 13.7 f) 24.7 g) 22.7 h) 16.8 i) 11.9 j) 19.5 Answer: i Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy

Learning Objective 1: LO 6.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 6.1

8) The figure shows a car heading toward us as it travels around a circular track of radius 24.0 m. The coefficient of static friction between the tires and the track is 0.600. What is the magnitude (m/s2) of the car’s centripetal acceleration when the car is on the verge of sliding out of the circle?

a) 9.0 b) 2.88 c) 1.76 d) 3.47 e) 8.72 f) 4.72 g) 4.15 h) 5.88 i) 16.0 j) 9.15 Answer: h Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 6.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 6.1

9) The figure shows a car with a weight of 800 N that moves at a constant speed first over a circular hill and then through a circular valley, with the same radius R. When the car is at the bottom of the valley, the normal force on it is 960 N. What is the magnitude (N) of the normal force when the car is at the top of the hill?

a) 680 b) 480 c) 640 d) 610 e) 580 f) 420 g) 380 h) 520 i) 220 j) 600 Answer: c Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 6.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 6.1

10) The figure shows a block sliding down a ramp where there is friction between the block and the plane. The angle θ of the ramp is 30º and a kinetic frictional force on the block has a magnitude of 15 N. If we repeat the experiment but with θ = 35º, what then is the magnitude of the friction force?

(a) less than 15 N (b) greater than 15 N (c) still 15 N Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 6.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 6.1

11) The figure shows a beverage can pressed against a wall by an applied force to prevent it from sliding down the wall. If the force magnitude is increased, what happens to the magnitude of the frictional force between the can and the wall?

(a) increases (b) decreases (c) stays the same Answer: c Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 6.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 6.1

12) The figure shows a beverage can pressed against a wall by an applied force to prevent it from sliding down the wall. If the force magnitude is increased, what happens to the upper limit fs,max of the frictional force between the can and the wall?

(a) increases (b) decreases (c) stays the same Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 6.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 6.1

13) The figure shows a 3.00 kg block that is initially stationary on a floor. The coefficient of static friction between the block and floor is 0.700, and the coefficient of kinetic friction is 0.500. We begin to pull with force F, with magnitude 20.0 N and angle  = 30.0 . What is the magnitude of the frictional force (N) acting on the block? (You need to figure out whether the block is still stationary or if it is now sliding.)

a) 10.0 b) 13.9 c) 14.7 d) 15.9 e) 19.4 f) 9.70 g) 5.61 h) 13.6 i) 7.76 j) 17.3 Answer: f Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 6.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 6.1

14) The figure shows a Ferris wheel. When a rider of 55.0 kg moves through the lowest point, the normal force on the rider is 684 N. What is the magnitude of the normal force (N) when the rider moves through the highest point?

a) 394 b) 102 c) 0 d) 154 e) 57

f) 135 g) 365 h) 197 i) 202 j) 294 Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 6.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 6.3 15) The figure shows a block sliding over a slab because of the horizontal force F = 80.0 N we apply to the block. The coefficient of kinetic friction between the block and the slab is 0.400. The mass of the block is 5.00 kg and the mass of the slab is 15.0 kg. The floor beneath the slab is frictionless. What is the acceleration (m/s2) of the block?

a) 14.5 b) 13.9 c) 12.1 d) 9.2 e) 6.1 f) 8.3 g) 11.2 h) 7.2 i) 10.4 j) 3.7 Answer: c Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 6.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 6.1 16) The figure shows a block sliding over a slab because of the horizontal force F = 80.0 N we apply to the block. The coefficient of kinetic friction between the block and the slab is 0.400. The mass of the block is 5.00 kg and the mass of the slab is 15.0 kg. The floor beneath the slab is frictionless. What is the

acceleration (m/s2) of the slab?

a) 3.0 b) 4.1 c) 5.6 d) 0.67 e) 4.9 f) 2.1 g) 1.3 h) 4.7 i) 3.6 j) 0.24 Answer: g Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 6.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 6.1

17) The figure shows a 0.700 kg block on the floor. We apply a force F = 10.0 N force at a downward angle of  = 30.0 . What is the magnitude (N) of the frictional force on the block? (You need to figure out if the block is sliding or not.) The coefficient of static friction = 0.600. The coefficient of kinetic friction = 0.400.

a) 9.20 b) 10.6 c) 8.66 d) 3.88 e) 4.74 f) 12.4 g) 9.50 h) 5.00 i) 7.12 j) 2.92 Answer: e Title:

Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 6.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 6.1

18) The figure shows a 12.0 kg block that is on the verge of sliding up the ramp because of a tension force T from the cord that is parallel to the ramp. The ramp’s angle is  = 30.0 and the coefficient of static friction is 0.800. What is the magnitude (N) of the tension force?

a) 257 b) 419 c) 602 d) 529 e) 472 f) 98.6 g) 172 h) 140 i) 102 j) 333 Answer: h Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 6.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 6.1

19) The figure shows a train of two blocks being dragged across a floor where the coefficient of kinetic friction is 0.700. The masses are m1 = 2.00 kg and m2 = 4.00 kg, and the acceleration is 5.00 m/s2. What is the magnitude (N) of the horizontal applied force F causing the acceleration?

a) 119 b) 89 c) 154 d) 32 e) 131 f) 102 g) 215

h) 65 i) 41 j) 71 Answer: j Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 6.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 6.1

20) The figure shows a train of two blocks being dragged across a floor where the coefficient of kinetic friction is 0.700. The masses are m1 = 2.00 kg and m2 = 4.00 kg, and the acceleration is 5.00 m/s2. What is the tension (N) in the cord between the blocks?

a) 39 b) 131 c) 107 d) 79 e) 88 f) 19 g) 52 h) 117 i) 24 j) 141 Answer: i Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 6.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 6.1

Package Title: Test Bank Questions Chapter 07 Course Title: Halliday 12e Chapter Number: Chapter 07

Question type: Multiple-Choice

1) The figure shows a block in three situations as it slides to the right across a frictionless floor. In each situation, a force (the same force magnitude) acts on the block. The only difference is in the direction of the force. Rank the situation according to the work done on the block by the force, most positive first, most negative last. ( ) indicates a tie.

a) 1, 2, 3 b) 1, 3, 2 c) 2, 1, 3 d) 2, 3, 1 e) 3, 2, 1 f) 3, 1, 2 g) (1,2), 3 h) 3, (1,2) i) 2, (1,3) j) (1,2,3) Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 7.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 7.2

2) The figure shows an xy coordinate system, with the x axis aligned along a floor. A block goes through displacement d = (5 m)iˆ . Here are three choices for a force (in newtons) that acts on the block during the displacement: (1) F = 4iˆ − 3jˆ (2) F = −2iˆ + 6jˆ (3) F = ˆi + 9jˆ

Rank the three choices according to the work done on the block by the force, most positive first, most negative last. ( ) indicates a tie.

a) 3, 1, 2 b) (1,2), 3 c) 3, (1,2) d) 2, (1,3) e) (1,2,3) f) 1, 2, 3 g) 1, 3, 2 h) 2, 1, 3 i) 2, 3, 1 j) 3, 2, 1 Answer: g Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 7.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 7.2

3) A particle undergoes the displacement d = 2.00iˆ − 3.00jˆ + 4.00kˆ (in meters) while the force F = 1.00iˆ + 7.00jˆ − 2.00kˆ (in newtons) acts on the particle. The particle has an initial kinetic energy of 40.0 J. What is the kinetic energy (J) at the end of the displacement? a) 16 b) 91 c) 13 d) 72 e) 121 f) 73 g) 79 h) 104 i) 35 j) 58

Answer: c Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 7.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 7.2

4) The figure shows three graphs of a force that acts on a block as the block slides across a frictionless floor for the indicated distance. Rank the three graphs according to the work done on the block by the force, most positive first, most negative last. ( ) indicates a tie.

5) The figure shows two forces that act on a block as the block slides through displacement d = 3.0 m rightward along a frictionless floor. In that displacement, how much work (J) is done on

the block by the forces?

a) 17 b) 13 c) 56 d) 24 e) 29 f) 37 g) 5.9 h) 7.7 i) 50 j) 62 Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 7.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 7.2

6) The figure shows a 4.00 kg block on a ramp. We pull on the block with force F = 50.0 N, directly up the ramp. The normal force on the block has magnitude FN = 13.407 N. The block starts from rest. The angle of the ramp is not given. What is the block’s speed (m/s) when we have pulled the block up the ramp through displacement d = 3.00 m?

a) 2.9 b) 4.4 c) 9.9 d) 5.9 e) 12.7 f) 1.2 g) 5.0 h) 8.3

i) 6.2 j) 7.9 Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Hard Learning Objective 1: LO 7.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 7.3

7) The figure gives the force acting on a 4.00 kg particle as it moves along an x axis from x = 0 to x = 9.0 m. At x = 9.0 m, it has a kinetic energy of 86 J. What was its speed (m/s) at x = 0?

a) 8.5 b) 6.2 c) 5.3 d) 0.75 e) 3.3 f) 1.0 g) 7.2 h) 4.5 i) 2.0 j) 0 Answer: c Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 7.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 7.5

8) The figure shows an xy coordinate system, with the x axis aligned along a floor. A block goes through ˆ Here are three choices for a force (in newtons) that acts on the block during the displacement d = (8 m)i. displacement. (1) F = 3iˆ − 2jˆ (2) F = 2iˆ − 5jˆ (3) F = −2iˆ − 13jˆ Rank the three choices according to the work done on the block by the force, most positive first, most negative last. ( ) indicates a tie.

a) 1, 2, 3 b) 1, 3, 2 c) 2, 1, 3 d) 2, 3, 1 e) 3, 2, 1 f) 3, 1, 2 g) (1,2), 3 h) 3, (1,2) i) 2, (1,3) j) (1,2,3)

Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 7.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 7.2 9) A particle undergoes displacement d = −3.00iˆ − 4.00jˆ + 7.00kˆ (in meters) while force

F = −5.00iˆ + 5.00jˆ + 4.00kˆ (in newtons) acts on the particle. The particle has the initial kinetic energy of 35.0 J. What is the kinetic energy (J) at the end of the displacement? a) 73 b) 79 c) 104 d) 65 e) 58 f) 16 g) 91 h) 21 i) 72

j) 121

Answer: e Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 7.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 7.2

10) The figure shows a plot of the force on a 6.0 kg particle versus the position of the particle along an x axis. The particle moves rightward along the axis. At x = 0, the particle has a kinetic energy of 14 J. What is the particle’s speed (m/s) at x = 12 m?

a) 3.5 b) 16 c) 4.0 d) 4.6 e) 5.0 f) 8.8 g) 2.4 h) 9.0 i) 17 j) 2.8

Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 7.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 7.5

11) The figure shows two forces that act on a 4.0 kg block as the block slides through a rightward displacement of d = 6 m: F2 = 12 N,  = 60, F1 = 20 N. At the start of the displacement, the block has a kinetic energy of 22 J. What is the block’s speed (m/s) at the end of the displacement?

a) 3.3 b) 7.3 c) 4.9 d) 2.5 e) 9.4 f) 8.5 g) 4.2 h) 5.2 i) 6.3 j) 5.6

Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 7.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 7.2

12) The figure gives the acceleration of a 7.00 kg particle as it moves along an x axis from x = 0 to x = 8.0 m. (Notice the word “acceleration.”) At x = 8.0 m, it has a kinetic energy of 42 J. What was its speed (m/s) at x = 0?

a) 1.3 b) 7.2 c) 4.5 d) 2.0

e) 0 f) 8.5 g) 6.4 h) 2.9 i) 0.75 j) 3.3

Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 7.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 7.5

Package Title: Test Bank Questions Chapter 08 Course Title: Halliday 12e Chapter Number: Chapter 08

Question type: Multiple-Choice

1) The figure shows a plot of the potential energy of a particle versus its position along an x axis. Three regions are numbered. Rank those regions according to the magnitude of the force on the particle when it is in the regions, greatest first. ( ) indicates a tie.

a) 3, 1, 2 b) (1,2), 3 c) 3, (1,2) d) 2, (1,3) e) (1,2,3) f) 1, 2, 3 g) 1, 3, 2 h) 2, 1, 3 i) 2, 3, 1 j) 3, 2, 1 Answer: g Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 8.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 8.3

2) The figure shows a block on frictionless ramp. When we release the block at point A, it slides down the ramp and onto the floor, which has friction. It slides to a stop. If we repeat the experiment but with a smaller value of θ, what then is the stopping distance on the floor?

(a) smaller (b) greater

(c) the same Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 8.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 8.5

3) In the figure, we have placed a rock on a vertical spring, pressed downward on the spring to compress it, and then released the spring so that the rock flies vertically upward. At one instant, the rock is 2.50 m above its launch point (the release point) and has a speed of 5.00 m/s. The mass of the rock is 3.00 kg and the spring constant is 4000 N/m. How far (m) was the spring compressed just before the launch?

a) 0.039 b) 0.044 c) 0.178 d) 0.204 e) 0.167 f) 0.079 g) 0.095 h) 0.236 i) 0.356 j) 0.057 Answer: h Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 8.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 8.2 4) What is the change in the elastic potential energy (J) of a spring (k = 2000 N/m) if we increase its stretch from x = 0.020 m to x = 0.050 m? a) 8.6 b) 4.7

c) 2.1 d) 10.3 e) 0.56 f) 5.0 g) 7.1 h) 11.3 i) 4.2 j) 0.67 Answer: c Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 8.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 8.1

5) In the figure, a small 3.00 kg block slides down a ramp and into a circle (all frictionless) with radius R = 0.200 m. Its initial speed is not zero; rather, it is vi = 2.00 m/s. What is the magnitude (N) of the normal force on the block when it is at the top of the circle (as shown in dashed lines)?

a) 302 b) 99.0 c) 148 d) 184 e) 96.2 f) 521 g) 75.1 h) 60.5 i) 207 j) 88.0 Answer: c Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 8.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 8.2

6) The figure shows a block (mass unknown) that slides along a track that it frictionless until it slides through a region of friction (d = 6.00 m) on the last plateau, where the coefficient of friction is k = 0.400. At the left, the block has height 5.00 m and speed 8.00 m/s. What is its speed (m/s) at the far right, after it emerges from the friction region?

a) 7.23 b) 11.4 c) 2.56 d) 12.4 e) 8.70 f) 9.56 g) 5.88 h) 1.43 i) 14.3 j) 10.3 Answer: e Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 8.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 8.5

7) The figure gives a graph of the potential energy of a 2.0 kg particle as a function of its position along an x axis. The indicated potential energy values are in joules. Under the graph we see the particle moving along the axis, initially off to the right, with a speed of 4.0 m/s leftward. What is its speed (m/s) when it is

in the region of the 6.0 J “hill”?

a) 6.0 b) 6.5 c) 5.7 d) 8.0 e) 3.9 f) 5.1 g) 7.0 h) 6.8 i) 9.3 j) 4.2 Answer: j Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 8.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 8.3

8) The figure gives a graph of the potential energy of a 2.0 kg particle as a function of its position along an x axis. The indicated potential energy values are in joules. Under the graph we see the particle moving along the axis, initially off to the right, with a speed of 4.0 m/s leftward. As the particle travels leftward, which describes its motion?

a) It is stopped and turned around on the right side of the 7.0 J “hill.” b) It is stopped and turned around in the 4.0 J “valley.” c) It is stopped and turned around in the 6.5 J “valley.” d) It is stopped and turned around on the right side of the 22 J “hill.” e) It escapes off to the left side of the figure. Answer: e Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 8.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 8.3

9) The figure gives a plot of potential energy versus position along an x axis. We release a particle at x = 8.0 m with a mechanical energy of 7.0 J. Which of the following best describes the particle’s motion?

a) It is trapped in the well at the right b) It can escape to the well at the left but will be trapped there c) It can escape to the well at the left and will then move back and forth between the two wells d) It can escape from the plot off to the left side of the plot e) It can escape from the plot off to the left side and also to the right side Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 8.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 8.3

10) The figure gives a plot of potential energy versus position along an x axis. We release a particle at x = 4.0 m with a kinetic energy of 2.0 J. Which of the following best describes the particle’s motion?

a) It is trapped in the well at the left b) It can escape to the well at the right but will be trapped there c) It can escape to the well at the right and will then move back and forth between the two wells d) It can escape from the plot off to the left side of the plot e) It can escape from the plot off to the left side and also to the right side Answer: c Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 8.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 8.3

11) In the figure, a block with initial speed vi = 4.0 m/s and initial height H = 3.0 m slides along a track that is frictionless except in the two places on the horizontal surfaces. At the bottom, it slides a distance d in the friction until it stops. Find d (meters). The mass is not known.

a) 3.7 b) 2.8 c) 1.5 d) 0.32 e) 0.14 f) 0.50

g) 0.67 h) 9.7 i) 2.0 j) 5.5 Answer: j Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Hard Learning Objective 1: LO 8.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 8.5

12) The figure shows a potential well for a particle that can move along an x axis. Four regions of the graph are lettered. Rank those regions according to the magnitude of the force that would act on the particle if it is the region, greatest first. ( ) indicates a tie.

a) B, C, A, D b) C, B, A, D c) D, A, C, B d) C, (A,D), B e) D, (B,C), A f) B, D, A, C g) A, B, D, C h) A, (B,D), C i) (B,D), A, C j) (A,B,C,D) Answer: i Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 8.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 8.3

13) The figure shows a potential well for a particle that can move along an x axis. Four regions of the graph are lettered. The particle has mass 7.00 kg. It is released at x = 8 m with a speed of 2.0 m/s. Can it escape?

a) no, it cannot escape to the left or to the right b) yes, it can escape on the left side but not on the right side c) yes, it can escape on either the left or right sides d) yes, it can escape on the right side but not on the left side Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 8.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 8.3

14) The figure shows a 2.0 kg block that is initially compressed by distance d onto a spring of spring constant 600 N/m. When released, the block is sent sliding across a frictionless ramp. However, farther to the right and on a lower level it passes through a region of length 3.0 m where the coefficient of kinetic friction is 0.60. It leaves that region with a speed of 5.0 m/s. What is d (m)?

a) 0.69 b) 0.46 c) 0.25 d) 0.19 e) 0.90

f) 0.11 g) 0.97 h) 1.03 i) 0.39 j) 0.85 Answer: i Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 8.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 8.5

15) The figure shows a ‘bob” on the end of a string of length L = 2.0 m. The bob swings down from rest, Tarzan style, and then the string catches on a peg such that the bob swings in a circle up and over the peg. What is the speed (m/s) of the bob when it passes above the peg?

a) 3.33 b) 7.00 c) 8.34 d) 3.96 e) 1.33 f) 4.84 g) 2.59 h) 6.71 i) 5.38 j) 2.80 Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 8.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 8.2

16) The figure shows a block sliding along a track that is frictionless, with initial speed v0 = 5.0 m/s and initial height H = 3.0 m. At what height hstop (m) does the block stop on the endless ramp at the right?

a) 5.32 b) 8.00 c) 5.34 d) 3.92 e) 10.3 f) 6.27 g) 7.95 h) 5.70 i) 4.28 j) 2.21 Answer: i Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 8.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 8.2

Package Title: Test Bank Questions Chapter 09 Course Title: Halliday 12e Chapter Number: Chapter 09

Question type: Multiple-Choice

1) The figure shows four square plates of the same dimensions and same density. Each is centered on the origin of the coordinate system. In each a section (indicated by dashes) is to be cut out and removed; all these sections have the same area. Rank the final plates according to the x coordinate of their com, most positive x coordinate first, most negative last. ( ) indicates a tie.

a) 2,3,1,4 b) 3,2,1,4 c) 4,1,3,2 d) 3,(1,4),2 e) 4,(2,3),1 f) 2,4,1,3 g) 1,2,4,3 h) 3,4,1,2 i) (1,2),3,4 j) 1,(2,3),4 Answer: i Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 9.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 9.1

2) In the figure, a block sliding to the right is to explode into two pieces. Here, for three experiments, are pairs of velocity values for those pieces: rear block front block experiment 1: +30 m/s +50 m/s experiment 2: +60 +65 experiment 3: +10 +40

Rank the experiments according to the relative speed between the two blocks, greatest first. ( ) indicates a tie.

a) 1, 2, 3 b) 1, 3, 2 c) 2, 1, 3 d) 2, 3, 1 e) 3, 2, 1 f) 3, 1, 2 g) (1,2), 3 h) 3, (1,2) i) 2, (1,3) j) (1,2,3) Answer: f Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 9.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 9.5

3) Three particles have the following momentum as a function of time t: particle 1: p = 3t + 4 particle 2: p = 16 particle 3: p = 5t – 7 Rank the particles according to the magnitude of the force acting on it, greatest first. ( ) indicates a tie. a) 1, 2, 3 b) 1, 3, 2 c) 2, 1, 3 d) 2, 3, 1 e) 3, 2, 1 f) 3, 1, 2 g) (1,2), 3 h) 3, (1,2) i) 2, (1,3) j) (1,2,3) Answer: f Title: Question ID:

Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 9.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 9.3

4) The figure shows a uniform plate after a section has been removed. What is the x coordinate (m) of the com of what is shown?

a) +0.17 b) +0.11 c) +0.19 d) +0.23 e) +0.25 f) +0.15 g) +0.20 h) +0.088 i) +0.28 j) +0.098 Answer: h Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 9.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 9.1

5) The figure shows a ball that bounces from a wall; the initial speed is 20.0 m/s and the final speed is 15.0 m/s. (Watch your signs.) The figure also shows a plot of the magnitude F of the force acting on the ball as a function of time t, for the duration of the collision. Fmax is 5000 N. What is the mass (kg) of the ball?

a) 0.555

b) 4.50 c) 0.214 d) 0.643 e) 1.50 f) 1.08 g) 2.20 h) 1.79 i) 2.89 j) 3.12 Answer: c Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 9.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 9.4

6) The figure shows the “before” and “after” states in an experiment where a block is sliding across a frictionless floor when an internal explosion separates it into three pieces with masses m1 = 5.00 kg, m2 = 12.0 kg, and m3 = 8.00 kg. The block is initially moving leftward at 2.00 m/s. Two of the final velocities are v2 = 4.00 m/s and v3 = 9.00 kg. By how much (J) does the explosion change the kinetic energy?

a) 5.06 103 b) 1.54 103 c) 8.29 103 d) 3.26 103 e) 1.10 104 f) 5.82 104 g) 2.33 104 h) 3.47 104 i) 7.60 104 j) 2.08 104 Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Hard Learning Objective 1: LO 9.5.0

Section Reference 1: Section 9.5

7) The figure shows block 1 (with velocity 10 m/s) sliding into a stationary block 2 (mass m2 = 6.0 kg), which ends up with a velocity of v2f = 5.0 m/s. The collision is elastic. What is the mass (kg) of block 1?

a) 3.2 b) 9.1 c) 8.4 d) 5.1 e) 1.3 f) 2.0 g) 4.0 h) 4.4 i) 3.7 j) 3.0 Answer: f Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 9.7.0 Section Reference 1: Section 9.7

8) The figure shows block 1 (with velocity 10 m/s) sliding into a stationary block 2 (mass m2 = 6.0 kg), which ends up with a velocity of v2f = 5.0 m/s. The collision is elastic. What is the final velocity (m/s) of block 1?

a) 3.0 b) 0 c) -8.4 d) -5.0 e) 1.3 f) 2.1 g) -4.0 h) 4.4 i) -3.0 j) -1.8

Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 9.7.0 Section Reference 1: Section 9.7

9) In deep space, a rocket separates into two parts by an internal explosion. Its original speed is 500 m/s. After the separation, the relative speed between the front section (mass 2.00M) and rear section (7.00M) is 100 m/s. What is the speed (m/s) of the front section? a) 621 b) 915 c) 843 d) 578 e) 656 f) 812 g) 478 h) 947 i) 643 j) 707 Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 9.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 9.5

10) The figure shows three graphs of the momentum p of an object versus time t. In each case, the momentum change is caused by a single force. Rank the forces according to their magnitude, greatest first. ( ) indicates a tie.

a) 1, 2, 3 b) 1, 3, 2 c) 2, 1, 3

d) 2, 3, 1 e) 3, 2, 1 f) 3, 1, 2 g) (1,2), 3 h) 3, (1,2) i) (1,3), 2 j) (1,2,3) Answer: i Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 9.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 9.3

11) An object is initially at rest on a frictionless floor when an internal explosion blows it into three pieces that then slide over the floor. The figure gives three possible results as seen from overhead. In each result, piece A slides in the negative direction of the x axis, and piece B slides in the negative direction of the y axis. Rank the three situations according to the x component pcx of piece C, greatest first. ( ) indicates a tie.

a) 1, 2, 3 b) 1, 3, 2 c) 2, 1, 3 d) 2, 3, 1 e) 3, 2, 1 f) 3, 1, 2 g) (1,2), 3 h) 3, (1,2) i) (1,3), 2 j) (1,2,3) Answer: j Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 9.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 9.5

12) The figure shows the initial motion of a container (blocks A and B) sliding over a frictionless floor. An internal explosion separates A and B. I show three possible outcomes, giving the velocity of A in each. Rank those possible outcomes as to the speed of block B, greatest first. ( ) indicates a tie.

a) 1, 2, 3 b) 1, 3, 2 c) 2, 1, 3 d) 2, 3, 1 e) 3, 2, 1 f) 3, 1, 2 g) (1,2), 3 h) 3, (1,2) i) (1,3), 2 j) (1,2,3) Answer: e Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 9.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 9.5

13) In deep space, an internal explosion separates the motor a rocket separates the motor (mass = 5mc) from the front cabin (mass = mc). Before the explosion, the speed is 800 m/s. After the explosion, the relative speed between motor and cabin is 420 m/s. What is the final velocity vm of the motor (m/s)? a) 580 b) 524 c) 600 d) 556 e) 1130 f) 632

g) 730 h) 1050 i) 650 j) 682 Answer: g Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 9.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 9.5

14) The figure shows what remains of a uniform square plate after portions have been removed. What is the x coordinate of the center of mass of what is left?

a) 0.254 b) 0.889 c) 1.201 d) 0.370 e) 0.412 f) 0.387 g) 0.442 h) 1.090 i) 0.567 j) 0.820 Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 9.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 9.1

15) The figure shows a 4.00 kg ball that is initially moving leftward at speed vi = 0.700 m/s. It hits and bounces from a wall. A graph shows the acceleration of the ball during the collision. (Note the word

acceleration.) What is the final speed (m/s) of the ball?

a) 1.25 b) 1.40 c) 1.00 d) 0.35 e) 0.90 f) 0.40 g) 0.20 h) 1.80 i) 0.25 j) 0.80 Answer: f Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 9.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 9.4

16) The figure shows a plate from which a portion has been removed. The original plate was uniform and centered on the origin of the coordinate system. What is the x coordinate (m) of the center of mass of the remaining plate?

a) 0.2273 b) 0.4546 c) 0.6818 d) 0.9091 e) 1.1364 f) 1.3636 g) 1.5909 h) 1.8182

i) 2.0455 j) 2.2727 Answer: c Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 9.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 9.1

17) The figure shows a projectile that will collide with an initially stationary target on a frictionless floor. What is the final linear momentum (kg m/s) of the target if the initial linear momentum of the projectile is 8 kg ∙ m/s and the final linear momentum of the projectile is −5 kg ∙ m/s?

a) 17 b) 16 c) 15 d) 14 e) 13 f) 12 g) 11 h) 10 i) 9 j) 8 Answer: e Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 9.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 9.5

18) A projectile has undergone an elastic one-dimensional collision with an initially stationary target, along an x axis. Figure B is a graph of position versus time for the projectile and target, before and after the collision. (Two line segments are parallel to the time axis.) Which is true about the masses of the projectile and target?

a) the projectile’s mass is greater b) the target’s mass is greater c) the masses are equal Answer: c Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 9.7.0 Section Reference 1: Section 9.7

19) At time t = 0, a ball is struck at ground level and sent over level ground. The momentum p versus t during the flight is given in the figure, where p0 = 8.00 kg ∙ m/s and p1 = 6.00 kg ∙ m/s. What is the initial horizontal component (kg m/s) of the ball’s momentum (at launch)?

a) 5.55 b) 6.00 c) 6.55 d) 8.00 e) 12.0 f) 4.55 g) 4.00 h) 1.22 i) 5.29 j) 7.55 Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 9.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 9.3

20) At time t = 0, a ball is struck at ground level and sent over level ground. The momentum p versus t during the flight is given in the figure, where p0 = 8.00 kg ∙ m/s and p1 = 6.00 kg ∙ m/s. What is the initial vertical component (kg ∙ m/s) of the ball’s momentum (at launch)?

a) 5.55 b) 6.00 c) 6.55 d) 8.00 e) 12.0 f) 4.55 g) 4.00 h) 1.22 i) 5.29 j) 7.55 Answer: i Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 9.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 9.3

21) In the figure, block 1 with mass m1 starts from rest at height h = 2.00 m on a frictionless ramp and then slides down and has an elastic collision with block 2 with mass m2. The masses are related by m1 = 2.00m2 . What is the speed (m/s) of block 2 just after the collision?

a) 2.34 b) 0.45 c) 1.23 d) 8.35 e) 14.7 f) 4.01 g) 5.63 h) 9.39 i) 11.2 j) 5.44

Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 9.7.0 Section Reference 1: Section 9.7

Package Title: Test Bank Questions Chapter 10 Course Title: Halliday 12e Chapter Number: Chapter 10

Question type: Multiple-Choice

1) The figure shows an overhead view of a disk rotating at constant angular velocity like a merry-goround around its center. Three particles on the disk are indicated. Rank the particles according to the magnitude of their angular speed, greatest first. ( ) indicates a tie.

a) 1, 2, 3 b) 1, 3, 2 c) 2, 1, 3 d) 2, 3, 1 e) 3, 2, 1 f) 3, 1, 2 g) (1,2), 3 h) 3, (1,2) i) 2, (1,3) j) (1,2,3) Answer: j Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 10.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 10.1

2) The figure shows an overhead view of a disk rotating at constant angular velocity like a merry-goround around its center. Three particles on the disk are indicated. Rank the particles according to the

magnitude of their linear speed, greatest first. ( ) indicates a tie.

a) 1, 2, 3 b) 1, 3, 2 c) 2, 1, 3 d) 2, 3, 1 e) 3, 2, 1 f) 3, 1, 2 g) (1,2), 3 h) 3, (1,2) i) 2, (1,3) j) (1,2,3) Answer: e Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 10.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 10.3

3) The figure shows an overhead view of a disk rotating at constant angular acceleration, like a merry-goround around its center. Three particles on the disk are indicated. Rank the particles according to the magnitude of their angular acceleration at a given moment, greatest first. ( ) indicates a tie.

a) 1, 2, 3 b) 1, 3, 2 c) 2, 1, 3

d) 2, 3, 1 e) 3, 2, 1 f) 3, 1, 2 g) (1,2), 3 h) 3, (1,2) i) 2, (1,3) j) (1,2,3) Answer: j Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 10.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 10.1

4) The figure shows an overhead view of a disk rotating at constant angular acceleration, like a merry-goround around its center. Three particles on the disk are indicated. Rank the particles according to the magnitude of their tangential acceleration at a given moment, greatest first. ( ) indicates a tie.

a) 1, 2, 3 b) 1, 3, 2 c) 2, 1, 3 d) 2, 3, 1 e) 3, 2, 1 f) 3, 1, 2 g) (1,2), 3 h) 3, (1,2) i) 2, (1,3) j) (1,2,3) Answer: e Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 10.3.0

Section Reference 1: Section 10.3

5) The figure shows an overhead view of a disk rotating at constant angular acceleration, like a merry-goround around its center. Three particles on the disk are indicated. Rank the particles according to the magnitude of their centripetal acceleration at a given moment, greatest first. ( ) indicates a tie.

6) The figure is an overhead view of a 4.0 kg meter stick that can rotate around a pivot located at the mark of “20 cm”. Four horizontal forces act on the stick (the forces maintain their orientations relative to the stick as the stick rotates). The stick begins from rest at time t = 0. What is its angular speed (rad/s) at time t = 6.0 s? Don’t round-off early. For a uniform stick rotating around its center of mass, the rotational inertial is given by ML2/12, where M is the mass and L is the length.

a) 5.3

b) 15 c) 6.6 d) 13 e) 14 f) 2.0 g) 12 h) 0.67 i) 1.9 j) 8.0 Answer: j Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Hard Learning Objective 1: LO 10.7.0 Section Reference 1: Section 10.7

7) A diver dives from a platform that is 12.0 m above the water, rotating through 3.50 revolutions. What is the average angular speed (rad/s) during the dive? a) 4.23 b) 7.70 c) 3.33 d) 5.15 e) 5.67 f) 3.85 g) 6.02 h) 14.1 i) 1.29 j) 4.01 Answer: h Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 10.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 10.1

8) A disk rotating like a merry-go-round has an initial velocity of 200 rad/s. It then slows at a constant rate, stopping in 5.00 s. How far (rad) did it move while slowing to a stop? a) 90.0 b) 500

c) 270 d) 950 e) 126 f) 450 g) 235 h) 282 i) 370 j) 150 Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 10.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 10.2

9) Here, in radians and seconds, is an angular position function for a disk rotating like a merry-go-round:  = 4.0t 3 − 12t 2 − 50t + 60 . What is the angular position (rad) when its acceleration is zero? a) +7.2 b) +2.0 c) +9.0 d) +16 e) +12 f) -5.2 g) -6.5 h) -24 i) -10 j) -8.0 Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 10.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 10.1

10) The figure is an overhead view of a 20.0 kg disk rotating like a merry-go-round. An 8.00 kg cockroach (treat it as being a particle) rides on the rim. The linear speed of the cockroach is 5.00 m/s.

What is the kinetic energy (J) of the disk–cockroach system? (The disk radius is not known.)

a) 125 b) 300 c) 563 d) 430 e) 225 f) 95.0 g) 350 h) 200 i) 363 j) 185 Answer: e Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 10.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 10.4 11) The figure is a graph of angular position  versus time t for a rotating merry-go-round. Rank the three indicated times according to the magnitude of the angular speed of the merry-go-round, greatest first. ( ) indicates a tie.

a) 1, 2, 3 b) 1, 3, 2 c) 2, 1, 3 d) 2, 3, 1 e) 3, 2, 1 f) 3, 1, 2 g) (1,2), 3 h) 3, (1,2)

i) 2, (1,3) j) (1,2,3) Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 10.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 10.1

12) The figure gives angular position θ versus time t for a disk rotating like a merry-go-round. Which of the following best describes the motion for t ≥ 0?

a) always rotating clockwise b) always rotating counterclockwise c) first rotating counterclockwise and then clockwise d) first rotating clockwise and then counterclockwise Answer: c Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 10.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 10.1

13) The figure is an overhead view of a uniform rectangular slab that will be rotated around an axis that runs into and out of the page. Three locations of the axis are indicated. Rank those locations according to the rotational inertia of the slab about the axis, greatest first. ( ) indicates a tie.

a) 1, 2, 3 b) 1, 3, 2 c) 2, 1, 3

d) 2, 3, 1 e) 3, 2, 1 f) 3, 1, 2 g) (1,2), 3 h) 3, (1,2) i) 2, (1,3) j) (1,2,3) Answer: f Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 10.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 10.5

14) A disk of radius 3.00 m rotates like a merry-go-round as given by the function  = 2.00t 4 + 6.00t 2 , where θ is in radians and t is in seconds. What is the tangential acceleration (m/s2) of a point on the rim at time t = 2.00 s? a) 93.5 b) 111 c) 70.0 d) 113 e) 324 f) 64.8 g) 745 h) 81.9 i) 162 j) 202 Answer: e Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 10.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 10.3

15) A disk of radius 3.00 m rotates like a merry-go-round as given by the function  = 2.00t 4 + 6.00t 2 , where θ is in radians and t is in seconds. What is the radial acceleration (m/s2) of a point on the rim t = 2.00 s? a) 5.45 104

b) 8.88 103 c) 6.05 103 d) 1.16 104 e) 6.67 103 f) 2.32 104 g) 2.99 103 h) 3.02 104 i) 9.54 103 j) 7.87 103 Answer: f Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 10.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 10.3 16) The figure gives the angular speed  of a merry-go-round versus time t. What is the angular acceleration (rad/s2)?

a) -6 b) -3 c) 3 d) 6 Answer: c Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 10.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 10.1

17) The figure shows three rigid arrangements of thin rods and identical particles at the outer ends of the rods. The rods have the lengths indicated and are made of the same material and have the same widths.

Rank the arrangements according to the rotational inertia about the center point, greatest first. ( ) indicates a tie.

a) 1, 2, 3 b) 1, 3, 2 c) 2, 1, 3 d) 2, 3, 1 e) 3, 2, 1 f) 3, 1, 2 g) (2,3), 1 h) 1, (2,3) i) 2, (1,3) j) (1,2,3) Answer: h Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 10.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 10.5

18) The figure is an overhead view of a disk (mass M = 5.00 kg and radius R = 4.00 m) rotating like a merry-go-round. A particle (mass m = 3.00 kg) lies on the disk at radius r = 2.00 m. The angular speed is 6.00 rad/s. What is the kinetic energy (J) of the disk–particle system?

a) 936 b) 420 c) 818 d) 648 e) 1.08 103 f) 701 g) 592 h) 1.66 103 i) 279

j) 523 Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 10.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 10.5

19) The figure shows an overhead view of a meter-long rod (length = 1.00 m and mass = 6.00 kg) that can rotate around the pivot. The rod begins at rest when the four forces are applied to it.

F1 = 50.0 N, F2 = 10.0 N, F3 = 20.0 N, F4 = 45.0 N As it rotates around the indicated pivot point, the forces maintain their orientations relative to the rod. (For example, 30º is maintained.) Through what angle (rad) does the rod rotate in the first 3.00 s?

I com = 121 ML2

a) 23.4 b) 21.0 c) 39.6 d) 30.1 e) 48.1 f) 12.9 g) 36.0 h) 100 i) 17.3 j) 39.0 Answer: i Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Hard Learning Objective 1: LO 10.7.0 Section Reference 1: Section 10.7

20) The figure shows a book-like object rotating around a perpendicular rotation axis through the given point along the center line that is drawn in dashes. The mass is 2.00 kg. The dimensions are a = 0.010 m,

b = 0.020 m, and c = 0.0040 m. What is the rotational inertia (kg ∙ m2)? The rotational inertia about a perpendicular axis through the center of mass is given by I = 121 (a 2 + b2 ).

a) 8.6 10−4 b) 1.6 10−4 c) 3.9 10−4 d) 8.0 10−4 e) 7.9 10−4 f) 9.9 10−4 g) 2.9 10−4 h) 6.0 10−4 i) 1.2 10−4 j) 4.7 10−4 Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 10.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 10.5 21) The figure gives the angle  of a merry-go-round versus time t. Which of the following best describes the angular acceleration?

a) positive b) negative c) zero d) first positive and then negative

e) first positive, then negative, and finally positive again f) first positive, then zero, and finally positive again Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 10.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 10.1

22) The angular position of a disk rotating like a merry-go-round is given by θ = 0.20t3. The radius is R = 1.60 m and the mass is m = 15 kg. What is the kinetic energy (J) at time t = 2.0 s? a) 85 b) 47 c) 41 d) 5.0 e) 55 f) 111 g) 18 h) 37 i) 23 j) 29 Answer: e Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 10.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 10.5

23) The angular position of a disk rotating like a merry-go-round is given by θ = 0.20t3. The radius is R = 1.60 m and the mass is m = 15 kg. What is magnitude of the (full) linear acceleration (m/s2) of a point on the rim at t = 2.0 s? a) 1.2 b) 3.8 c) 9.2 d) 6.7 e) 0.52 f) 7.0 g) 4.8 h) 8.1

i) 7.6 j) 10 Answer: j Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 10.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 10.3

24) The figure shows an overhead view of a meter stick with some of the length numbers marked above it and a pivot indicated. Five forces act on the stick. The mass is 4.00 kg. What is the angular acceleration (rad/s2) of the stick?

a) -2.9 b) -6.0 c) 8.0 d) -2.6 e) 4.1 f) -3.9 g) -4.5 h) -1.2 i) 5.7 j) 9.9 Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 10.7.0 Section Reference 1: Section 10.7

Package Title: Test Bank Questions Chapter 11 Course Title: Halliday 12e Chapter Number: Chapter 11

Question type: Multiple-Choice

1) The figure shows a moving particle at a certain instant. The particle’s position and its velocity vector are indicated (in the negative x direction). At that instant, what is the direction of the particle’s angular momentum vector about the coordinate system origin?

a) +x b) -x c) +y d) –y e) +z f) –z Answer: e Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 11.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 11.5

2) The figure shows a particle and the force acting on the particle (in the negative z direction). What is the direction of the torque on the particle about the coordinate system origin?

a) +x b) -x c) +y

d) –y e) +z f) –z Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 11.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 11.4

3) The figure shows four snapshots of particles. All of them have the same mass, the same speed, and the same distance from the origin. Rank the snapshots according to the net angular momentum of the particles about the origin, most positive result first and most negative result last.

a) 2,3,1,4 b) 3,2,1,4 c) 4,1,3,2 d) 3,(1,4),2 e) 4,(2,3),1 f) 2,4,1,3 g) 3, 2, (1,4) h) 3,4,1,2 i) 2,(1,4),3 j) 1,(2,3),4 Answer: g Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 11.5.0

Section Reference 1: Section 11.5

4) The figure shows an overhead view of a narrow meter stick (length = 1 m) that rotates about its center at an initial angular speed of 2.00 rad/s. A cockroach rides at one end. The cockroach then crawls to the center of the stick. What is the new angular speed (rad/s)? Stick mass = 2.00(cockroach mass). For a thin rod rotating around its center, I = 121 mL

a) 7.40 b) 7.00 c) 6.00 d) 5.90 e) 5.00 f) 11.0 g) 8.20 h) 6.60 i) 10.6 j) 9.20 Answer: e Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 11.8.0 Section Reference 1: Section 11.8

5) The figure shows a 3.00 kg disk rolling smoothly along a ramp. Its initial speed is 5.00 m/s, and the heights are h1 = 7.00 m and h2 = 2.00 m. What is the normal force (N) acting on it when it passes over the hill, which is circular with a radius of 11.0 m?

a) 90.1 b) 15.4 c) 54.0 d) 26.8 e) 30.4 f) 18.8 g) 7.94

h) 20.3 i) 4.76 j) 34.6 Answer: i Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 11.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 11.2

6) The figure shows a rigid square consisting of four very thin metal rods, each with mass m = 2.0 kg and length L = 3.0 m. The square turns around the rotation axis (indicated with a dashed line) at 2.5 rad/s. What is the square’s angular momentum (kg ∙ m2/s).

a) 12 b) 30 c) 42 d) 54 e) 16 f) 25 g) 93 h) 39 i) 21 j) 38 Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 11.8.0 Section Reference 1: Section 11.8

ˆ N . When the particle has the position vector 7) The force on a particle is F = (−2.0iˆ − 4.0j)

ˆ m, what is the torque (N ∙ m) on the particle? r = (5.0iˆ + 2.0j) a) −32kˆ b) −76kˆ c) −15iˆ d) −24kˆ e) −7.5iˆ f) −50jˆ g) −70jˆ h) −66kˆ i) −49jˆ j) −16kˆ Answer: j Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 11.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 11.4

ˆ m and velocity vector 8) At one instant, a 2.0 kg particle has position vector r = (4.0tˆi + 6.0j) ˆ m . Just then, what is the torque (N ∙ m) on the particle? v = (5.0tˆi − 2.0j) a) −32kˆ b) −76kˆ c) −15iˆ d) −24kˆ e) −7.5iˆ f) −50jˆ g) −70jˆ h) −56kˆ i) −49jˆ j) −16kˆ Answer: b

Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Hard Learning Objective 1: LO 11.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 11.4

9) In the figure, a ball (I = (2/5)mR2) is released from rest and allowed to roll smoothly down a ramp. Then a cylinder (I = (1/2)mR2 is released from rest at the same height and allowed to roll down. The ball and cylinder have the same mass and radius. Which is true at the bottom of the ramp?

a) The ball has more (total) kinetic energy. b) The cylinder has more (total) kinetic energy. c) The ball and cylinder have the same (total) kinetic energy. Answer: c Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 11.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 11.2

10) In the figure, a ball (I = (2/5)mR2) is released from rest and allowed to roll smoothly down a ramp. Then a cylinder (I = (1/2)mR2 is released from rest at the same height and allowed to roll down. The ball and cylinder have the same mass and radius. Which is true at the bottom of the ramp?

a) The ball has more speed. b) The cylinder has more speed. c) The ball and cylinder have the same speed. Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy

Learning Objective 1: LO 11.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 11.2

11) The position vector for a particle (meters) and the force (newtons) acting on it are given by

ˆ r = 2.0iˆ + 5.0jˆ − 7.0kˆ F = 5.0iˆ − 2.0jˆ − 2.0k. What is the z component (N  m) of the torque on the particle? a) 14 b) −19 c) −12 d) 8.0 e) 27 f) −15 g) 7.0 h) 16 i) −29 j) 19 Answer: i Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 11.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 11.4

12) The figure shows a cylinder that has an initial speed of 8.00 m/s at an initial height of h = 9.00 m. What is its speed (m/s) when it reaches mid-height (level with the center) of the circular loop, which has a radius of 5.00 m? It rolls smoothly along the track.

a) 14.2 b) 12.5 c) 9.2 d) 10.8 e) 31.2 f) 5.05 g) 8.79 h) 16.4

i) 22.0 j) 11.9 Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 11.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 11.2

13) The figure shows a cylinder that has an initial speed of 8.00 m/s at an initial height of h = 9.00 m. What is the normal force (N) acting on the cylinder when it reaches mid-height (level with the center) of the circular loop, which has a radius of 5.00 m? It rolls smoothly along the track. The cylinder’s mass is 6.00 kg.

a) 203 b) 59.5 c) 388 d) 140 e) 77.4 f) 855 g) 119 h) 187 i) 92.7 j) 550 Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 11.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 11.2

14) The figure is a snapshot of a particle with a force acting on it in the positive x direction. At that instant, what is the direction of the torque on the particle measured about the origin?

a) +x b) –x c) +y d) –y e) +z f) –z Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 11.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 11.4

15) The figure shows three systems of two moving particles. The particles have the same mass m and the same speed v, and they are at the same distance r from point O. Rank the systems according to magnitude of their net angular momentum, greatest first. ( ) indicates a tie (same value).

a) 1, 2, 3 b) 1, 3, 2 c) 2, 1, 3 d) 2, 3, 1 e) 3, 2, 1 f) 3, 1, 2 g) (1,3), 2 h) 3, (1,2) i) 2, (1,3) j) (1,2,3)

Answer: i Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 11.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 11.5

16) The figure shows a snapshot of 2.00 kg particle at distance r = 3.00 m moving at v = 4.00 m/s in the xy plane. Angle θ = 30º. What is the magnitude (kg ∙ m2) of the particle’s angular momentum about the origin?

a) 14 b) 12 c) 9.5 d) 22 e) 17 f) 19 g) 6.0 h) 8.2 i) 5.6 j) 7.5 Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 11.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 11.5

17) The figure shows a snapshot of 2.00 kg particle at distance r = 3.00 m moving at v = 4.00 m/s in the xy plane. Angle θ = 30º. What is the direction of the angular momentum vector about the origin?

a) +x b) –x c) +y d) –y e) +z f) –z Answer: e Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 11.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 11.5

18) In the instant of the figure, a force of magnitude 15 N acts on a particle that is at distance r = 3.00 m and in the xy plane. The force is in the xy plane, and angle θ = 25º. What is the magnitude (N ∙ m) of the torque on the particle about the origin?

a) 4.5 b) 11 c) 21 d) 29 e) 19 f) 8.9 g) 43 h) 17

i) 37 j) 31 Answer: e Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 11.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 11.4

19) In the instant of the figure, a force of magnitude 15 N acts on a particle that is at distance r = 3.00 m and in the xy plane. The force is in the xy plane, and angle θ = 25º. What is the direction of the torque vector?

a) +x b) –x c) +y d) –y e) +z f) –z Answer: f Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 11.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 11.4

20) A cockroach rides at the center of a uniform disk that rotates about its center like a merry-go-round. When it crawls outward to the rim of the disk, the angular speed is 5.00 rad/s. What was the initial angular speed (rad/s)? Cockroach mass = 0.250(disk mass) a) 9.00 b) 7.00 c) 13.0

d) 1.29 e) 5.42 f) 6.25 g) 8.92 h) 15.2 i) 7.50 j) 13.6 Answer: i Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 11.8.0 Section Reference 1: Section 11.8

21) Over time, a neutron star shrinks. Its rotation rate was initially ωi and is now ωf =1.20ωi. Its initial radius was 20.0 km. What is its radius (km) now? The rotational inertia for a uniform ball rotating about a diameter is 0.400MR2, where M is the mass and R is the radius. a) 15.4 b) 15.0 c) 19.9 d) 18.3 e) 16.9 f) 17.5 g) 19.1 h) 19.3 i) 18.77 j) 16.2 Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 11.8.0 Section Reference 1: Section 11.8

22) Over time, a neutron star shrinks. Its rotation rate was initially ωi and is now ωf =1.20ωi. Its initial radius was 20.0 km. The rotational inertia for a uniform ball rotating about a diameter is 0.400MR2, where M is the mass and R is the radius.. What is the ratio Kf/Ki of the final kinetic energy to the initial kinetic energy? a) 2.39

b) 2.01 c) 2.82 d) 1.59 e) 1.39 f) 1.06 g) 1.20 h) 3.33 i) 3.91 j) 1.40 Answer: g Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 11.8.0 Section Reference 1: Section 11.8

23) The figure shows four particles moving along straight lines. They each have a mass of 2.00 kg, and their speeds and travel directions are indicated. What is their total (or net) angular momentum (kg ∙ m2/s) about point P?

a) 39.6 b) -17.3 c) 15.6 d) -29.2 e) 27.5 f) 23.4 g) -12.1 h) 39.0 i) 14.5 j) 46.8 Answer: f Title:

Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 11.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 11.5

Package Title: Test Bank Questions Chapter 12 Course Title: Halliday 12e Chapter Number: Chapter 12

Question type: Multiple-Choice

1) A guitar string of negligible mass is stretched horizontally between two supports that are 0.500 m apart. When an object of weight 900 N is hung from the center of the string, the string sags by 1.20 cm. What is the tension (N) in the string? a) 1.45 kN b) 9.39 kN c) 21.1 kN d) 6.54 kN e) 6.03 kN f) 4.92 kN g) 3.12 kN h) 2.85 kN i) 5.13 kN j) 3.89 kN Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 12.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 12.2

2) Three forces act on a particle, but it remains stationary. Two of the forces are F1 = 12.3iˆ − 6.50jˆ and F1 = −9.60iˆ + 8.70jˆ , both in newtons. What is the magnitude (N) of the third force? a) 6.77 b) 7.81 c) 8.89 d) 2.46 e) 3.48 f) 10.6 g) 11.8

h) 1.67 i) 4.87 j) 5.68 Answer: e Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 12.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 12.2

3) The figure shows a stationary arrangement of two blocks and three cords tied together with a knot. Block A has mass mA = 16.0 kg and is on a ramp at angle  = 40.0 . Block B has mass mB = 9.00 kg. The cord attached to A is parallel to the ramp, which is frictionless. What is the tension (N) in the upper cord?

a) 267 b) 318 c) 412 d) 568 e) 118 f) 171 g) 56.8 h) 85.7 i) 385 j) 212 Answer: f Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 12.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 12.2

4) In the figure, a uniform beam with a length of 3.00 m is hinged at its lower end, and a horizontal force F of magnitude 45.0 N acts at its upper end. The beam is held vertical by a cable that makes an angle  = 20.0 with the ground and is attached to the beam at height h = 1.50 m. What is the tension (N) in the cable?

a) 95.8 b) 113 c) 124 d) 77.8 e) 81.2 f) 117 g) 131 h) 67.7 i) 105 j) 131 Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 12.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 12.2

5) A solid copper cube has edge lengths of 0.444 cm and a bulk modulus of 1.40 1011 N/m2. How much pressure (N/m2) must be applied to the cube to reduce the edge lengths to 0.440 cm? a) 7.83 109 b) 5.63 109 c) 3.75 109 d) 8.77 109

e) 1.67 1010 f) 2.13 1010 g) 1.12 1010 h) 9.13 109 i) 2.36 1010 j) 4.44 109 Answer: c Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 12.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 12.3

Package Title: Test Bank Questions Chapter 13 Course Title: Halliday 12e Chapter Number: Chapter 13

Question type: Multiple-Choice

1) The shows three particles with the masses m1 = 1.00 10−3 kg m2 = 2.00 10−3 kg m3 = 8.00 10−3 kg at distances r1 = 2.00 m r2 = 4.00 m and with  = 30.0. What is the magnitude (N) of the net force on particle 3?

a) 1.77 10−16 b) 6.50 10−16 c) 1.08 10−15 d) 2.89 10−17 e) 3.75 10−16 f) 2.3110−16 g) 4.33 10−16 h) 8.66 10−16 i) 5.78 10−17 j) 8.66 10−17 Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 13.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 13.2

2) The figure shows three particles with the masses m1 = 1.00 10−3 kg m2 = 2.00 10−3 kg m3 = 8.00 10−3 kg at distances r1 = 2.00 m r2 = 4.00 m and with  = 30.0.

What is the angle (degrees) of the net force on particle 3 (relative to the positive direction of the x axis)?

a) 49 b) 193 c) 209 d) 56 e) 161 f) 133 g) 112 h) 144 i) 177 j) 108 Answer: e Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 13.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 13.2

3) The figure shows four particles. What is the magnitude (N) of the net gravitational force on particle 4 (m4 = 6.00 kg) at the origin due to the other three particles? m1 = 40.0 kg m2 = 18.0 kg m3 = 10.0 kg r1 = 4.00 m r2 = 3.00 m r3 = 2.00 m

a) 2.08 10−8 b) 4.00 10−10 c) 6.88 10−10

d) 7.9 10−9 e) 5.68 10−10 f) 6.13 10−9 g) 2.74 10−9 h) 3.52 10−9 i) 8.0110−10 j) 1.13 10−9 Answer: i Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 13.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 13.2

4) The figure shows four particles. What is the angle (deg) of the net gravitational force on particle 4 (m4 = 6.00 kg) at the origin due to the other three particles (relative to the positive direction of the x axis)? m1 = 40.0 kg m2 = 18.0 kg m3 = 10.0 kg r1 = 4.00 m r2 = 3.00 m r3 = 2.00

a) 90 b) 62 c) -71 d) 258 e) 189 f) 43 g) 12 h) -129 i) 231 j) 102 Answer: a Title: Question ID:

Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 13.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 13.2

5) The figure shows three particles with the masses m1 = 1.00 10−3 kg m2 = 2.00 10−3 kg m3 = 6.00 10−3 kg at distances r1 = 2.00 m r2 = 4.00 m with angle  = 30.0. What is the magnitude (N) of the net force on particle 3?

a) 1.46 10−16 b) 6.50 10−16 c) 1.08 10−15 d) 2.9110−16 e) 7.00 10−16 f) 5.93 10−16 g) 2.18 10−17 h) 8.66 10−16 i) 5.78 10−17 j) 8.66 10−17 Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 13.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 13.2

6) The figure shows three particles with the masses m1 = 1.00 10−3 kg m2 = 2.00 10−3 kg m3 = 45.0 10−3 kg at distances r1 = 2.00 m r2 = 4.00 m with angle  = 60.0.

What is the magnitude (N) of the net force on particle 3?

a) 2.3110−16 b) 4.33 10−16 c) 3.44 10−16 d) 5.78 10−17 e) 8.66 10−17 f) 1.73 10−16 g) 6.50 10−16 h) 7.08 10−17 i) 2.89 10−17 j) 1.16 10−16 Answer: g Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 13.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 13.2

7) What is the escape speed (m/s) from the surface of a planet with mass 4.0 1025 kg and radius 7.0 107 m? a) 1.0 104 b) 1.2 105 c) 4.8 103 d) 7.0 105 e) 2.9 104 f) 6.2 104 g) 2.1103 h) 5.9 105 i) 8.7 103 j) 7.5 104

Answer: e Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 13.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 13.5

8) Two stars in a binary-star system have the same mass of 4.00 1030 kg and a separation of 3.00 1011 m, and they orbit around their center of mass. What is their period (s)? a) 1.13 108 b) 4.47 107 c) 9.03 106 d) 1.77 107 e) 6.12 107 f) 7.19 106 g) 5.11106 h) 2.45 108 i) 5.78 106 j) 8.78 107 Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Hard Learning Objective 1: LO 13.6.0 Section Reference 1: Section 13.6

9) At what height (m) above the Moon’s surface is the energy required to lift a satellite to that height equal to the kinetic energy required for the satellite to be in orbit at that height? Moon’s radius = 1.74 106 m. Moon’s mass = 7.36 1022 kg. a) 2.3 105 b) 4.9 105 c) 2.2 106 d) 4.3 105 e) 1.7 106 f) 3.1105

g) 3.2 106 h) 5.6 105 i) 5.3 106 j) 8.7 105 Answer: j Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 13.7.0 Section Reference 1: Section 13.7

10) A solid sphere has a uniformly distributed mass of 4.00 104 kg and a radius of 4.00 m. What is the magnitude (N) of the gravitational force due to the sphere on a particle of mass 3.00 g when the particle is located 1.50 m from the center of the sphere? a) 1.88 10−10 b) 2.33 10−10 c) 6.67 10−11 d) 7.1110−11 e) 4.04 10−9 f) 5.08 10−9 g) 7.03 10−11 h) 5.1110−10 i) 3.98 10−11 j) 1.67 10−9 Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 13.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 13.3

11) Two neutron stars are separated by a distance of 5.00 1010 m and each has a mass of 3.50 1030 kg. They are initially at rest with respect to each other. What is their speed (m/s) as measured in that rest frame when their separation has decreased to 3.00 1010 m? a) 7.76 104 b) 8.17 104

c) 9.11104 d) 1.67 104 e) 9.14 103 f) 8.78 103 g) 7.17 103 h) 5.58 104 i) 8.04 103 j) 9.15 103 Answer: h Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 13.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 13.5 12) A satellite orbits a planet of unknown mass in a circle of radius 3.50 107 m. The magnitude of the gravitational force on the satellite from the planet is 120 N. What is the kinetic energy (J) of the satellite in its orbit? a) 1.86 1010 b) 9.67 109 c) 3.40 109 d) 2.10 109 e) 4.99 109 f) 7.08 109 g) 2.05 1010 h) 7.42 109 i) 6.17 109 j) 6.83 109 Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 13.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 13.5

13) In a binary-star system, each star has a mass of 6.00 1030 kg and they rotate around the system’s center of mass at radius 3.00 1011 m. If a meteoroid passes through that center of mass perpendicular to

the orbital plane, what minimum speed (m/s) must it have at the center of mass if it is to escape to “infinity” from the system? a) 6.76 104 b) 1.28 104 c) 7.30 104 d) 2.24 104 e) 8.18 104 f) 1.84 104 g) 6.12 104 h) 5.17 104 i) 9.33 104 j) 4.44 104 Answer: c Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 13.7.0 Section Reference 1: Section 13.7

14) Consider a compact spherical star with a mass of 3.49 1030 kg, a radius of 14.0 km, and a rotational period of 5.18 10−2 s. By what percentage does the free-fall acceleration g differ from the gravitational acceleration ag at the equator? a) 1.73 10−2% b) 6.07 10−2% c) 8.52 10−2 % d) 8.02 10−2 % e) 9.83 10−2% f) 2.1110−2 % g) 6.87 10−2% h) 5.36 10−2% i) 2.90 10−2% j) 7.76 10−2% Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 13.3.0

Section Reference 1: Section 13.3

15) An airless planet of mass 8.54 1024 kg and radius 1700 km gravitationally attracts a meteorite that is initially at rest relevant to the planet, at distance great enough to take as infinite. The meteorite falls toward the planet. What is the speed (m/s) of the meteorite when it reaches the planet’s surface? a) 5.99 104 b) 1.27 104 c) 3.33 104 d) 8.65 104 e) 9.28 104 f) 8.02 104 g) 2.59 104 h) 5.06 104 i) 4.49 104 j) 7.74 104 Answer: g Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 13.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 13.5

16) Consider a planet that is a uniform sphere of radius R that has a narrow radial tunnel extending toward its center. Let Fg be the gravitational force on an object on the planet’s surface. How far down the tunnel should the object be lowered such that the gravitational force is then 0.800Fg? a) 0.750R b) 0.333R c) 0.451R d) 0.850R e) 0.200R f) 0.912R g) 0.400R h) 0.125R i) 0.200R j) 0.217R Answer: i Title: Question ID:

Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 13.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 13.4

17) A satellite is in a circular orbit of period 3.00 h and radius 6.00 106 m around a planet with an unknown mass. The magnitude of the gravitational acceleration on the planet’s surface is 7.50 m/s2. What is the planet’s radius (m)? a) 2.43 106 b) 1.77 107 c) 2.89 107 d) 4.57 106 e) 3.67 107 f) 3.12 106 g) 2.43 106 h) 8.86 106 i) 5.52 107 j) 1.77 106 Answer: f Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 13.6.0 Section Reference 1: Section 13.6

18) A satellite, moving in an elliptical orbit, is 400 km above Earth’s surface at its farthest point and 190 km above at its closet point. Earth’s radius is 6370 km. What is the eccentricity of the orbit? a) 2.99 10−2 b) 3.33 10−2 c) 3.98 10−2 d) 1.58 10−2 e) 4.5110−2 f) 9.18 10−2 g) 7.17 10−2 h) 8.94 10−2 i) 7.73 10−2 j) 5.16 10−2 Answer: d

Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 13.6.0 Section Reference 1: Section 13.6

19) A satellite has a circular orbit with a period of 2.00 h and a radius of 7.50 106 m around a planet. What is the planet’s mass (kg)? a) 5.14 1024 b) 6.89 1024 c) 4.82 1024 d) 9.32 1024 e) 7.94 1024 f) 1.27 1025 g) 5.49 1025 h) 3.711025 i) 2.111025 j) 3.03 1025 Answer: c Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 13.6.0 Section Reference 1: Section 13.6

20) Four particles, each with mass 25.0 g, form a square, with a particle at each corner. The edge length is 0.500 m. If the edge length is reduced to 0.200 m, what is the change (J) in the gravitational potential energy of the four-particle system? a) −8.99 10−13 b) −5.45 10−13 c) −7.14 10−13 d) −9.14 10−13 e) −5.02 10−13 f) −4.55 10−13 g) −8.0110−13 h) −6.77 10−13 i) −1.22 10−13

j) −2.76 10−13 Answer: h Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 13.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 13.5

21) A 15.0 kg rocket is to be launched vertically from the surface of a planet with mass 6.50 1023 kg, a radius of 3.50 106 m, and no atmosphere. If the rocket is launched with an initial energy of 7.20 107 J, what will be its kinetic energy (J) be when it is 4.50 106 m from the center of the planet? a) 3.07 107 b) 1.27 107 c) 8.67 106 d) 8.02 106 e) 2.44 106 f) 5.71106 g) 4.44 106 h) 5.03 106 i) 6.73 106 j) 7.89 106 Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 13.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 13.5

22) A 15.0 kg rocket is to be launched vertically from the surface of a planet with mass 6.50 1023 kg, a radius of 3.50 106 m, and no atmosphere. With what initial energy (J) should the rocket be launched for it to reach a maximum height of 7.50 106 m? a) 1.28 108 b) 8.33 108 c) 4.87 108 d) 3.76 108 e) 2.27 108

f) 9.91107 g) 3.12 108 h) 4.04 108 i) 5.15 108 j) 2.89 108 Answer: f Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 13.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 13.5

Package Title: Test Bank Questions Chapter 14 Course Title: Halliday 12e Chapter Number: Chapter 14

Question type: Multiple-Choice

1) A solid ball of radius 0.0280 m sits at the bottom of a container of liquid with a density of 1.05 g/cm3. The normal force on the ball from the bottom of the container has magnitude 8.15 10−2 N. What is the mass (kg) of the ball? a) 0.213 b) 0.249 c) 0.122 d) 0.197 e) 0.167 f) 0.287 g) 0.105 h) 0.254 i) 0.231 j) 0.311 Answer: g Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 14.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 14.5

2) A liquid of density 800 kg/m3 flows through a horizontal pipe that has a cross-sectional area of 1.80 10−2 m2 in region A and a cross-sectional area of 0.190 m2 in region B. The pressure difference 3 between the two regions is 6.0 10 Pa. What is the volume flow rate (m3/s)? a) 6.76 10

−3

b) 2.33 10 c) 8.78 10 d) 1.13 10

−2

e) 4.13 10 f) 5.8110

−3

−2

g) 5.36 10

−3

h) 2.89 10

−2

i) 4.42 10

−3

j) 7.00 10−2 Answer: j Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 14.7.0 Section Reference 1: Section 14.7

3) A hollow sphere of inner radius 10.0 cm and outer radius 11.0 cm floats half-submerged in a liquid of density 950 kg/m3. What is the mass (kg) of the sphere? a) 1.17 b) 1.89 c) 3.41 d) 2.65 e) 3.30 f) 2.97 g) 0.913 h) 0.421 i) 0.748 j) 0.636 Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 14.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 14.5

4) An object hangs from a spring balance. The balance registers 40.0 N in air, 30.0 N when the object is immersed in water (density 1000 kg/m3), and 32.0 N when the object is immersed in another liquid of unknown density. What is the density (kg/m3) of that other liquid? a) 800 b) 600 c) 540 d) 705 e) 745 f) 859 g) 825 h) 785 i) 685

j) 645 Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 14.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 14.5

5) A can has a volume of 1500 cm3 and a mass of 0.210 kg. How many kilograms of lead shot could it carry without sinking in water (density 1000 kg/m3)? a) 1.09 b) 0.389 c) 0.487 d) 0.0842 e) 0.278 f) 1.29 g) 0.106 h) 0.921 i) 0.0955 j) 0.0712 Answer: f Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 14.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 14.5

Package Title: Test Bank Questions Chapter 15 Course Title: Halliday 12e Chapter Number: Chapter 15

Question type: Multiple-Choice

1) The figure shows the acceleration a versus time t graph for a box in SHM along an x axis. Which of the points on the curve corresponds to the instant that the box is at x = -xm?

a) 1 b) 2 c) 3 d) 4 e) 5 f) 6 g) 7 h) 8 Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 15.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 15.1

2) The figure shows the velocity v versus time t graph for a box in SHM along an x axis. Where is the box at the instant indicated by the dot?

a) +xm b) -xm

c) 0 d) between 0 and +xm e) between 0 and -xm Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 15.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 15.1

3) The figure shows the velocity v versus time t graph for a box in SHM along an x axis. What is its direction of travel at the instant shown?

a) no direction because it is momentarily at rest b) negative direction of x (leftward) c) positive direction of x (rightward) Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 15.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 15.1

4) The figure shows a block-spring system in SHM at the instant of t = 0. If this motion is described by the function x = xm cos(t + ), then which of the following gives ?

a) 0 b) /2 c)  d) 3/2 e) between 0 and /2

f) between /2 and  g) between  and 3/2 h) between 3/2 and 2 Answer: h Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 15.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 15.1

5) An oscillating block-spring system has a mechanical energy of 2.00 J, an amplitude of 8.00 cm, and a maximum speed of 1.20 m/s. What is the spring constant (N/m)? a) 500 b) 700 c) 900 d) 420 e) 200 f) 1600 g) 625 h) 800 i) 960 j) 850 Answer: g Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Medium Learning Objective 1: LO 15.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 15.2

6) An oscillating block-spring system has a mechanical energy of 2.00 J, an amplitude of 8.00 cm, and a maximum speed of 1.20 m/s. What is the frequency (Hz) of oscillation? a) 90.9 b) 15.4 c) 5.79 d) 10.2 e) 7.14 f) 4.43 g) 2.39 h) 36.0

i) 3.82 j) 22.1 Answer: g Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Medium Learning Objective 1: LO 15.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 15.2

7) As shown in the figure, a block of mass M = 5.40 kg, at rest on a horizontal frictionless table, is attached to a rigid wall by a spring with spring constant k = 6000 N/m. A bullet of mass m = 9.50 E-3 kg and speed v strikes and is embedded in the block. After the bullet is embedded, the block and bullet undergo SHM with amplitude 1.50 E-2 m. What was the bullet speed v (m/s)?

a) 5.99 103 b) 47.4 c) 1.78 103 d) 152 e) 4.68 103 f) 569 g) 1.04 103 h) 94.8 i) 2.39 103 j) 285 Answer: j Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Hard Learning Objective 1: LO 15.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 15.2

8) A simple harmonic oscillator consists of a block of mass 2.00 kg attached to a spring of spring constant 100 N/m, and it oscillates according to x = xm cos(t + ). When t = 0.650 s, the position and velocity of the block are x = 0.129 m and v = 3.415 m/s. What is the phase constant  (rad)? a) -2.02

b) -9.80 c) -2.72 d) -4.85 e) -6.26 f) -6.97 g) -7.67 h) -3.43 i) -5.91 j) -4.14 Answer: i Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Medium Learning Objective 1: LO 15.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 15.1

9) The figure shows a block oscillating in SHM at time t = 0. Which of the following gives the value of ? x = xm cos(ωt + )

a) 0 b) /2 c)  d) 3/2 e) between 0 and /2 f) between /2 and  g) between  and 3/2 h) between 3/2 and 2 Answer: g Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 15.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 15.1

10) The first figure shows a block oscillating in SHM at time t = 0, with position given by x = xm cos(ωt + ). Which of the graphs best shows x versus t?

a) 1 b) 2 c) 3 d) 4 e) 5 f) 6 Answer: e Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 15.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 15.1

11) In three situations a block oscillates on the end of spring in SHM. The spring constant and block mass in the three situations are the following: Situation Spring constant Block mass 1 100 N/m 10 kg 2 800 20 3 800 40 Rank the three situations according to the frequency of the SHM, greatest first. ( ) indicates a tie. a) 1, 2, 3 b) 1, 3, 2 c) 2, 1, 3 d) 2, 3, 1

e) 3, 2, 1 f) 3, 1, 2 g) (1,2), 3 h) 3, (1,2) i) 2, (1,3) j) (1,2,3) Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 15.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 15.1

12) A 4.00 kg block oscillates on the end of a spring of spring constant 200 N/m according to x = xm cos(t + ). This SHM is on a frictionless surface. At a certain time, the block has a position of +0.500 m and a velocity of -8.00 m/s. What is the (displacement) amplitude (m) of the motion? a) 0.673 b) 0.680 c) 1.03 d) 0.392 e) 1.48 f) 0.172 g) 0.59 h) 0.943 i) 1.24 j) 0.321 Answer: i Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Medium Learning Objective 1: LO 15.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 15.1

13) In SHM given by x = xm cos(t + ), where is the magnitude of the acceleration greatest? a) at extreme point of +xm or -xm b) 0 c) between 0 and extreme point Answer: a

Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 15.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 15.1 14) In SHM given by x = xm cos(t + ), where is the speed greatest? a) at extreme point of +xm or -xm b) 0 c) between 0 and extreme point Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 15.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 15.1

15) If a spring-block oscillator has a spring constant of 2400 N/m and a mass of 2.00 kg, what is the angular frequency (rad/s)? a) 3.33 b) 18.9 c) 1.56 d) 8.92 E-2 e) 5.6 E-1 f) 0.416 g) 14.1 h) 2.30 i) 34.6 j) 27.0 Answer: i Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 15.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 15.1

16) A 2.00 kg box oscillates on a spring with spring constant 100 N/m along an x axis. Its displacement function is given by x = xm cos(t + ). At time t = 0.20 s, its displacement is x = 0.0500 m, and its velocity is v = +6.00 m/s. What is the value of  in radians? a) -1.31 b) -9.80 c) -2.93 d) -1.51 e) -6.26 f) -6.97 g) -7.67 h) -3.43 i) -5.55 j) -4.14 Answer: c Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Medium Learning Objective 1: LO 15.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 15.1

17) If a spring-block oscillator has a spring constant of 1500 N/m and a mass of 4.00 kg, what is the angular frequency (rad/s)? a) 7.60 b) 12.9 c) 1.56 d) 8.9 E-2 e) 19.4 f) 5.41 g) 14.1 h) 2.30 i) 22.4 j) 3.3 E-1 Answer: e Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 15.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 15.1

18) The first figure shows a plot of x versus t for a block-spring system oscillating in SHM. The next four figures show the block during the oscillations Which of those figures best shows the block at time t = 0?

a) 1 b) 2 c) 3 d) 4 Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 15.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 15.1

19) An oscillating block-spring system has a mechanical energy of 10.0 J, an amplitude of 0.400 m, and a maximum speed of 2.50 m/s. What is the spring constant (N/m)? a) 500 b) 450 c) 1356 d) 125 e) 980 f) 333 g) 412 h) 309 i) 250

j) 820 Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Medium Learning Objective 1: LO 15.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 15.2

20) An oscillating block-spring system has a mechanical energy of 10.0 J, an amplitude of 0.400 m, and a maximum speed of 2.50 m/s. What is the mass (kg) of the block? a) 5.70 b) 1.60 c) 12.5 d) 22.3 e) 6.67 f) 3.20 g) 2.80 h) 7.50 i) 19.6 j) 4.80 Answer: f Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Medium Learning Objective 1: LO 15.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 15.2

21) If  = 0.8 for a block-spring oscillator moving along an x axis, where is the block at time t = 0? a) +xm b) -xm c) 0 d) between 0 and +xm, headed toward +xm e) between 0 and +xm, headed toward 0 f) between -xm and 0, headed toward -xm g) between -xm and 0, headed toward 0 Answer: f Title:

Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 15.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 15.1

22) In SHM along an x axis, where is the magnitude of the acceleration least? a) at extreme point of +xm or -xm b) 0 c) between 0 and extreme point Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 15.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 15.1

23) In SHM along an x axis, where is the magnitude of the velocity least? a) at extreme point of +xm or -xm b) 0 c) between 0 and extreme point Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 15.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 15.1

24) A simple harmonic oscillator consists of a block of mass 2.00 kg attached to a spring with spring constant 100 N/m. When t = 0.400 s, the position and velocity of the block are x = 0.129 m and v = 3.415 m/s. What is the phase constant  (rad)? a) -6.97 b) -7.67 c) -3.43 d) -5.55 e) -4.14 f) -1.31 g) -9.80

h) -2.72 i) -1.00 j) -6.26 Answer: e Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Medium Learning Objective 1: LO 15.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 15.1

25) The figure shows a graph of acceleration a versus time t for a box of in SHM along an x axis. Which of the points on the curve correspond to the instant that the box is at x = +xm?

a) 1 b) 2 c) 3 d) 4 e) 5 f) 6 g) 7 h) 8 Answer: f Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 15.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 15.1

26) The figure shows the velocity v versus time t graph for a box in SHM along an x axis. Where is the box at the instant indicated by the dot?

a) +xm b) -xm c) 0 d) between 0 and +xm e) between 0 and -xm Answer: e Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 15.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 15.1

27) The figure shows the velocity v versus time t graph for a box in SHM along an x axis. What is its direction of travel at the instant shown?

a) positive direction of x (rightward) b) no direction because it is momentarily at rest c) negative direction of x (leftward) Answer: c Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 15.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 15.1

28) An oscillating block-spring system has a mechanical energy of 1.00 J, an amplitude of 10.0 cm, and a maximum speed of 1.20 m/s. What is the spring constant (N/m)?

a) 500 b) 700 c) 900 d) 420 e) 200 f) 600 g) 450 h) 800 i) 960 j) 850 Answer: e Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Medium Learning Objective 1: LO 15.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 15.2

29) An oscillating block-spring system has a mechanical energy of 1.00 J, an amplitude of 10.0 cm, and a maximum speed of 1.20 m/s. What is the frequency (Hz) of oscillation? a) 90.9 b) 15.4 c) 5.79 d) 10.2 e) 7.14 f) 4.43 g) 1.91 h) 36.0 i) 3.82 j) 22.1 Answer: e Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Medium Learning Objective 1: LO 15.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 15.2

30) A 30 kg block is put into SHM on the end of a spring with spring constant 3000 N/m. Its displacement has the form x = 0.20 m cos (ωt + π). What is its acceleration (m/s2) at time t = 0.50 s?

a) -10 b) 0 c) 6.9 d) 18 e) 13 f) -3.2 g) 25 h) -33 i) -11 j) 5.7 Answer: j Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Medium Learning Objective 1: LO 15.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 15.1

31) A simple harmonic oscillator moving along an x axis consists of a block of mass 2.00 kg attached to a spring with spring constant 100 N/m. When t = 0.800 s, the position and velocity of the block are x = 0.129 m and v = 3.415 m/s. What is the phase constant  (rad)? a) -6.97 b) -7.67 c) -3.43 d) -15.5 e) -4.14 f) -2.02 g) -9.80 h) -2.72 i) -4.85 j) -5.26 Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Medium Learning Objective 1: LO 15.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 15.1

32) In an experiment, the water level in a container oscillates vertically in SHM with a period of 8.00 hours. The level changes height by 2.40 m. How long (hours) does the level take to drop 2.00 m from the highest point?

a) 1.55 b) 1.67 c) 2.82 d) 0.52 e) 3.05 f) 2.93 g) 3.22 h) 2.58 i) 0.45 j) 0.89 Answer: f Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Medium Learning Objective 1: LO 15.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 15.1

Package Title: Test Bank Questions Chapter 16 Course Title: Halliday 12e Chapter Number: Chapter 16

Question type: Multiple-Choice

1) The figure shows a standing wave on a string. The string’s tension is 6.50 10 , its mass is 0.600 kg, and its length is 0.300 m. At what frequency (Hz) does any string element (except at a node) oscillate? 3

a) 791 b) 250 c) 1.12 10

d) 2.50 10 e) 913 f) 50 g) 475 h) 112 i) 1.12 10 j) 417

Answer: g Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 16.7.0 Section Reference 1: Section 16.7

2) Here is the equation for a wave on a string under tension: y = (0.025 m) sin(3.0x + 4.0t). What is the amplitude (m)? a) 1.50 b) 0.75 c) 8.0 d) 0.30 e) 0.018 f) 0.33 g) 0.21 h) 0.025 i) 0.50

j) 0.033 Answer: h Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 16.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 16.1

3) Here is the equation for a wave on a string under tension: y = (0.025 m) sin(3.0x + 4.0t). In what direction is the wave traveling? a) +x b) -x c) +y d) -y e) +z f) –z Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 16.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 16.1

4) Here is the equation for a wave on a string under tension: y = (0.025 m) sin(3.0x + 4.0t). What is the wavelength (m)? a) 0.33 b) 0.21 c) 0.025 d) 0.50 e) 0.036 f) 1.50 g) 0.67 h) 8.0 i) 0.25 j) 1.00 Answer: g

Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 16.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 16.1

5) Here is the equation for a wave on a string under tension: y = (0.025 m) sin(3.0x + 4.0t). What is the frequency (Hz)? a) 7.6 b) 4.0 c) 6.8 d) 2.0 e) 14.2 f) 3.5 g) 5.2 h) 1.25 i) 9.5 j) 12.0 Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 16.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 16.1

6) Here is the equation for a wave on a string under tension: y = (0.025 m) sin(3.0x + 4.0t). What is the wave speed (m/s)? a) 1.5 b) 0.75 c) 8.0 d) 0.25 e) 0.018 f) 1.3 g) 0.21 h) 0.025 i) 0.50 j) 3.5

Answer: f Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 16.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 16.1

7) Here is the equation for a wave on a string under tension: y = (0.025 m) sin(3.0x + 4.0t). What is the transverse velocity (m/s) of the element at x = 1.00 m at time t = 2.00 s? a) -0.42 b) +0.47 c) -0.31 d) -0.55 e) +0.054 f) +0.73 g) +0.018 h) +0.85 i) -0.085 j) +0.12 Answer: c Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 16.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 16.1

8) The figure shows two strings with the same length and tension and oscillating at the same frequency. On which string do the waves have a longer wavelength?

(a) String A (b) String B (c) They are tied. Answer: b

Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 16.7.0 Section Reference 1: Section 16.7

9) The figure shows two strings with the same length and tension and oscillating at the same frequency. On which string is the speed of the wave greater?

(a) String A (b) String B (c) They are tied. Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 16.7.0 Section Reference 1: Section 16.7

10) The figure shows two strings with the same length and tension and oscillating at the same frequency. Which string has greater mass?

(a) String A (b) String B (c) They are tied. Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate

Learning Objective 1: LO 16.7.0 Section Reference 1: Section 16.7

11) The figure shows a standing wave on a string. The string’s tension is 2.40 E4 N, its mass is 0.600 kg, and its length is 0.300 m. At what frequency (Hz) does any string element (except at a node) oscillate?

a) 50.0 b) 475 c) 1.12 d) 1.12 10 e) 417 f) 791 g) 250

h) 1.12 10

i) 2.50 10 j) 913

Answer: j Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 16.7.0 Section Reference 1: Section 16.7

12) Here are three pairs of waves that we can send along a string. Rank the pairs according to the amplitude of the resultant wave that would result on the string, greatest first. ( ) indicates a tie. Hint: draw phasors. Pair 1: y1 = (4.0 mm) sin(6x – 12t + 0.7) y2 = (4.0 mm) sin(6x – 12t + 0.7) Pair 2 y1 = (4.0 mm) sin(3x – 5t + 0.2) y2 = (4.0 mm) sin(3x – 5t + 1.2) Pair 3 y1 = (4.0 mm) sin(2x – 4t) y2 = (4.0 mm) sin(2x – 4t + 0.5) a) 1, 2, 3 b) 1, 3, 2 c) 2, 1, 3 d) 2, 3, 1

e) 3, 2, 1 f) 3, 1, 2 g) (1,2), 3 h) 3, (1,2) i) 2, (1,3) j) (1,2,3) Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 16.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 16.5

13) The following two waves travel along the same string (x is in meters and t is in seconds): y1 = (5.00 mm) sin(4.00 x – 7.00 t) y2 = (5.00 mm) sin(4.00 x – 7.00 t + 0.800 rad) What is the amplitude (mm) of their resultant wave?

a) 4.65 b) 3.49 c) 6.98 d) 5.85 e) 11.63 f) 8.14 g) 2.91 h) 9.21 i) 10.47 j) 2.33 Answer: h Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 16.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 16.5

14) Here is the equation for a wave on a string under tension: y = (0.060 m) sin(2.0x + 8.0t). What is the amplitude (m)? a) 0.33

b) 0.040 c) 0.025 d) 0.060 e) 0.036 f) 1.50 g) 0.75 h) 8.0 i) 0.25 j) 0.018 Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 16.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 16.1

15) Here is the equation for a wave on a string under tension: y = (0.060 m) sin(2.0x + 8.0t). In what direction is the wave traveling? a) +x b) -x c) +y d) -y e) +z f) –z Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 16.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 16.1

16) Here is the equation for a wave on a string under tension: y = (0.060 m) sin(2.0x + 8.0t). What is the wavelength (m)? a) 1.0 b) 0.75 c) 8.0 d) 0.25

e) 0.018 f) 0.33 g) 0.21 h) 0.025 i) 0.50 j) 0.036 Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 16.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 16.1

17) Here is the equation for a wave on a string under tension: y = (0.060 m) sin(2.0x + 8.0t). What is the frequency (Hz)? a) 3.0 b) 5.2 c) 1.25 d) 9.5 e) 12 f) 7.6 g) 4.0 h) 6.8 i) 2.5 j) 1.0 Answer: g Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 16.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 16.1

18) Here is the equation for a wave on a string under tension: y = (0.060 m) sin(2.0x + 8.0t). What is the wave speed (m/s)? a) 0.33 b) 0.21 c) 0.025

d) 0.50 e) 0.036 f) 1.50 g) 0.75 h) 4.0 i) 0.25 j) 0.018 Answer: h Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 16.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 16.1

19) Here is the equation for a wave on a string under tension: y = (0.060 m) sin(2.0x + 8.0t). What is the maximum transverse speed (m/s) of any string element? a) 1.5 b) 0.25 c) 0.84 d) 2.3 e) 1.9 f) 0.33 g) 2.8 h) 0.50 i) 3.3 j) 0.75 Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 16.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 16.1

20) Here is the equation for a wave on a string under tension: y = (0.060 m) sin(2.0x + 8.0t). What is the transverse acceleration (m/s2) of the element at x = 2.0 m at time t = 2.0 10 a) +0.61 b) -0.023

−2

c) +0.20 d) +0.025 e) -0.82 f) -0.32 g) +5.17 h) -0.38 i) -18 j) -0.044 Answer: i Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 16.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 16.1

21) Here are three pairs of waves that we can send along a string. Rank the pairs according to the amplitude of the resultant wave that would result on the string, greatest first. ( ) indicates a tie. Pair 1: y1 = (3.0 mm) sin(3x – 7t) y2 = (3.0 mm) sin(3x – 7t + 1.5) Pair 2: y1 = (3.0 mm) sin(x – 6t + 0.7) y2 = (3.0 mm) sin(x – 6t + 0.7) Pair 3: y1 = (3.0 mm) sin(9x – 4t + 0.5) y2 = (3.0 mm) sin(9x – 4t + 1.5) a) 1, 2, 3 b) 1, 3, 2 c) 2, 1, 3 d) 2, 3, 1 e) 3, 2, 1 f) 3, 1, 2 g) (1,2), 3 h) 3, (1,2) i) 2, (1,3) j) (1,2,3) Answer: c Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 16.5.0

Section Reference 1: Section 16.5

22) The following two waves travel along the same string (x is in meters and t is in seconds). y1 = (3.00 mm) sin(6.00 x – 4.00 t) y2 = (3.00 mm) sin(6.00 x – 4.00 t + 1.25 rad) What is the amplitude (mm) of their resultant wave? a) 0.134 b) 1.27 c) 0.567 d) 11.7 e) 5.56 f) 4.87 g) 3.33 h) 4.02 i) 5.12 j) 7.88 Answer: f Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 16.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 16.5

23) Here are two waves traveling on the same string: y1 = (6.0 mm) sin(4.00 x – 7.00 t) y2 = (3.0 mm) sin(4.00 x – 7.00 t + 1.60 rad) What is the amplitude (mm) of their resultant wave? a) 1.33 b) 3.33 c) 5.90 d) 3.93 e) 5.53 f) 5.09 g) 0.37 h) 6.63 i) 8.37 j) 4.51 Answer: h Title:

Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 16.6.0 Section Reference 1: Section 16.6

24) Here are two waves traveling on the same string: y1 = (6.0 mm) sin(4.00 x – 7.00 t) y2 = (3.0 mm) sin(4.00 x – 7.00 t + 1.60 rad) What is the phase angle (rad) of the resultant wave? a) 0.357 b) 0.241 c) 1.23 d) 0.201 e) 0.667 f) 0.469 g) 0.260 h) 1.11 i) 1.54 j) 0.891 Answer: f Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 16.6.0 Section Reference 1: Section 16.6

25) The figure shows two snapshots of a standing wave on a string oscillating at 1500 Hz. string length = 0.200 m What is the string tension (N)?

a) 3.20 10 b) 609 c) 240 d) 402

e) 1.10 10

f) 4.06 10

g) 1.69 10

h) 6.75 10

string mass = 1.50 10

−2

i) 169 j) 4.2110

Answer: g Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 16.7.0 Section Reference 1: Section 16.7

26) Here are three pairs of waves that we can send along a string. Rank the pairs according to the amplitude of the resultant wave that would result on the string, greatest first. ( ) indicates a tie. Pair 1: y1 = (4.0 mm) sin(2x – 4t) y2 = (4.0 mm) sin(2x – 4t + 0.5) Pair 2: y1 = (4.0 mm) sin(3x – 5t + 0.7) y2 = (4.0 mm) sin(3x – 5t + 1.7) Pair 3: y1 = (4.0 mm) sin(6x – 12t + 0.3) y2 = (4.0 mm) sin(6x – 12t + 0.3) a) 1, 2, 3 b) 1, 3, 2 c) 2, 1, 3 d) 2, 3, 1 e) 3, 2, 1 f) 3, 1, 2 g) (1,2), 3 h) 3, (1,2) i) 2, (1,3) j) (1,2,3) Answer: f Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 16.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 16.5

27) Here is the equation for a wave on a string under tension: y = (0.036 m) sin(8.0x + 6.0t).

What is the amplitude (m)? a) 0.67 b) 0.75 c) 8.0 d) 0.025 e) 0.018 f) 0.33 g) 0.21 h) 0.125 i) 0.50 j) 0.036 Answer: j Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 16.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 16.1

28) Here is the equation for a wave on a string under tension: y = (0.036 m) sin(8.0x + 6.0t). In what direction is the wave traveling? a) +x b) -x c) +y d) -y e) +z f) –z Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 16.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 16.1

29) Here is the equation for a wave on a string under tension: y = (0.036 m) sin(8.0x + 6.0t). What is the wavelength (m)? a) 0.67

b) 0.75 c) 0.70 d) 0.25 e) 0.018 f) 0.33 g) 0.21 h) 0.125 i) 0.50 j) 0.036 Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 16.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 16.1

30) Here is the equation for a wave on a string under tension: y = (0.036 m) sin(8.0x + 6.0t). What is the frequency (Hz)? a) 7.6 b) 4.0 c) 6.8 d) 2.5 e) 14.2 f) 3.0 g) 5.2 h) 1.25 i) 9.5 j) 12.0 Answer: f Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 16.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 16.1

31) Here is the equation for a wave on a string under tension: y = (0.036 m) sin(8.0x + 6.0t). What is the wave speed (m/s)?

a) 2.0 b) 0.75 c) 0.80 d) 0.35 e) 0.18 f) 0.63 g) 0.91 h) 1.25 i) 0.62 j) 0.030 Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 16.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 16.1

32) Here is the equation for a wave on a string under tension: y = (0.036 m) sin(8.0x + 6.0t). What is the transverse velocity (m/s) of the element at x = 1.0 m at time t = 2.0 s? a) -0.42 b) +0.036 c) +0.39 d) -0.55 e) +0.054 f) +0.68 g) +0.018 h) +0.85 i) -0.085 j) +0.12 Answer: f Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 16.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 16.1

33) The following two waves travel along the same string (x is in meters and t is in seconds): y1 = (15.0 mm) sin(4 x – 7 t) y2 = (15.0 mm) sin(4 x – 7 t + 1.90 rad).

What is the amplitude (mm) of their resultant wave? a) 8.14 b) 2.16 c) 9.31 d) 10.4 e) 2.33 f) 4.65 g) 27.0 h) 6.98 i) 5.82 j) 17.5 Answer: j Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 16.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 16.5

34) Here are two waves traveling on the same string: y1 = (7.00 mm) sin(4.00 x – 7.00 t) y2 = (4.00 mm) sin(4.00 x – 7.00 t + 2.50 rad) What is the amplitude (mm) of their resultant wave? a) 9.24 b) 3.68 c) 10.90 d) 5.33 e) 3.09 f) 4.49 g) 8.36 h) 6.46 i) 8.99 j) 9.76 Answer: f Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 16.6.0 Section Reference 1: Section 16.6

35) Here are two waves traveling on the same string: y1 = (7.00 mm) sin(4.00 x – 7.00 t) y2 = (4.00 mm) sin(4.00 x – 7.00 t + 2.50 rad) What is the phase angle (rad) of their resultant wave? a) 0.244 b) 0.457 c) 0.667 d) 0.563 e) 0.109 f) 0.333 g) 0.290 h) 0.812 i) 0.129 j) 0.708 Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 16.6.0 Section Reference 1: Section 16.6

36) The figure shows two snapshots of a standing wave on a string oscillating at 1200 Hz. string tension = 400 N string mass = 25.0 E-3 kg What is the string length (m)?

a) 2.2 b) 5.7 c) 1.3 d) 0.92 e) 1.2 f) 4.6 g) 1.5 h) 3.6 E-2 i) 0.10 j) 3.2 Answer: i Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate

Learning Objective 1: LO 16.7.0 Section Reference 1: Section 16.7

37) Here are three pairs of waves that we can send along a string. Rank the pairs according to the amplitude of the resultant wave that would result on the string, greatest first. ( ) indicates a tie. Pair 1: y1 = (4.0 mm) sin(6x – 12t + 0.4) y2 = (4.0 mm) sin(6x – 12t + 1.4) Pair 2: y1 = (4.0 mm) sin(3x – 5t + 0.3) y2 = (4.0 mm) sin(3x – 5t + 0.3) Pair 3: y1 = (4.0 mm) sin(2x – 4t) y2 = (4.0 mm) sin(2x – 4t + 0.5) a) 1, 2, 3 b) 1, 3, 2 c) 2, 1, 3 d) 2, 3, 1 e) 3, 2, 1 f) 3, 1, 2 g) (1,2), 3 h) 3, (1,2) i) 2, (1,3) j) (1,2,3) Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 16.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 16.5

38) The following two waves travel along the same string (x is in meters and t is in seconds). y1 = (4.00 mm) sin(4.00 x – 7.00 t) y2 = (4.00 mm) sin(4.00 x – 7.00 t + 1.50 rad) What is the amplitude (mm) of their resultant wave? a) 4.65 b) 3.49 c) 6.98 d) 5.85 e) 11.63 f) 8.14

g) 2.91 h) 9.21 i) 10.47 j) 2.33 Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 16.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 16.5

39) Here are two waves traveling on the same string: y1 = (5.00 mm) sin(4.00 x – 7.00 t) y2 = (2.00 mm) sin(4.00 x – 7.00 t + 3.60 rad) What is the amplitude (mm) of their resultant wave? a) 4.87 b) 2.53 c) 6.46 d) 2.93 e) 2.21 f) 6.15 g) 3.33 h) 1.04 i) 5.33 j) 3.09 Answer: g Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 16.6.0 Section Reference 1: Section 16.6

40) The figure shows a standing wave on a string. The string’s tension is 5.00 10 N, its mass is 0.600 kg, and its length is 0.300 m. At what frequency (Hz) does any string element (except at a node) oscillate? 3

a) 50 b) 354 c) 112

d) 1.12 10 e) 417 f) 791 g) 250

h) 1.12 10

i) 2.50 10

j) 7.9110

Answer: e Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 16.7.0 Section Reference 1: Section 16.7

41) Here are three pairs of waves that we can send along a string. Rank the pairs according to the amplitude of the resultant wave that would result on the string, greatest first. ( ) indicates a tie. 1: y1 = (4.0 mm) sin(6x – 12t + 0.8) y2 = (4.0 mm) sin(6x – 12t + 0.8) Pair 2: y1 = (4.0 mm) sin(3x – 5t + 0.8) y2 = (4.0 mm) sin(3x – 5t + 1.8) Pair 3: y1 = (4.0 mm) sin(2x – 4t) y2 = (4.0 mm) sin(2x – 4t + 0.5) a) 1, 2, 3 b) 1, 3, 2 c) 2, 1, 3 d) 2, 3, 1 e) 3, 2, 1 f) 3, 1, 2 g) (1,2), 3 h) 3, (1,2) i) 2, (1,3) j) (1,2,3) Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 16.5.0

Section Reference 1: Section 16.5

42) The following two waves travel along the same string (x is in meters and t is in seconds). y1 = (2.50 mm) sin(4.00 x – 7.00 t) y2 = (2.50 mm) sin(4.00 x – 7.00 t + 1.90 rad) What is the amplitude (mm) of their resultant wave? a) 4.65 b) 3.49 c) 6.98 d) 5.82 e) 11.6 f) 8.14 g) 2.91 h) 9.31 i) 10.4 j) 2.33 Answer: g Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 16.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 16.5

43) Here are two waves traveling on the same string: y1 = (6.00 mm) sin(4.00 x – 7.00 t) y2 = (4.00 mm) sin(4.00 x – 7.00 t + 3.60 rad) What is the amplitude (mm) of their resultant wave? a) 4.87 b) 8.36 c) 6.46 d) 2.99 e) 9.76 f) 9.24 g) 3.85 h) 10.9 i) 5.33 j) 3.09 Answer: d Title:

Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 16.6.0 Section Reference 1: Section 16.6

Package Title: Test Bank Questions Chapter 17 Course Title: Halliday 12e Chapter Number: Chapter 17

Question type: Multiple-Choice

1) The figure shows three pipes, of lengths L and 2L, in which the first harmonic has been set up. Rank them according to the frequency of the first harmonic, greatest first. ( ) indicates a tie.

a) 1, 2, 3 b) 1, 3, 2 c) 2, 1, 3 d) 2, 3, 1 e) 3, 2, 1 f) 3, 1, 2 g) (1,2), 3 h) 3, (1,2) i) 2, (1,3) j) (1,2,3) Answer: e Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 17.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 17.5

2) Resonance is set up in a tube. Here are some of the frequencies emitted by the tube in the range from 50 Hz through 1200 Hz: 400, 600, 800, 1000, 1200 Hz. Which of the following is a frequency (Hz) missing from the list? a) 500 b) 125 c) 100 d) 700 e) 250 f) 300 g) 200

h) 50 i) 900 j) 10 Answer: g Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 17.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 17.5

3) Resonance is set up in a tube. Here are some of the frequencies emitted by the tube in the range from 50 Hz through 1200 Hz: 400, 600, 800, 1000, 1200 Hz. How many open ends does the tube have? a) 1 b) 2 Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 17.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 17.5

4) The figure shows two sound rays that are initially parallel and in phase. Ray A undergoes several reflections but ends up traveling in its original direction. What is the third smallest value (m) of distance d that will put the two rays exactly out of phase? Wavelength = 14.0 m.

a) 9.14 b) 6.00 c) 5.00

d) 8.00 e) 3.50 f) 2.56 g) 2.40 h) 2.00 i) 4.00 j) 1.67 Answer: c Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 17.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 17.3

5) The figure shows two isotropic point sources that emit in phase at the same wavelength of 4.50 m. The sources are separated by d = 25.7 m. If we move a detector around a big circle centered at the midpoint between the sources, how many points do we encounter where the waves from the two sources are exactly out of phase?

a) 23 b) 25 c) 27 d) 29 e) 20 f) 22 g) 24 h) 26 i) 28 j) 30 Answer: g Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 17.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 17.3

6) A bat wants to catch an insect, which is flying directly away from the bat. Bat speed = 30.0 m/s. Insect speed = 20.0 m/s. Bat emits sound at frequency 3.00 104 Hz. What is the frequency (Hz) of the echo that bounces back to the bat? The speed of sound in air is 343 m/s. a) 4.42 104 b) 3.96 104 c) 4.11104 d) 3.82 104 e) 5.20 104 f) 2.89 104 g) 3.18 104 h) 2.92 104 i) 3.43 104 j) 2.76 104 Answer: g Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 17.7.0 Section Reference 1: Section 17.7

7) You are initially at distance R from an isotropic point source of sound, where the intensity is I0. You then move to distance R/3 from the source. What is the intensity there? a) I0 b) 2I0 c) 3I0 d) 9I0 e) 27I0 f) I0/4 g) I0/2 h) I0/3 i) I0/9 j) I0/27 Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 17.1.4 Section Reference 1: Section 17.4

8) The figure shows two isotropic point sources of sound waves that emit in phase and at the same wavelength. They are separated by distance d = 4.5 m. We move a sound detector along the x axis, starting at x = +. As we move it to the left along the axis, we encounter a region of zero signal, then a region of maximum signal, then another region of zero signal, then another region of maximum signal, and then another region of zero signal. At that last point, x = 6.00 m. What is the wavelength (m)?

a) 1.1 b) 2.5 c) 3.1 d) 2.3 e) 0.60 f) 0.31 g) 0.96 h) 10.5 i) 12.8 j) 0.49 Answer: e Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 17.1.3 Section Reference 1: Section 17.3

9) Tube A has two open ends. Tube B has only one open end. The 5th harmonic frequency of A matches the 9th harmonic frequency of B. What is the ratio of the tube length of B to that of A? a) 0.90 b) 1.3 c) 1.9 d) 1.5 e) 2.1 f) 0.70 g) 1.7

h) 0.50 i) 1.1 j) 0.33 Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 17.1.5 Section Reference 1: Section 17.5

10) In the figure, sound waves A and B, both of wavelength 12.0 m, are initially in phase and traveling rightward. They each reflect several times but end up traveling in their original direction. What is the second smallest value (m) of d that puts A and B exactly out of phase with each other after the reflections?

a) 2.75 b) 3.25 c) 1.50 d) 1.71 e) 2.50 f) 9.00 g) 3.00 h) 3.75 i) 2.00 j) 2.40 Answer: f

Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 17.1.3 Section Reference 1: Section 17.3

11) The figure shows two isotropic point sources of sound S1 and S2. The sources emit waves in phase at wavelength 4.0 m; they are separated by distance d = 19 m. If we move a sound detector along a large circle centered at the midpoint between the sources, at how many points do waves arrive at the detector exactly in phase?

a) 30 b) 18 c) 16 d) 24 e) 34 f) 28 g) 32 h) 22 i) 20 j) 26 Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 17.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 17.3

12) The figure shows a circle and a square that emits sound at frequency 700 Hz. They move directly toward each other. The arrows show their direction of travel, and the speeds are v1 = 50.0 m/s and v2 = 100 m/s. What is the frequency (Hz) of the echo that is sent back to the square? The speed of sound in air is 340 m/s

a) 917 b) 545

c) 1.36 103 d) 2.99 103 e) 2.45 103 f) 1.73 103 g) 7.34 103 h) 2.18 103 i) 3.81104 j) 327 Answer: f Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 17.7.0 Section Reference 1: Section 17.7

13) The figure shows two isotropic point sources that emit in phase at the same wavelength of 4.00 m. The sources are separated by d = 22.0 m. If we move detector along a big circle around the midpoint between the sources, how many points do we encounter where the waves from the two sources are exactly out of phase?

a) 22 b) 24 c) 26 d) 28 e) 30 f) 23 g) 25 h) 27 i) 29 j) 20 Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 17.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 17.3

14) A pipe with one open end and length 6.0 m: What wavelength (m) is needed to set up the third harmonic? a) 2.0 b) 3.5 c) 6.0 d) 1.5 e) 0.50 f) 4.5 g) 8.0 h) 2.4 i) 4.0 j) 3.0 Answer: g Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 17.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 17.5

15) The figure shows two sound rays that are initially parallel and in phase. Ray A undergoes several reflections but ends up traveling in its original direction. What is the fourth smallest value (m) of distance d that will put the two rays exactly out of phase? Wavelength = 16.0 m.

a) 2.56 b) 2.40 c) 2.00 d) 4.00 e) 1.67 f) 9.14 g) 6.00 h) 5.00 i) 8.00 j) 3.50

Answer: i Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 17.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 17.3

16) A collection of small, identical sound sources each emit with the same intensity I1. Suddenly only 12 are left emitting sound, still at intensity I1. That sudden change results in a decrease of 32.0 decibels in the sound level. How many sources were initially producing sound? a) 8.17 103 b) 7.28 106 c) 4.40 103 d) 2.69 106 e) 3.60 103 f) 5.20 103 g) 3.31105 h) 1.90 104 i) 5.73 104 j) 2.47 105 Answer: h Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 17.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 17.4

17) The figure shows two isotropic, point sources of sound that emit the same wavelength of 0.50 m and in phase. The sources are separated by d = 1.75 m. When we walk a big circle around them, how many points of fully constructive interference do we encounter?

a) 10 b) 8 c) 12 d) 16

e) 14 f) 18 g) 20 h) 24 i) 22 j) 26 Answer: e Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 17.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 17.3

18) We use sound waves to set up the third harmonic in a pipe with length 2.00 m and only one open end. The speed of sound is 343 m/s. What is the resonant frequency (Hz)? a) 606 b) 752 c) 214 d) 1.20 103 e) 858 f) 123 g) 143 h) 189 i) 513 j) 645 Answer: c Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 17.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 17.5

19) Initially 3500 small, identical sound sources emit the same intensity. Then 2000 of them stop. What is the resulting change (dB) in the sound level? a) -4.53 b) -0.755 c) -3.01 d) -11.3 e) 1.76

f) -2.02 g) -3.68 h) -2.54 i) -1.88 j) -0.568 Answer: g Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 17.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 17.4

20) The figure shows two isotropic point sources of sound waves that emit in phase and at the same wavelength. Their separation is d = 4.50 m. We move a sound detector leftward along the x axis, starting at a great distance ( x   ) where the waves have fully constructive interference. As we move it to the left along the axis, we encounter a region of zero signal, then a region of maximum signal, then another region of zero signal, then another region of maximum signal, and then another region of zero signal. At that last point, x = 3.00 m. What is the wavelength (m)?

a) 1.1 b) 2.5 c) 3.1 d) 2.3 e) 0.60 f) 0.31 g) 0.96 h) 10.5 i) 12.8 j) 0.49 Answer: g Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate

Learning Objective 1: LO 17.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 17.3

21) A pipe with one open end and length 3.0 m: What wavelength (m) is needed to set up the third harmonic? a) 2.0 b) 3.5 c) 6.0 d) 1.5 e) 0.50 f) 4.5 g) 8.0 h) 2.4 i) 4.0 j) 3.0 Answer: h Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 17.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 17.5

22) A collection of small, identical sound sources each emit with the same intensity I1. Suddenly only 17 are left emitting sound, still at intensity I1. That sudden change results in a decrease of 52.0 decibels in the sound level. How many sources were initially producing sound? a) 8.17 103 b) 7.28 106 c) 4.40 103 d) 2.69 106 e) 3.60 103 f) 5.20 103 g) 3.31105 h) 1.90 104 i) 5.73 104 j) 2.47 105 Answer: d Title:

Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 17.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 17.4

23) A gas fills a pipe that is 0.500 long. One end is closed. The third lowest harmonic frequency is 700 Hz. What is the speed (m/s) of sound in the enclosed gas? a) 346 b) 440 c) 280 d) 302 e) 326 f) 405 g) 312 h) 369 i) 397 j) 381 Answer: c Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 17.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 17.5

24) Two sound waves travel in the same direction through a long pipe. They each have an amplitude 15.0 nm and they differ in phase by 0.400 . What is the amplitude (nm) of the net wave? a) 24.3 b) 15.6 c) 6.99 d) 3.02 e) 12.4 f) 18.6 g) 11.0 h) 17.4 i) 19.8 j) 4.23 Answer: a Title: Question ID:

Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 17.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 17.3

25) A small microphone with an area of 0.550 cm2 intercepts sound from a point source that emits 25.0 W of sound isotropically. The distance between source and microphone is 175 m. What is the power (W) intercepted by the microphone? a) 7.1110

−9

b) 1.13 10

−9

c) 6.1110

−8

d) 7.98 10 e) 7.97 10 f) 2.02 10

−8

−10

g) 4.20 10

−10

h) 3.57 10 i) 8.43 10

−8

−9

−10

j) 2.54 10

−8

Answer: h Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 17.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 17.4

26) A person drops a rock into a well and then hears the splash 2.45 s later. At what depth (m) is the water surface? The speed of sound in air is 343 m/s. a) 6.99 b) 17.4 c) 42.6 d) 55.2 e) 33.2 f) 21.9 g) 27.5 h) 42.8 i) 38.8 j) 36.4 Answer: g

Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Hard Learning Objective 1: LO 17.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 17.1

27) A stationary listener hears frequency f1 from a source moving directly toward the listener with a speed of 20.0 m/s. When the listener then moves directly toward the source with a speed of 30.0 m/s, the detected frequency f2 differs from f1 by 33.0 Hz. What is the frequency (Hz) of the source? Take the speed of sound to be 340 m/s. a) 389 b) 484 c) 899 d) 1.14 10

e) 1.93 10 f) 568 g) 707 h) 812

i) 2.24 10 j) 352

Answer: j Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Hard Learning Objective 1: LO 17.7.0 Section Reference 1: Section 17.7

28) A detector at distance D from an isotropic point source of sound intercepts intensity I1. When it is moved 40.0 m closer to the source, the intensity is 2.20I1. What is the value (m) of D? a) 228 b) 313 c) 188 d) 246 e) 266 f) 402 g) 104 h) 165 i) 123

j) 144 Answer: i Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 17.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 17.4 29) A sound source moves at constant speed vs along an x axis, between detectors A and B. The wavelength detected at A is 0.400 times that detected at B. What is the ratio of vs to the speed of sound v? a) 0.810 b) 0.204 c) 0.520 d) 0.429 e) 0.288 f) 0.680 g) 0.848 h) 0.709 i) 0.118 j) 0.764 Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 17.7.0 Section Reference 1: Section 17.7

30) The sound level of a source is increased by 25.8 dB. By what multiple is its intensity increased? a) 489 b) 362 c) 204 d) 882 e) 804 f) 380 g) 419 h) 308 i) 422 j) 782 Answer: f

Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 17.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 17.4

Package Title: Test Bank Questions Chapter 18 Course Title: Halliday 12e Chapter Number: Chapter 18

Question type: Multiple-Choice

1) We have a sample of ice at a temperature of -9.00ºC. How much energy (J) must be added to it as thermal energy to change the water to liquid at 14.0ºC? specific heat of ice = 2.22 103 J/kg·K specific heat of liquid water = 4.18 103 J/kg·K heat of fusion = 3.33 105 J/kg

mass = 0.500 kg

a) 7.27 106 b) 4.54 105 c) 1.45 107 d) 2.06 105 e) 2.91107 f) 9.09 105 g) 1.82 106 h) 3.64 106 i) 5.82 107 j) 1.14 105 Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 18.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 18.4

2) The figure shows the cross section of a two-layer wall. The temperatures for the left face, interface, and right face are T1 = 30C, T2 = 20C, and T3 = −10C. Layer 1 has thickness 0.20 m; layer 2 has thickness 0.60 m. What is the thermal conductivity of layer 2 in terms of that of layer 1? That is, what

goes in the blank here: k2 = ____k1 ?

a) 1.8 b) 1.5 c) 0.50 d) 0.40 e) 1.0 f) 1.2 g) 1.6 h) 0.75 i) 0.25 j) 1.4 Answer: e Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 18.6.0 Section Reference 1: Section 18.6 3) We start with 2.00 kg sample of ice at T = −25.0C. How much energy (J) is required to bring the sample to a temperature of T = 35.0C ? Specific heat of ice = 2.22 103 J/kg·K, specific heat of liquid water = 4.18 103 J/kg·K, heat of fusion = 3.33 105 J/K. a) 8.92 105 b) 9.13 105 c) 2.04 106 d) 4.51106 e) 8.33 105 f) 7.91105 g) 1.07 106 h) 2.83 106 i) 1.67 106

j) 7.19 105 Answer: g Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 18.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 18.4

4) Here are two temperature scales: X Y water freezing point 223 87 water boiling point -23 -57 On which scale is a temperature change of 1.00 deg larger? (a) X (b) Y Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 18.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 18.2

5) We have three solid materials that we will heat. Here, as multiples of m1 and c1, are the masses and specific heats of the materials. material 1 m1 c1 material 2 0.5m1 2c1 material 3 2m1 0.5c1 Rank the three materials according to the change in temperature ∆T they undergo when we add 100 J to them as thermal energy, greatest first. ( ) indicates a tie. a) 1, 2, 3 b) 1, 3, 2 c) 2, 1, 3 d) 2, 3, 1 e) 3, 2, 1 f) 3, 1, 2 g) (1,2), 3 h) 3, (1,2) i) 2, (1,3) j) (1,2,3)

Answer: j Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 18.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 18.4

6) We have a sample of ice at a temperature of -23.0ºC. How much energy (J) must be added to it as thermal energy to change the water to liquid at 44.0ºC? specific heat of ice = 2.22 103 J/kg·K specific heat of liquid water = 4.18 103 J/kg·K heat of fusion = 3.33 105 J/kg

mass = 0.200 kg

a) 7.27 106 b) 4.54 105 c) 1.45 107 d) 2.27 105 e) 2.91107 f) 9.09 105 g) 1.82 106 h) 3.64 106 i) 5.82 107 j) 1.14 105 Answer: j Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 18.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 18.4

7) A brass slug at initial temperature 240ºC is put into liquid water at initial temperature 0.000ºC. The water is isolated from the surroundings (no thermal energy is exchanged with the surrounds). What is the final temperature of the bass and water (ºC)? brass mass = 0.200 kg brass specific heat = 380 J/kg •K water mass = 0.030 kg water specific heat = 4.18 103 J/kg •K a) 59.6 b) 64.0 c) 44.4 d) 69.1

e) 27.6 f) 90.6 g) 49.5 h) 82.1 i) 36.9 j) 75.0 Answer: f Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 18.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 18.4

8) Two materials receive the same amount of energy Q. Material 1 has a greater specific heat than material 2. Which undergoes a greater temperature change? (There is no phase change.) a) 1 b) 2 Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 18.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 18.4

9) A sphere at 20 K radiates at a rate of P1. If we double the temperature to 40 K, what multiple of P1 gives the new rate of radiation? a) 2 b) 4 c) 6 d) 8 e) 10 f) 12 g) 16 h) 24 i) 30 j) 36 Answer: g Title: Question ID:

Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 18.6.0 Section Reference 1: Section 18.6

10) The figure shows the cross section of a wall consisting of multiple layers, with the following parameters:

TH = 300C, TC = −10.0C, k2 = 2.00k1 , k3 = 2.50k1 , L2 = 0.500L1 , L3 = 0.250L1. The conduction through the wall is steady. In one hour, 500 J is conducted through layer 1. In two hours, how much energy (J) conducted through layer 3?

a) 250 b) 500 c) 750 d) 1.00 103 e) 1.25 103 Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 18.6.0 Section Reference 1: Section 18.6

11) How much water (grams) remains unfrozen after 50.2 kJ is transferred as heat from 260 g of liquid water initially at its freezing point? Water specific heat = 4.18 103 J/kg·K and the heat of fusion is

3.33 105 J/kg. a) 33 b) 121 c) 109 d) 54 e) 89 f) 146 g) 159 h) 214 i) 183 j) 67

Answer: c Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 18.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 18.4

12) Consider the slab shown in cross section in the figure. Suppose that L = 25.0 cm, A = 90.0 cm2, and the material is copper with thermal conductivity of 401 W/m·K. If TH = 125º, TC = 10.0ºC, and a steady state is reached, find the conduction rate (J/s) through the slab.

a) 8.84 103 b) 1.15 103 c) 7.76 103 d) 1.66 103 e) 2.01103 f) 2.54 103 g) 9.16 103 h) 8.02 103 i) 6.67 103 j) 4.57 103 Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 18.6.0 Section Reference 1: Section 18.6

13) A sphere of radius 0.500 m, temperature 27.0ºC, and emissivity 0.850 is located in an environment of temperature 77.0ºC. What is the sphere’s net rate (W) of energy exchange?

a) 561 b) 7.0 103 c) 4.5 103 d) 2.3 103 e) 9.5 104 f) 707 g) 8.1103 h) 891 i) 1.2 104 j) 1.0 103 Answer: j Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 18.6.0 Section Reference 1: Section 18.6

14) A solid cube has an emissivity of 0.850, an edge length of 0.200 m, and surface temperature of −40.0C. At what rate (W) does the cube radiate? Stefan–Boltzmann constant = 5.6704 10−8 W/m2  K 4 . a) 34.1 b) 160 c) 47.4 d) 126 e) 85.2 f) 180 g) 40.8 h) 142 i) 97.5 j) 111 Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 18.6.0 Section Reference 1: Section 18.6

15) The figure shows a wall in cross section. It consists of six layers of different materials with the following parameters:

T1 = 30C, T5 = 21C T7 = −4.0C L2 = 2.0 cm, k2 = 5.0 W/m  K, L5 = 5.0 cm, k5 = 1.0 W/m  K, L6 = 1.0 cm, k6 = 7.0 W/m  K If the rate of energy transfer through the second layer (second from the left) is 25 J/s, what is the rate of energy transfer through the fifth layer?

(a) more than 25 J/s (b) less than 25 J/s (c) equal to 25 J/s Answer: c Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 18.6.0 Section Reference 1: Section 18.6

16) Ethyl alcohol has a boiling point of 78.0ºC, a freezing point of -114ºC, a heat of vaporization of 8.79 105 J/kg, a heat of fusion of 1.09 105 J/kg, and a specific heat of 2.43 103 J/kg K. How much energy (J) must be removed from 0.510 kg of ethyl alcohol that is initially a gas at 78.0ºC so that it becomes a solid at -114ºC? a) 9.71106 b) 4.02 106 c) 5.37 106 d) 7.99 106 e) 5.93 106 f) 2.22 106 g) 3.33 106

h) 7.42 105 i) 8.05 105 j) 1.01106 Answer: h Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 18.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 18.4

17) The figure shows four paths on a p-V diagram along which a gas can be taken from state i to state f. Rank the paths according to the change ∆E in the internal energy, greatest first. ( ) indicates a tie.

a) 2,3,1,4 b) 3,2,1,4 c) 4,3,2,1 d) 3,(1,4),2 e) 4,(2,3),1 f) 2,4,1,3 g) 1,2,3,4 h) 3,4,1,2 i) 2,(1,4),3 j) (1,2,3,4)

Answer: j Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 18.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 18.5

18) The figure shows four paths on a p-V diagram along which a gas can be taken from state i to state f. Now rank them according to the magnitude of the energy Q transferred as heat, greatest first. ( ) indicates

a tie.

a) 2,3,1,4 b) 3,2,1,4 c) 4,3,2,1 d) 3,(1,4),2 e) 4,(2,3),1 f) 2,4,1,3 g) 1,2,3,4 h) 3,4,1,2 i) 2,(1,4),3 j) (1,2,3,4)

Answer: c Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 18.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 18.5

19) We have a sample of ice at a temperature of -15.0ºC. How much energy (J) must be added to it as thermal energy to change the water to liquid at 72.0ºC? specific heat of ice = 2.22 103 J/kg·K specific heat of liquid water = 4.18 103 J/kg·K heat of fusion = 3.33 105 J/kg a) 7.27 106 b) 4.54 105 c) 1.45 107 d) 2.27 105 e) 2.91107 f) 9.09 105 g) 1.82 106 h) 3.64 106 i) 5.82 107

mass = 1.70 kg

j) 1.13 106 Answer: j Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 18.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 18.4

20) Gas within a chamber passes through the cycle shown in the figure. Determine the energy (J) transferred as heat during process CA (sign included) if the energy added as heat during process AB is 20.0 J, the energy lost as heat during process BC is 4.0 J, and the net work done during the cycle is 15.0 J.

a) +7.0 b) +2.0 c) +39 d) +1.0 e) +31 f) -7.0 g) -2.0 h) -39 i) -1.0 j) -31 Answer: i Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 18.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 18.5

21) A rectangular plate of glass initially has the dimensions 0.220 m by 0.345 m. The coefficient of linear −6

expansion for the glass is 9.20 10 / K. What is the change (m2) in the plate’s area if its temperature is increased by 28.0 K?

a) 3.78 10−5 b) 4.99 10−5 c) 7.07 10−6 d) 1.53 10−6 e) 3.86 10−6 f) 8.5110−5 g) 3.9110−5 h) 1.12 10−5 i) 5.13 10−6 j) 9.18 10−6 Answer: g Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 18.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 18.3 22) A 3.40 kg aluminum bolt is heated to 65.0C and then put in 9.00 kg of water at 15.0C . Assume that the bolt–water system is isolated. When the system reaches thermal equilibrium, what is the temperature ( C )? Specific heat of aluminum = 900 J/kg  K. Specific heat of water = 4186.8 J/kg  K. a) 18.8 b) 53.7 c) 42.6 d) 29.4 e) 33.3 f) 48.4 g) 57.9 h) 50.6 i) 58.3 j) 62.0 Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 18.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 18.4

23) A sphere of radius 0.740 m, temperature 35.0C , and emissivity 0.900 is suspended in an environment at temperature 82.0C. What is the sphere’s net rate (W) of energy exchange with the environment? Stefan–Boltzmann constant = 5.6704 10−8 W/m2  K 4 . a) 4.19 103 b) 3.92 103 c) 2.42 103 d) 8.84 103 e) 6.88 103 f) 9.15 103 g) 8.08 103 h) 7.79 103 i) 7.04 103 j) 9.96 103 Answer: c Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 18.6.0 Section Reference 1: Section 18.6 24) In an insulated container, what mass (kg) of steam at 100C must be mixed with 180 g of ice at 0.00C to produce liquid water at 40.0C ? Heat of fusion = 3.33 105 J/kg Heat of vaporization = 2.256 106 J/kg Specific heat = 4187 J/kg  K a) 6.67 10−2 b) 8.89 10−2 c) 4.1110−3 d) 7.07 10−3 e) 7.12 10−2 f) 3.59 10−2 g) 9.32 10−3 h) 8.04 10−3

i) 5.15 10−2 j) 4.89 10−2 Answer: f Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 18.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 18.4

25) An ice lump of 90.0 g is dropped into 220 g of water in an isolated container. The initial temperature of the ice is −10.0C and that of the water is 30.0C . What is the equilibrium temperature ( C )? Heat of fusion = 3.33 105 J/kg Specific heat = 4187 J/kg  K a) 25.4 b) -2.30 c) 12.5 d) -8.89 e) 21.4 f) 14.8 g) 5.67 h) -5.89 i) 0 j) 19.4 Answer: i Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Hard Learning Objective 1: LO 18.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 18.4

Package Title: Test Bank Questions Chapter 19 Course Title: Halliday 12e Chapter Number: Chapter 19

Question type: Multiple-Choice

1) An ideal gas is initially at pressure 1.01105 Pa, volume 5.00 10−2 m-3, and temperature 140C. The gas pressure is then changed to 3.03 105 Pa while the temperature is decreased to −50.0C. What now is the volume (m3)? a) 1.22 10−2 b) 1.52 10−2 c) 2.6110−3 d) 0.161 e) 1.66 10−3 f) 9.00 10−3 g) 7.52 10−3 h) 5.88 10−3 i) 4.08 10−3 j) 2.36 10−3 Answer: f Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 19.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 19.2

2) A sample of oxygen gas initially has volume 1000 cm3 at 40.0ºC and 1.01105 Pa. It expands until its volume is 1500 cm3 and its pressure is 1.06 105 Pa. What is its temperature (degrees Celsius) then? a) 377 b) 305 c) 613 d) 481 e) 220 f) 451 g) 414 h) 501 i) 554

j) 516 Answer: e Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 19.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 19.2 3) A 1.00 L gas sample with  = 1.30 is initially at 200 K and 1.20 atm. It is then compressed adiabatically to one fourth its initial volume. When then is its pressure (atm)? a) 6.67 b) 5.42 c) 1.90 d) 12.4 e) 7.99 f) 3.33 g) 7.28 h) 8.80 i) 4.56 j) 4.12 Answer: g Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 19.9.0 Section Reference 1: Section 19.9 4) A 2.00 L gas sample with  = 1.30 is initially at 200 K and 1.20 atm. It is then compressed adiabatically to one fourth its initial volume. When then is its temperature (K)? a) 254 b) 414 c) 367 d) 389 e) 212 f) 303 g) 114 h) 393 i) 157

j) 181 Answer: f Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 19.9.0 Section Reference 1: Section 19.9

5) The temperature of 4.50 mol of an ideal diatomic gas is increased by 50.0 C without the gas pressure changing. The molecules rotate but do not oscillate. By how much (J) does the rotational kinetic energy of the gas increase? a) 5.1110

b) 8.67 10 c) 2.82 10

d) 9.44 10

e) 7.12 10

f) 6.14 10

g) 5.9110

h) 1.87 10

i) 3.33 10

j) 3.72 10

Answer: h Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 19.7.0 Section Reference 1: Section 19.7

6) A sample of air initially occupies 0.280 m3 at a pressure of 202 kPa. It is next expanded isothermally to a pressure of 101 kPa and then cooled at constant pressure until it returns to its initial volume. How much work (J) has been done by the sample? a) 8.66 10 b) 1.05 10

c) 7.78 10

d) 7.08 10

e) 3.96 10 f) 4.40 10

g) 5.33 10 h) 8.1110 i) 9.24 10

j) 7.69 10

Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 19.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 19.2

7) An ideal monatomic gas is initially at 300 K and 5.40 atm. It undergoes an isothermal expansion from 600 cm3 to a volume of 1400 cm3. How much work (J) is done by the gas? a) 702 b) 667 c) 741 d) 336 e) 987 f) 414 g) 177 h) 387 i) 277 j) 453 Answer: i Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 19.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 19.2

8) An ideal monatomic gas is initially at 300 K and 5.40 atm. It undergoes an adiabatic expansion from 600 cm3 to a volume of 1400 cm3. How much work (J) is done by the gas? a) 187 b) 505 c) 413

d) 212 e) 873 f) 612 g) 686 h) 514 i) 802 j) 714 Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 19.9.0 Section Reference 1: Section 19.9

9) An ideal gas, at initial temperature T1 and initial volume 1.80 m3, is expanded adiabatically to a volume of 4.20 m3, then expanded isothermally to a volume of 9.80 m3, and then compressed adiabatically back to T1. What is its final volume (m3)? a) 2.05 b) 5.67 c) 4.20 d) 3.33 e) 2.48 f) 5.98 g) 3.04 h) 1.98 i) 0.867 j) 4.96 Answer: c Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 19.9.0 Section Reference 1: Section 19.9

10) The temperature of 2.50 mol of an ideal monatomic gas is raised 20.0 K under constant pressure. What is the work (J) done by the gas? a) 416 b) 1.28 103 c) 589

d) 628 e) 976 f) 1.14 103 g) 708 h) 754 i) 1.53 103 j) 513 Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 19.7.0 Section Reference 1: Section 19.7

11) The temperature of 2.50 mol of an ideal monatomic gas is raised 20.0 K under constant pressure. What is the energy (J) transferred as heat? a) 604 b) 639 c) 1.28 103 d) 916 e) 769 f) 815 g) 1.04 103 h) 714 i) 137 j) 975 Answer: g Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 19.7.0 Section Reference 1: Section 19.7

12) The temperature of 2.50 mol of an ideal monatomic gas is raised 20.0 K under constant pressure. What is the change (J) in the internal energy of the gas? a) 598 b) 1.77 103 c) 218

d) 333 e) 623 f) 597 g) 733 h) 1.07 103 i) 418 j) 112 Answer: e Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 19.7.0 Section Reference 1: Section 19.7

13) The temperature of 2.50 mol of an ideal monatomic gas is raised 20.0 K under constant pressure. What is the change (J) in the average kinetic energy per atom? a) 5.5110−23 b) 4.14 10−22 c) 8.86 10−23 d) 1.33 10−22 e) 4.89 10−23 f) 6.67 10−22 g) 7.55 10−23 h) 5.87 10−22 i) 6.82 10−23 j) 1.24 10−23 Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 19.7.0 Section Reference 1: Section 19.7

14) The temperature of 3.00 mol of an ideal diatomic gas is raised 20.0 K under constant pressure. The molecules rotate but do not oscillate. What is the energy (J) transferred as heat? a) 1.75 103

b) 4.98 103 c) 967 d) 732 e) 2.22 103 f) 1.05 103 g) 814 h) 2.84 103 i) 2.51103 j) 867 Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 19.8.0 Section Reference 1: Section 19.8

15) The temperature of 3.00 mol of an ideal diatomic gas is raised 20.0 K under constant pressure. The molecules rotate but do not oscillate. What is the change (J) in the internal energy of the gas? a) 1.97 103 b) 2.15 103 c) 916 d) 1.25 103 e) 864 f) 753 g) 512 h) 683 i) 989 j) 574 Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 19.8.0 Section Reference 1: Section 19.8

16) The temperature of 3.00 mol of an ideal diatomic gas is raised 20.0 K under constant pressure. The molecules rotate but do not oscillate. What is the work (J) done by the gas?

a) 667 b) 523 c) 714 d) 907 e) 602 f) 781 g) 499 h) 967 i) 1.32 103 j) 1.57 103 Answer: g Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 19.8.0 Section Reference 1: Section 19.8

17) The temperature of 3.00 mol of an ideal diatomic gas is raised 20.0 K under constant pressure. The molecules rotate but do not oscillate. What is the change (J) in the total translational kinetic energy of the gas? a) 912 b) 748 c) 403 d) 667 e) 548 f) 309 g) 387 h) 476 i) 502 j) 187 Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 19.8.0 Section Reference 1: Section 19.8

18) An external agent does work to take a 2.50 mol sample of oxygen through an isothermal compression from a volume of 18.6 L at 0.00C and 1.00 atm to a volume of 14.5 L. How much work (J) is done by the agent? a) −3.32 103 b) −2.91103 c) −2.13 103 d) −5.42 103 e) −6.89 103 f) −4.32 103 g) −5.27 103 h) −3.67 103 i) −1.41103 j) −4.87 103 Answer: i Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 19.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 19.2

19) An ideal gas is expanded at a constant pressure of 2.25 10 Pa, with a transfer of 250 J as heat. The gas consists of 2.00 mol of diatomic molecules that rotate but do not oscillate and which have a diameter of 2.50 10−12 m. What is the change (m) in the mean free path of the molecules? 5

a) 8.12 10−10 b) 1.15 10−10 c) 7.13 10−10 d) 5.86 10−10 e) 6.19 10−10 f) 2.18 10−10 g) 3.82 10−10 h) 4.33 10−10 i) 2.87 10−10 j) 9.49 10−10 Answer: j Title:

Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 19.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 19.5

20) What is the internal energy (J) of 2.40 mol of an ideal monatomic gas 324 K? a) 9.69 103 b) 8.77 103 c) 7.07 103 d) 1.97 104 e) 4.12 104 f) 3.39 104 g) 3.86 104 h) 5.72 104 i) 6.52 104 j) 7.54 104 Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 19.7.0 Section Reference 1: Section 19.7 21) How much work (J) is done by 3.00 mol of an ideal gas during an isothermal compression at 15.0C from a volume of 5.00 m3 to a volume of 3.40 m3? a) −2.77 103 b) −3.14 103 c) −7.12 103 d) −4.18 103 e) −5.13 103 f) −1.34 103 g) −7.89 103 h) −5.53 103 i) −6.67 103 j) −7.02 103

Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 19.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 19.2

22) How much energy (J) is transferred as heat between the environment and an ideal gas of 3.00 mol during an isothermal compression at 15.0C from a volume of 5.00 m3 to a volume of 3.40 m3? a) −2.77 103 b) −3.14 103 c) −7.12 103 d) −4.18 103 e) −5.13 103 f) −1.34 103 g) −7.89 103 h) −5.53 103 i) −6.67 103 j) −7.02 103 Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 19.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 19.2

23) The energy added as heat to an ideal gas is 35.6 J, which causes the volume to change from 60.0 cm3 to 120 cm3 while the pressure remains 1.20 atm. What is the change (J) in the internal energy of the gas? a) 58.8 b) 63.8 c) 77.9 d) 53.2 e) 27.1 f) 31.9 g) 14.0 h) 45.7 i) 48.9 j) 36.5

Answer: e Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 19.7.0 Section Reference 1: Section 19.7

24) The energy added as heat to an ideal gas is 35.6 J, which causes the volume to change from 60.0 cm3 to 120 cm3 while the pressure remains 1.20 atm. What is the molar specific heat at constant pressure

(J/mol  K)?

a) 38.7 b) 40.6 c) 25.5 d) 28.9 e) 37.2 f) 29.4 g) 34.9 h) 21.8 i) 23.4 j) 27.0 Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 19.7.0 Section Reference 1: Section 19.7

25) The energy added as heat to an ideal gas is 35.6 J, which causes the volume to change from 60.0 cm3 to 120 cm3 while the pressure remains 1.20 atm. What is the molar specific heat at constant volume

(J/mol  K)?

a) 26.6 b) 27.8 c) 31.2 d) 34.6 e) 28.4 f) 25.1 g) 32.4 h) 38.9

i) 19.9 j) 22.8 Answer: g Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 19.7.0 Section Reference 1: Section 19.7

Package Title: Test Bank Questions Chapter 20 Course Title: Halliday 12e Chapter Number: Chapter 20

Question type: Multiple-Choice

1) A Carnot refrigerator extracts 40.0 kJ as heat during each cycle, operating with a coefficient of performance of 3.50. What is the energy (kJ) per cycle transferred as heat to the room per cycle? a) 51.4 b) 36.7 c) 18.6 d) 28.7 e) 65.4 f) 21.9 g) 17.4 h) 31.4 i) 27.3 j) 32.6 Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 20.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 20.3

2) A Carnot refrigerator extracts 56.0 kJ as heat during each cycle, operating with a coefficient of performance of 5.20. What is the work (kJ) done per cycle? a) 53.2 b) 19.5.7 c) 18.3 d) 15.4 e) 9.46 f) 21.6 g) 10.8 h) 30.4 i) 17.2 j) 32.6 Answer: g

Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 20.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 20.3

3) A 3.50 mol sample of an ideal gas undergoes a reversible isothermal expansion from volume V1 to volume V2 = 1.70V1 at temperature T = 400 K. What is the entropy change (J/K) of the gas? a) 13.6 b) 4.69 c) 6.99 d) 12.8 e) 9.65 f) 21.7 g) 12.0 h) 9.76 i) 15.4 j) 7.54 Answer: i Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 20.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 20.1 4) A 10.0 g ice cube at −10.0C is placed in a large body of water with a temperature of 8.00C. What is the entropy change (J/K) of cube–body system as the ice cube come to thermal equilibrium with the body of water? Retain at least four significant figures until the end. Specific heat of ice = 2220 J/kg  K. Specific heat of water = 4190 J/kg  K. Heat of fusion for water = 3.33  10 J/kg. 5

a) 4.6 b) 2.5 c) 2.0 d) 3.3 e) 11 f) 2.8 g) 0.10 h) 0.40 i) 6.7

j) 1.6 Answer: h Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Hard Learning Objective 1: LO 20.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 20.1 5) A Carnot engine with a low-temperature reservoir at 15.0C has an efficiency of 32.0%. By how much (K) should the high-temperature reservoir be increased to increase the efficiency to 40.0%? a) 66.7 b) 23.7 c) 56.5 d) 14.5 e) 39.4 f) 12.1 g) 48.3 h) 17.8 i) 5.50 j) 9.45 Answer: c Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 20.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 20.2 6) A Carnot air conditioner takes energy from the thermal energy of a room at 25.0C and transfers it as heat to the outdoors, which is at 35.0C. For each joule of electric energy required to operate the air conditioner, how many joules are removed from the room? a) 14.5 b) 11.6 c) 6.78 d) 8.11 e) 16.7 f) 21.0 g) 13.4 h) 5.88 i) 9.77

j) 29.8 Answer: j Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 20.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 20.3 7) A 450 W Carnot engine operates between constant-temperature reservoirs at 90.0C and 55.0C . At what rate (J/s) does the engine take in energy as heat? a) 3.77 103 b) 6.09 103 c) 9.14 103 d) 9.89 103 e) 1.85 104 f) 2.20 104 g) 1.15 104 h) 8.05 103 i) 4.67 103 j) 8.78 103 Answer: i Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 20.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 20.2 8) A 450 W Carnot engine operates between constant-temperature reservoirs at 90.0C and 55.0C . At what rate (J/s) does the engine exhaust energy as heat? a) 8.12 103 b) 4.22 103 c) 1.19 103 d) 3.75 103 e) 9.56 103 f) 2.12 103

g) 6.35 103 h) 1.97 103 i) 9.04 103 j) 2.77 103 Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 20.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 20.2

9) A 180 W refrigerator motor operates between 270 K inside the freezer compartment and 290 K inside the room. Were the motor a Carnot refrigerator, what would be the maximum amount of energy (J) that it could remove from the freezer compartment in 5.00 min? a) 8.38 105 b) 9.23 105 c) 8.24 104 d) 9.56 104 e) 9.04 104 f) 8.79 104 g) 7.29 105 h) 5.16 105 i) 4.17 105 j) 3.33 105 Answer: g Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 20.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 20.3 10) A 0.500 kg sample of water is initially ice at −15.0C. What is the change (J/K) in its entropy if the temperature is increased to 45.0C? specific heat of ice = 2.22 103 J/kg·K specific heat of liquid water = 4.18 103 J/kg·K heat of fusion = 3.33 105 J/kg

a) 498 b) 907 c) 882 d) 518 e) 733 f) 577 g) 667 h) 443 i) 612 j) 993 Answer: j Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 20.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 20.1

11) A Carnot engine with a high-temperature reservoir is at 380 K has an efficiency of 25.0%. By how much (K) should the temperature of the low-temperature reservoir be changed to increase the efficiency to 35.0%? a) −33.0 b) −22.0 c) −28.0 d) −18.0 e) −38.0 f) +14.0 g) +25.0 h) +24.0 i) +30.0 j) +32.0 Answer: e Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 20.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 20.2

12) An ideal refrigerator does 110 J of work to remove 500 J as heat from its cold compartment. What is the refrigerator’s coefficient of performance?

a) 3.89 b) 4.54 c) 2.29 d) 2.87 e) 4.03 f) 1.27 g) 3.16 h) 1.78 i) 5.28 j) 1.86 Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 20.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 20.3

13) An ideal refrigerator does 110 J of work to remove 500 J as heat from its cold compartment. How much heat (J) per cycle is exhausted to the kitchen? a) 207 b) 277 c) 328 d) 524 e) 577 f) 610 g) 785 h) 422 i) 487 j) 369 Answer: f Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 20.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 20.3

Package Title: Test Bank Questions Chapter 21 Course Title: Halliday 12e Chapter Number: Chapter 21

Question type: Multiple-Choice

1) We have four identical conducting spheres that are separated by a distance much greater than their identical radii. They have the following initial charges: A, +16e; B, -14e; C, -15e; D, +23e. Sphere A is touched to sphere B and then pulled away. Sphere B is then touched to sphere C and then pulled away. Sphere C is then touched to sphere D and then pulled away. What is the final charge on sphere D? a) +8e b) -2e c) +6e d) -5e e) +12e f) -8e g) +2e h) -6e i) +5e j) -12e Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 21.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 21.2

2) The figure shows charged particles 1 and 2 that are fixed in placed. q1 = -5e, q2 = +3e, d = 0.200 m. At what coordinate should a third charged particle be placed (x = ? m) such that the net force on it is zero?

a) -0.333 b) 0.316 c) 0.687 d) -1.38 e) 0.100

f) -0.79 g) 0.154 h) 0.887 i) -0.550 j) 0.516 Answer: h Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 21.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 21.2

3) 1) We have four identical conducting spheres that are separated by a distance much greater than their identical radii. They have the following initial charges: A, +16e; B, -14e; C, -15e; D, +23e. Sphere A is touched to sphere B and then pulled away. Sphere B is then touched to sphere C and then pulled away. Sphere A is then touched to sphere D and then pulled away. What is the final charge on sphere D? a) +8e b) -2e c) +6e d) -5e e) +12e f) -8e g) +2e h) -6e i) +5e j) -12e Answer: e Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 21.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 21.2

4) The figure shows charged particles 1 and 2 that are fixed in placed. q1 = -8e, q2 = +3e, d = 0.200 m. At what coordinate should a third charged particle be placed (x = ?? m) such that the net force on it is zero?

a) -0.333 b) 0.316 c) 0.687 d) -1.38 e) 0.100 f) -0.79 g) 0.154 h) 0.887 i) -0.550 j) 0.516 Answer: j Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 21.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 21.2

5) We have three identical conducting spheres. Their initial charges are A, +8e; B, +13e; C, -2e. We touch A and C and then move them apart. Then we touch B and C and then move them apart. What then is the final charge on B? a) 0 b) -2e c) -5e d) +8e e) +e f) -3e g) +5e h) +3e i) -8e j) -e Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 21.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 21.2

6) The figure shows two charged particles (q1 = +6e, q2 = -2e) that are fixed in place and separated by distance d = 3.00 m. At what x coordinate (m) can a third charged particle be placed such that the net force on the third particle is zero?

a) 1.13 b) 0.35 c) 0.49 d) 1.65 e) 4.20 f) -2.05 g) 3.55 h) -3.96 i) 7.10 j) -0.54 Answer: i Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 21.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 21.2

7) The figure shows three charged particles. what is the x component (N) of the net force on the particle at the origin? d1 = d2 = 2.00 m, q1 = 3e, q2 = -6e, q3 = -2e, θ = 30.0º.

a) −2.8110−28 b) +5.34 10−29 c) 0 d) −7.1110−28 e) +4.09 10−29 f) +6.10 10−28

g) −3.33 10−28 h) −9.22 10−29 i) −2.53 10−28 j) −5.00 10−28 Answer: i Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 21.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 21.2

8) The figure shows two charged particles (q1 = +6e, q2 = -2e) that are fixed in place and separated by distance d = 1.50 m. At what x coordinate (m) can a third charged particle be placed such that the net force on the third particle is zero?

a) 1.13 b) 0.35 c) 0.49 d) 1.65 e) 4.20 f) -2.05 g) 3.55 h) -3.96 i) 7.10 j) -0.54 Answer: g Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 21.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 21.2

9) The figure shows three charged particles. What is the x component (N) of the net force on the particle at the origin? d1 = d2 = 2.00 m, q1 = 3e, q2 = -6e, q3 = -2e, θ = 65.0º.

a) −2.8110−28 b) +5.34 10−29 c) 0 d) −7.1110−28 e) +4.09 10−29 f) +6.10 10−28 g) −3.33 10−28 h) −9.22 10−29 i) −2.53 10−28 j) −5.00 10−28 Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 21.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 21.2

10) The figure shows three identical conducting spheres with these initial charges: A, -12Q, B, +8Q, C, 0. Here is the procedure for connecting and then disconnecting spheres with wire: (1) connect A and C and then disconnect (2) connect B and C and then disconnect, moving C far away (3) connect A and B and then disconnect A and B have a center-to-center separation r. What is the magnitude of the final force between those two spheres? Answer by choosing what goes in the blank in this equation: F = __ kQ 2 / r 2 .

a) 0.75 b) 6.25 c) 2.25 d) 2.67 e) 3.33 f) 5.40

g) 4.10 h) 3.80 i) 5.00 j) 1.50 Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 21.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 21.2

11) The figure shows a particle of charge Q = -4e that is fixed at the origin and an electron that is moving along the x axis. At the instant when the separation is 2.00 m, what is the magnitude (m/s2) of the electron’s acceleration? An electron has mass 9.1110−31 kg.

a) 1.89 102 b) 9.26 102 c) 5.61103 d) 7.37 103 e) 2.67 103 f) 3.16 102 g) 2.53 102 h) 4.43 102 i) 1.29 103 j) 4.05 103 Answer: g Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 21.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 21.2

12) The figure shows two charged particles 1 and 2 that are fixed in place. We can position charged particle 3 somewhere to the left of those two particles. We want a position where the net force on particle 3 is zero. Here are eight choices for the charges of particles 1 and 2. For which choices is there such a position where the net force on particle 3 is zero?

Choice q1 q2 1 5e -2e 2 5e 2e 3 -5e 2e 4 -5e -2e 5 2e -5e 6 2e 5e 7 -2e 5e 8 -2e -5e a) 5 and 7 b) 6 and 8 c) 5 and 6 d) 7 and 8 e) 6 and 7 f) 1 and 3 g) 2 and 4 h) 1 and 2 i) 3 and 4 j) 2 and 3 Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 21.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 21.2

13) The figure shows three charged particles. What is the magnitude (N) of the net electric force on particle 3 due to the other two particles? q1 = -6e, q2 = +5e, q3 = +2e, d1 = 2.00 m, d2 = 3.00 m, θ = 25.0°

a) 3.10 10−27

b) 8.25 10−27 c) 6.79 10−27 d) 5.60 10−27 e) 2.08 10−27 f) 3.87 10−28 g) 8.32 10−28 h) 6.12 10−28 i) 5.12 10−28 j) 4.2110−28 Answer: g Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 21.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 21.2

14) The figure shows a particle of charge Q = -5e that is fixed at the origin and an electron that is moving along the x axis. At the instant when the separation is 2.00 m, what is the magnitude (m/s2) of the electron’s acceleration? An electron has mass 9.1110−31 kg.

a) 1.89 102 b) 9.26 102 c) 5.61103 d) 7.37 103 e) 2.67 103 f) 3.16 102 g) 2.53 102 h) 4.43 102 i) 1.29 103 j) 4.05 103 Answer: f Title: Question ID:

Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 21.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 21.2

15) The figure shows three charged particles. What is the magnitude (N) of the net electric force on particle 3 due to the other two particles? q1 = -6e, q2 = +5e, q3 = +5e, d1 = 2.00 m, d2 = 3.00 m, θ = 25.0°

a) 3.10 10−27 b) 8.25 10−27 c) 6.79 10−27 d) 5.60 10−27 e) 2.08 10−27 f) 3.87 10−28 g) 8.32 10−28 h) 6.12 10−28 i) 5.12 10−28 j) 4.2110−28 Answer: e Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 21.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 21.2

16) The figure shows two charged particles fixed (glued) in place. At what coordinate (x = ? m) on the x axis (other than at infinity) can I place a third charged particle such that the net force on that third particle is zero? q1 = +12e q2 = +6e d = 0.150 m

a) 3.4110−2 b) 1.16 10−2 c) 3.56 10−2

d) −2.72 10−2 e) 9.45 10−2 f) −5.56 10−2 g) 0.176 h) −5.86 10−2 i) 8.79 10−2 j) 6.20 10−2 Answer: i Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 21.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 21.2

17) The figure shows two charged particles fixed (glued) in place. At what coordinate (x = ? m) on the x axis (other than at infinity) can I place a third charged particle such that the net force on that third particle is zero? q1 = +12e q2 = +6e d = 0.300 m

a) 3.4110−2 b) 1.16 10−2 c) 3.56 10−2 d) −2.72 10−2 e) 9.45 10−2 f) −5.56 10−2 g) 0.176 h) −5.86 10−2 i) 8.79 10−2 j) 6.20 10−2 Answer: g Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 21.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 21.2

18) The figure shows a central particle at the origin and four other charged particles. What is the magnitude of the net force (N) acting on particle 5? q1 = +16e q2 = +16e q3 = +3e q4 = −2e q5 = −4e θ = 30.0° d1 = 5.00 m, d2 = 5.00 m, d3 =3.00 m, d4 = 2.00 m

a) 2.3 10−28 b) 3.5 10−29 c) 1.9 10−27 d) 5.5 10−27 e) 8.5 10−28 f) 7.110−28 g) 2.9 10−29 h) 5.0 10−27 i) 8.3 10−27 j) 4.110−28 Answer: j Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 21.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 21.2

19) The figure shows a central particle at the origin and four other charged particles. What is the angle (degrees, measured relative to the positive direction of the x axis) of the net force on particle 5 at the origin? q1 = +16e q2 = +16e q3 = +3e q4 = −2e q5 = −4e θ = 30.0° d1 = 5.00 m, d2 = 5.00 m, d3 =3.00 m, d4 = 2.00 m

a) -23

b) -29 c) 4.2 d) -58 e) 0.34 f) 12 g) 8.4 h) -16 i) -49 j) -2.9 Answer: i Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 21.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 21.2

20) The figure shows a particle of charge Q = -3e that is fixed at the origin and an electron that is moving along the x axis. At the instant when the separation is 2.00 m, what is the magnitude (m/s2) of the electron’s acceleration? An electron has mass 9.1110−31 kg.

a) 1.90 102 b) 9.26 102 c) 5.61103 d) 7.37 103 e) 2.67 103 f) 3.16 102 g) 2.53 102 h) 4.42 102 i) 1.29 103 j) 4.05 103 Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 21.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 21.2

21) The figure shows three charged particles. What is the magnitude (N) of the net electric force on particle 3 due to the other two particles? q1 = -6e, q2 = +5e, q3 = +2e, d1 = 2.00 m, d2 = 3.00 m, θ =25.0°

a) 3.10 10−27 b) 8.25 10−27 c) 6.79 10−27 d) 5.60 10−27 e) 2.08 10−27 f) 3.87 10−28 g) 8.32 10−28 h) 6.12 10−28 i) 5.12 10−28 j) 4.2110−28 Answer: g Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 21.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 21.2

22) The figure shows a particle of charge Q = -7e that is fixed at the origin and an electron that is moving along the x axis. At the instant when the separation is 2.00 m, what is the magnitude (m/s2) of the electron’s acceleration? An electron has mass 9.1110−31 kg.

a) 1.89 102 b) 9.26 102 c) 5.61103 d) 7.37 103 e) 2.67 103

f) 3.16 102 g) 2.53 102 h) 4.42 102 i) 1.29 103 j) 4.05 103 Answer: h Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 21.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 21.2

23) The figure shows three charged particles. What is the magnitude (N) of the net electric force on particle 3 due to the other two particles? q1 = -6e, q2 = +5e, q3 = +5e, d1 = 2.00 m, d2 = 3.00 m, θ =25.0°

Package Title: Test Bank Questions Chapter 22 Course Title: Halliday 12e Chapter Number: Chapter 22

Question type: Multiple-Choice

1) The figure shows three arrangements of identical circular arcs. Each consists of a quarter circle with uniform charge. The amounts and signs are shown. Rank the magnitudes of the electric field at the center of each circle, greatest magnitude first. ( ) indicates a tie.

a) 1, 2, 3 b) 1, 3, 2 c) 2, 1, 3 d) 2, 3, 1 e) 3, 2, 1 f) 3, 1, 2 g) (1,2), 3 h) 1, (2,3) i) 2, (1,3) j) (1,2,3) Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 22.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 22.4

2) Three charged particles are to be released in a uniform electric field. Here are the charge and mass of each particle: (1) -e m (2) +e 1800m (3) -2e 3600m Rank the particles according to the magnitudes of their acceleration once released, greatest first. ( ) indicates a tie. a) 1, 2, 3 b) 1, 3, 2 c) 2, 1, 3 d) 2, 3, 1 e) 3, 2, 1 f) 3, 1, 2

g) (1,2), 3 h) 1, (2,3) i) 2, (1,3) j) (1,2,3) Answer: h Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 22.6.0 Section Reference 1: Section 22.6

3) The figure shows four charged particles: q1 = +5e, q2 = +5e, q3 = +5e, q4 = -5e, d = 0.200 m, θ = 30.0°. What is the net electric field (N/m) at the origin?

a) 9.1110−7 b) 1.12 10−7 c) 1.08 10−8 d) 6.54 10−7 e) 3.74 10−7 f) 2.16 10−7 g) 1.80 10−7 h) 9.3110−8 i) 3.1110−7 j) 7.19 10−7 Answer: g Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 22.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 22.2

4) The figure shows a uniformly charged rod of total charge Q and total length L. Point P lies on the perpendicular bisector at distance D. Which of the following expressions best gives the magnitude of the electric field at P?

kDQ L /2 dx 2  0 2L ( D + x 2 )3/2 kDQ L /2 x dx b) 2  2 L 0 ( D + x 2 )3/2 kDQ L /2 dx c) 2  0 L ( D + x 2 )1/2 2kDQ L /2 x dx d) 2  L 0 ( D + x 2 )3/2 2kDQ L /2 dx e) 2  0 L ( D + x 2 )3/2 kDQ L /2 x dx f) 2  L 0 ( D + x 2 )1/2 a)

Answer: e Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Hard Learning Objective 1: LO 22.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 22.4

5) In the figure, an electron is released (from rest) on line B, in a uniform electric field of magnitude E = 50.0 N/C. The line spacings are d1 = 0.200 m and d2 = 0.400 m. The electron accelerates past either line A or C (you must decide which). What is its speed (m/s) when it passes that line? An electron has mass 9.1110−31 kg.

a) 5.41105 b) 2.80 105 c) 9.59 104 d) 1.87 106 e) 2.02 104 f) 2.65 106 g) 7.66 106 h) 5.30 106 i) 7.14 107 j) 3.75 106 Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 22.6.0 Section Reference 1: Section 22.6

6) The figure shows an electric dipole in a uniform electric field of magnitude E = 50.0 N/C, with  = 30.0. The ends have charge magnitude 3e and are separated by 2.50 10−8 m. What is the magnitude (N·m) of the torque on the dipole?

a) 3.07 10−29 b) 5.04 10−22 c) 3.00 10−25 d) 6.08 10−25 e) 1.05 10−24 f) 2.03 10−27 g) 6.5110−25

h) 8.05 10−24 i) 9.05 10−21 j) 2.1110−31 Answer: c Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 22.7.0 Section Reference 1: Section 22.7

7) The figure shows an electric dipole in a uniform electric field of magnitude E = 50.0 N/C, with  = 30.0. The ends have charge magnitude 3e and are separated by 2.50 10−8 m. What is the potential energy (J) of the dipole?

a) +3.23 10−25 b) +4.93 10−26 c) +1.82 10−27 d) +5.20 10−25 e) +9.3110−26 f) −3.23 10−25 g) −4.93 10−26 h) −1.82 10−27 i) −5.20 10−25 j) −9.3110−26 Answer: i Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 22.7.0 Section Reference 1: Section 22.7

8) The figure shows an electric dipole in a uniform electric field of magnitude E = 175 N/C, with  = 30.0. The ends have charge magnitude 3e and are separated by 2.50 10−8 m. What is the magnitude (N·m) of the torque on the dipole?

a) 3.07 10−29 b) 5.04 10−22 c) 3.00 10−25 d) 6.08 10−25 e) 1.05 10−24 f) 2.03 10−27 g) 6.5110−25 h) 8.05 10−24 i) 9.05 10−21 j) 2.1110−31 Answer: e Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 22.7.0 Section Reference 1: Section 22.7

9) The figure shows an electric dipole in a uniform electric field of magnitude E = 175 N/C, with  = 30.0. The ends have charge magnitude 3e and are separated by 2.50 10−8 m. What is the potential energy (J) of the dipole?

a) +3.23 10−25 b) +4.93 10−26 c) +1.82 10−24 d) +5.20 10−25 e) +9.3110−26 f) −3.23 10−25

g) −4.93 10−26 h) −1.82 10−24 i) −5.20 10−25 j) −9.3110−26 Answer: h Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 22.7.0 Section Reference 1: Section 22.7

10) In the figure, an electron is released (from rest) on line B, in a uniform electric field of magnitude E = 200.0 N/C. The line spacings are d1 = 0.200 m and d2 = 0.400 m. The electron accelerates past either line A or C (you must decide which). What is its speed (m/s) when it passes that line? An electron has mass 9.1110−31 kg.

a) 5.41105 b) 2.80 105 c) 9.59 104 d) 1.87 106 e) 2.02 104 f) 2.65 106 g) 7.66 106 h) 5.30 106 i) 7.14 107 j) 3.75 106 Answer: j Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 22.6.0 Section Reference 1: Section 22.6

11) The figure shows two charged particles fixed on an x axis. It also shows a plot of the net electric field for points between the two particles, complete with the algebraic sign of the field. Which of the following gives the signs of the charges?

q1 q2 a) + + b) + − c) − − Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 22.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 22.2

12) The figure shows an electron that is shot from plate A directly toward plate B, through a uniform electric field of magnitude E = 500 N/C. The electron’s initial speed is 1.00 106 m/s and its final speed is 5.00 105 m/s. How much time (s) does the trip take? An electron has mass 9.1110−31 kg.

a) 1.24 10−9 b) 8.76 10−10 c) 1.98 10−10 d) 2.28 10−9 e) 4.5110−9 f) 5.69 10−9

g) 5.0110−10 h) 4.1110−10 i) 6.67 10−9 j) 8.1110−9 Answer: f Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 22.6.0 Section Reference 1: Section 22.6

13) The figure shows an electron that is shot from plate A directly toward plate B, through a rightward uniform electric field of magnitude E = 500 N/C. The electron’s initial speed is 1.00 106 m/s and its final speed is 5.00 105 m/s. What is the direction of the electric field?

a) leftward b) rightward Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 22.6.0 Section Reference 1: Section 22.6

14) A horizontal rod of length L = 0.80 m has a uniform charge of −Q = −5.00 10−15 C on the left half and a uniform charge of Q = +5.00 10−15 C on the right half. A length element dx has charge element dq. What number (C/m) goes in the blank in this statement? dq = ___dx a) 1.25 10−14 b) 4.60 10−15 c) 8.00 10−14

d) 7.78 10−15 e) 5.40 10−14 f) 2.50 10−14 g) 6.25 10−15 h) 2.00 10−14 i) 1.00 10−14 j) 2.90 10−15 Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 22.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 22.4

15) In the figure, two particles, with the same magnitude of charge, are at equal distances d from the origin. Four points are shown. At which is the net electric field in the positive direction of the x axis?

a) 1 only b) 2 only c) 3 only d) 4 only e) 1 & 3 only f) 3 & 4 only g) 1 & 2 only h) 2 & 3 only i) 1 & 4 only j) none Answer: e Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 22.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 22.2

16) In the figure, two particles, with the same magnitude of charge, are at equal distances d from the origin. Four points are shown. At which is the net electric field in the positive direction of the y axis?

a) 1 only b) 2 only c) 3 only d) 4 only e) 1 & 3 only f) 3 & 4 only g) 1 & 2 only h) 2 & 3 only i) 1 & 4 only j) none Answer: j Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 22.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 22.2

17) The figure shows an electron that is shot from plate A directly toward plate B, through a uniform electric field of magnitude E = 500 N/C. The electron’s initial speed is 3.00 105 m/s and its speed as it reaches plate B is 5.00 105 m/s. How much time (s) does the trip take? An electron has mass 9.1110−31 kg.

a) 1.24 10−9 b) 8.76 10−10 c) 1.98 10−10 d) 2.28 10−9 e) 4.5110−9 f) 5.69 10−9 g) 5.0110−10

h) 4.1110−10 i) 6.67 10−9 j) 8.1110−9 Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 22.6.0 Section Reference 1: Section 22.6

18) The figure shows an electron that is shot from plate A directly toward plate B, through a uniform electric field. The electron’s initial speed is 3.00 105 m/s and its speed as it reaches plate B is 5.00 105 m/s. What is the direction of the electric field?

a) left b) right Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 22.6.0 Section Reference 1: Section 22.6

19) A horizontal rod of length L = 0.80 m has a uniform charge of −8.00 10−15 C on the left half and a uniform charge of +8.00 10−15 C on the right half. A length element dx has charge element dq. What number (C/m) goes in the blank in this statement? dq = ___dx a) 1.25 10−14 b) 4.60 10−15 c) 8.00 10−14 d) 7.78 10−15 e) 5.40 10−14

f) 2.50 10−14 g) 6.25 10−15 h) 2.00 10−14 i) 1.00 10−14 j) 2.90 10−15 Answer: h Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 22.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 22.4

20) The figure shows an electron and a proton that are moving rightward in the electric field between two plates. The electric field vector is leftward. Which particle is losing kinetic energy as it moves?

a) proton b) electron Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 22.6.0 Section Reference 1: Section 22.6

21) The figure shows three charged particles with their charge signs indicated. Mentally determine their net electric field vector at the origin. Into which quadrant of the xy coordinate system does that net electric field vector point?

a) 1 b) 2 c) 3 d) 4 Answer: c Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 22.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 22.2

22) The figure shows three charged particles with their charge signs indicated. Mentally determine their net electric field vector at the origin. If particle 1 is moved toward the origin, what happens to that net electric field vector at the origin?

a) unchanged b) rotates counterclockwise c) rotates clockwise Answer: c Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 22.6.0 Section Reference 1: Section 22.6

23) In the figure, an electron is accelerated from rest by a uniform electric field, from plate A to plate B. The field is perpendicular to the plates. With what speed (m/s) does it arrive at the plate at the right? The field magnitude is 415 N/C, and the plate separation is 0.0200 m.

a) 2.41104 b) 3.83 105 c) 1.71106 d) 8.68 104 e) 2.52 104 f) 2.55 106 g) 6.14 105 h) 1.26 106 i) 5.93 105 j) 8.00 106 Answer: c Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 22.6.0 Section Reference 1: Section 22.6

24) What is the potential energy (J) of an electric dipole that has charge magnitude 5e at each end, separated by 4.00 10−8 m, and whose dipole moment is at 60.0 to an electric field of magnitude 20.0 N/C? a) −1.110−25 b) −2.2 10−27 c) +7.110−26 d) +6.6 10−28 e) −3.2 10−25 f) +9.110−25 g) +5.3 10−27 h) −5.9 10−26 i) −6.6 10−28 j) +4.8 10−25 Answer: e Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 22.7.0 Section Reference 1: Section 22.7

25) The figure shows an electron and a proton that are moving rightward in the electric field between two plates. The electric field vector is leftward. Which particle is gaining kinetic energy as it moves?

a) proton b) electron Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 22.6.0 Section Reference 1: Section 22.6

26) What is the potential energy (J) of an electric dipole that has charge magnitude 5e at each end, separated by 4.00 10−8 m, and whose dipole moment is at 80.0 to an electric field of magnitude 20.0 N/C? a) −1.110−25 b) −2.2 10−27 c) +7.110−26 d) +6.6 10−28 e) −3.2 10−25 f) +9.110−25 g) +5.3 10−27 h) −5.9 10−26 i) −6.6 10−28 j) +4.8 10−25 Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 22.7.0 Section Reference 1: Section 22.7

27) In the figure, an electron is accelerated from rest by a uniform electric field, from plate A to plate B. With what speed (m/s) does it arrive at the plate at the right? The field magnitude is 925 N/C, and the plate separation is 0.0200 m.

a) 2.41104 b) 3.83 105 c) 1.71106 d) 8.68 104 e) 2.52 104 f) 2.55 106 g) 6.14 105 h) 1.26 106 i) 5.93 105 j) 8.00 106 Answer: f Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 22.6.0 Section Reference 1: Section 22.6

28) The figure shows six charged rods. Some have the same sign charge throughout and are uniformly charged. The rest have one sign on one half and the opposite sign on the other half, with each half uniformly charged. For each rod, a point P on a perpendicular bisector is indicated. In which situation is the net electric field at P in the positive direction of the y axis?

a) 1 and 2 b) 1 and 3 c) 2 and 5 d) 2 and 6 e) 3 and 5 f) 3 and 6 g) 4 and 5 h) 4 and 6 i) 1 and 4 Answer: e Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 22.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 22.4

29) In the figure, two particles, with the same magnitude of charge, are at equal distances d from the origin. Four points are shown. At which is the net electric field in the positive direction of the y axis?

a) 1 only b) 2 only c) 3 only d) 4 only e) 1 and 3 only f) 3 and 4 only g) 1 and 2 only h) 2 and 3 only i) 1 and 4 only j) 2 and 4 only Answer: e Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 22.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 22.2

30) The figure shows an electric dipole in a uniform electric field of magnitude E = 75.0 N/C, with  = 30.0. The ends have charge magnitude 5e and are separated by 2.50 10−8 m. What is the magnitude (N·m) of the torque on the dipole?

a) 3.08 10−29 b) 5.00 10−22 c) 3.40 10−25 d) 6.05 10−25 e) 7.14 10−24 f) 7.50 10−25 g) 8.90 10−25 h) 1.47 10−24 i) 9.50 10−21 j) 2.19 10−31 Answer: f Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 22.7.0 Section Reference 1: Section 22.7

31) The figure shows an electric dipole in a uniform electric field of magnitude E = 75.0 N/C, with  = 30.0. The ends have charge magnitude 5e and are separated by 2.50 10−8 m. What is the potential energy (J) of the dipole?

a) +3.12 10−24 b) +2.55 10−24 c) +3.33 10−24 d) +5.25 10−24

e) +1.30 10−24 f) −3.12 10−24 g) −2.55 10−24 h) −3.33 10−24 i) −5.25 10−24 j) −1.30 10−24 Answer: j Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 22.7.0 Section Reference 1: Section 22.7

32) The figure shows two charged particles. Distance d is 0.500 m. What is the magnitude (N/C) of the net electric field at the origin? q1 = +5e q2 = -2e θ = 30.0º

a) 3.53 10−9 b) 5.47 10−8 c) 2.5110−8 d) 4.89 10−7 e) 1.75 10−9 f) 4.00 10−9 g) 1.12 10−8 h) 1.75 10−8 i) 1.57 10−9 j) 8.37 10−7 Answer: c Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 22.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 22.2

33) In the figure, an electron is shot with an initial speed of 1400 m/s from plate A to plate B, where it arrives with a speed of 700 m/s. The plate separation is d = 0.0500 m. What is the magnitude (N/C) of the electric field between the two plates, which is perpendicular to the plates? An electron has mass 9.1110−31 kg.

a) 7.29 10−6 b) 3.90 10−6 c) 1.23 10−5 d) 5.04 10−3 e) 8.37 10−5 f) 1.25 10−5 g) 8.12 10−4 h) 2.56 10−5 i) 6.9110−6 j) 7.67 10−5 Answer: e Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 22.6.0 Section Reference 1: Section 22.6

34) In the figure, an electron is shot with an initial speed of 1400 m/s from plate A to plate B, where it arrives with a speed of 700 m/s. What is the direction of the field?

a) leftward b) rightward Answer: b

Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 22.6.0 Section Reference 1: Section 22.6

35) The figure shows an electric dipole in a uniform electric field of magnitude E = 105 N/C, with  = 30.0. The ends have charge magnitude 7e and are separated by 2.50 10−8 m. What is the magnitude (N·m) of the torque on the dipole?

a) 3.08 10−29 b) 5.00 10−22 c) 3.40 10−25 d) 6.05 10−25 e) 7.14 10−24 f) 7.5110−25 g) 8.90 10−25 h) 1.47 10−24 i) 9.50 10−21 j) 2.19 10−31 Answer: h Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 22.7.0 Section Reference 1: Section 22.7

36) The figure shows an electric dipole in a uniform electric field of magnitude E = 105 N/C, with  = 30.0. . The ends have charge magnitude 7e and are separated by 2.50 10−8 m. What is the potential energy (J) of the dipole?

a) +3.12 10−24 b) +2.55 10−24 c) +3.33 10−24 d) +5.25 10−24 e) +1.30 10−24 f) −3.12 10−24 g) −2.55 10−24 h) −3.33 10−24 i) −5.25 10−24 j) −1.30 10−24 Answer: g Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 22.7.0 Section Reference 1: Section 22.7

37) The figure shows two charged particles. Distance d is 2.00 m. What is the magnitude (N/C) of the net electric field at the origin? q1 = +5e q2 = -2e θ = 30.0º

a) 3.53 10−9 b) 5.47 10−8 c) 2.5110−8 d) 4.89 10−7 e) 1.75 10−9 f) 4.00 10−9 g) 1.12 10−8 h) 1.75 10−8 i) 1.57 10−9 j) 8.37 10−7 Answer: i Title:

Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 22.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 22.2

38) In the figure, an electron is shot with an initial speed of 200 m/s directly plate A to plate B, where it arrives with a speed of 700 m/s. The field is perpendicular to the plates. The plate separation is d = 0.050 m. What is the magnitude (N/C) of the electric field between the two plates? An electron has mass 9.1110−31 kg.

a) 7.29 10−6 b) 3.90 10−6 c) 1.23 10−5 d) 5.04 10−3 e) 8.37 10−5 f) 1.25 10−5 g) 8.12 10−4 h) 2.56 10−5 i) 6.9110−6 j) 7.67 10−5 Answer: h Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 22.6.0 Section Reference 1: Section 22.6

39) In the figure, an electron is shot with an initial speed of 200 m/s directly plate A to plate B, where it arrives with a speed of 700 m/s. The field is perpendicular to the plates. What is the direction of the field?

a) leftward b) rightward Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 22.6.0 Section Reference 1: Section 22.6

40) The figure shows two charged parallel plates. The electric field between them is uniform, with a magnitude of 3.0 N/C. A particle with charge +2e and mass 3.36 10−27 kg is released from rest at coordinate x = 0.050 m. What is its speed (m/s) just before it crashes into one of the plates? (You must decide which plate.)

a) 7.9 102 b) 9.3 103 c) 6.1102 d) 1.9 104 e) 8.1102 f) 5.3 103 g) 1.1104 h) 2.8 103 i) 4.4 103 j) 7.5 103 Answer: f Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 22.6.0 Section Reference 1: Section 22.6

41) The figure shows three electric dipoles in an electric field, either parallel to the field, antiparallel to (opposite) the field, or perpendicular to the field. The dipoles have the same dipole moments. Rank the dipoles according to the magnitude of the torque on them, greatest magnitude first. ( ) indicates a tie.

a) 1, 2, 3 b) 1, 3, 2 c) 2, 1, 3 d) 2, 3, 1 e) 3, 2, 1 f) 3, 1, 2 g) (1,2), 3 h) 3, (1,2) i) 2, (1,3) j) (1,2,3) Answer: i Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 22.7.0 Section Reference 1: Section 22.7

42) The figure shows three electric dipoles in an electric field, either parallel to the field, antiparallel to (opposite) the field, or perpendicular to the field. The dipoles have the same dipole moments. Rank the dipoles according to their potential energy, greatest (most positive) first. ( ) indicates a tie.

a) 1, 2, 3 b) 1, 3, 2 c) 2, 1, 3 d) 2, 3, 1 e) 3, 2, 1 f) 3, 1, 2 g) (1,2), 3 h) 3, (1,2) i) 2, (1,3) j) (1,2,3)

Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 22.7.0 Section Reference 1: Section 22.7

43) The figure shows a thin rod that is uniformly charged with +Q in the top half and –Q in the bottom half. Which of the integrals best gives the magnitude of the net electric field at point P on the perpendicular bisector?

2kQD dy

 L( D + y ) 2

−L L

2 0.5

2kQy dy

 L( D + y )

−L

2kQD dy 2

2 0.5

2kQy dy

 L( D + y )

2kQD 2 dy 0 L( D2 + y 2 )1.5

−L

2kQD dy 2

2 0.5

2 1.5

2kQy dy 2

2 1.5

2kQy 2 dy 0 L( D2 + y 2 )1.5 L kQD dy i)  − L L( D 2 + y 2 ) 0.5 L

Answer: f

Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 22.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 22.4

44) The figure shows a thin rod that is uniformly charged with +Q in the top half and –Q in the bottom half. What is the direction of net electric field at point P on the perpendicular bisector?

a) +x b) -x c) +y d) -y e) +z f) –z Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 22.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 22.4

45) The figure shows two charged parallel plates. The electric field between them is uniform, with a magnitude of 13.0 N/C. A particle with charge +2e and mass 3.36 10−27 kg is released from rest at coordinate x = 0.050 m. What is its speed (m/s) just before it crashes into one of the plates. (You must decide which plate.)

a) 7.9 102

b) 9.3 103 c) 6.1102 d) 1.9 104 e) 8.1102 f) 5.3 103 g) 1.1104 h) 2.8 103 i) 4.4 103 j) 7.5 103 Answer: g Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 22.6.0 Section Reference 1: Section 22.6

46) In the figure, an electron is accelerated from rest by a uniform electric field, from plate A to plate B. With what speed (m/s) does it arrive at plate B? The field magnitude is 50.0 N/C, and the plate separation is 0.0200 m

a) 4.21104 b) 8.23 105 c) 7.70 106 d) 2.68 104 e) 4.52 104 f) 3.12 104 g) 6.14 105 h) 1.26 106 i) 5.93 105 j) 4.80 106 Answer: i Title: Question ID:

Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 22.6.0 Section Reference 1: Section 22.6

47) What is the potential energy (J) of an electric dipole that has charge magnitude 5e at each end, separated by 4.00 10−8 m, and whose dipole moment is at 40.0 to an electric field of magnitude 20.0 N/C? a) −1.110−25 b) −8.2 10−27 c) +6.7 10−26 d) +5.6 10−28 e) −4.9 10−25 f) +1.110−25 g) +8.2 10−27 h) −6.7 10−26 i) −5.6 10−28 j) +4.9 10−25

Answer: e Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 22.7.0 Section Reference 1: Section 22.7

48) In the figure, an electron is accelerated from rest by a uniform electric field, from plate A to plate B. With what speed (m/s) does it arrive at plate B? The field magnitude is 225 N/C, and the plate separation is 0.0200 m

a) 4.21104 b) 8.23 105 c) 7.70 106 d) 2.68 104

e) 4.52 104 f) 3.12 104 g) 6.14 105 h) 1.26 106 i) 5.93 105 j) 4.80 106 Answer: h Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 22.6.0 Section Reference 1: Section 22.6

Package Title: Test Bank Questions Chapter 23 Course Title: Halliday 12e Chapter Number: Chapter 23

Question type: Multiple-Choice

1) The figure shows a Gaussian cylinder perpendicular to an isolated metal slab and half embedded in that slab. Both ends of the cylinder have area A = 2.0  10-6 m2. The slab’s surface has a uniform surface charge density  = 4.0  10-9 C/m2. What is the electric flux (N m2/C) through the lower (bottom) face of the cylinder?

a) 0.50  103 b) 2.0  10-3 c) 8.0  10-150 d) 8.0  10-15/0 e) 8.0  10-15 f) 1.2  10-14 g) 1.2  10-140 h) 1.2  10-14/0 i) 2.0  103 j) 0 Answer: j Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 23.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 23.1

2) The figure shows a Gaussian cylinder perpendicular to an isolated metal slab and half embedded in that slab. Both ends of the cylinder have area A = 2.0  10-6 m2. The slab’s surface has a uniform surface charge density  = 4.0  10-9 C/m2. What is the electric flux (N m2/C) through the higher (top) face of the cylinder?

a) 0.50  103 b) 2.0  10-3 c) 8.0  10-150 d) 8.0  10-15/0 e) 8.0  10-15 f) 1.2  10-14 g) 1.2  10-140 h) 1.2  10-14/0 i) 2.0  103 j) 0 Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 23.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 23.1

3) The figure shows a Gaussian cube. Here are three electric fields that we can set up in the region.

E1 = 5iˆ + 7kˆ

E2 = −4iˆ − 2ˆj + 7kˆ

E3 = 3iˆ + 5 zkˆ

Rank the fields according to the magnitude of the charge that would be enclosed in the cube, greatest first. ( ) indicates a tie.

a) 1, 2, 3 b) 1, 3, 2 c) 2, 1, 3 d) 2, 3, 1 e) 3, 2, 1 f) 3, 1, 2 g) (1,2), 3

h) 3, (1,2) i) 2, (1,3) j) (1,2,3) Answer: h Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 23.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 23.2

4) The figure shows three parallel, infinite, nonconducting sheets of charge and their surface charge densities. (You see the cross section of the sheets.) What is the magnitude (N/C) of the net electric field at the point indicated? 1 = −2.00  C/m

a) 3.39 105 b) 2.26 105 c) 5.93 105 d) 8.29 104 e) 9.11104 f) 1.13 105 g) 1.19 106 h) 9.87 104 i) 6.75 105 j) 3.95 105 Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Medium Learning Objective 1: LO 23.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 23.5

 2 = +2.00  C/m2  3 = +2.00 C/m2

5) The figure gives the magnitude of the electric field inside and outside a sphere with a uniformly distributed positive charge. What is the charge (C) on the sphere? Em = 1.10 108 N/C, R = 3.00 cm

a) 6.8110

−5

b) 4.03 10 c) 5.60 10

−5

d) 8.25 10 e) 3.33 10 f) 4.52 10

−5

g) 6.09 10

−5

h) 2.12 10

−5

i) 1.10 10 j) 8.0110

−5

−7

Answer: i Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Medium Learning Objective 1: LO 23.6.0 Section Reference 1: Section 23.6

6) The figure shows a Gaussian cube (edge length = 3.00 m) in the electric field E = 5.00 z kˆ N/C. What is the charge (C) enclosed by the cube? 2

a) 1.68 10

−10

b) 8.36 10 c) 5.77 10

−10

d) 2.39 10

−10

e) 5.02 10 f) 4.97 10

−9

−10

g) 7.18 10 h) 1.63 10 i) 1.40 10 j) 0

−9

−10

−9

−8

Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Medium Learning Objective 1: LO 23.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 23.2

7) The figure shows (in cross section) a metal sphere with a hollow. A particle of charge -8.0Q is at the center of the sphere (at the center of the hollow). The metal of the sphere has a net charge of -12Q. What is the charge on the outside (external) surface of the sphere?

a) +4.0Q b) -18Q c) -4.0Q d) -20Q e) +20Q f) 0 g) -8.0Q h) +18Q i) -12Q j) +8.0Q Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 23.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 23.3

8) The figure shows a central rod (its linear charge density is uniform) that is surrounded by a concentric metal shell in the shape of cylinder and with interior radius R = 0.0900 m. Both shell and rod are very long. The magnitude of the electric field at a point at radius r = 0.0300 m from the rod is 225 N/C. How much charge (C) is on a length of 2.00 m of the rod?

−15

a) 2.9110

b) 6.92 10 c) 1.25 10

−11

−13

d) 5.26 10 e) 7.94 10 f) 1.84 10

−12

−13

g) 7.5110

−10

h) 1.17 10 i) 6.72 10 j) 9.10 10

−9

−7

−11

Answer: g Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Medium Learning Objective 1: LO 23.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 23.4

9) The figure shows a central rod (its linear charge density is uniform) that is surrounded by a concentric metal shell in the shape of cylinder and with interior radius R = 0.0900 m. Both shell and rod are very long. The magnitude of the electric field at a point at radius r = 0.0300 m from the rod is 225 N/C. The electric field outside the shell is zero. What is the magnitude of the surface charge density (C/m 2) on the outside surface of the shell?

a) 3.1110

−8

b) 1.22 10

−8

c) 6.74 10

−8

d) 5.10 10 e) 9.36 10 f) 0

−8

g) 8.25 10

−8

h) 7.52 10

−8

i) 4.67 10

−8

j) 2.00 10

−8

Answer: f Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Medium Learning Objective 1: LO 23.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 23.4

10) The figure shows a Gaussian cylinder perpendicular to an isolated metal slab and half embedded in that slab. Both ends of the cylinder have area A = 3.0  10-6 m2. The slab’s surface has a uniform surface charge density  = 4.0  10-9 C/m2. What is the electric flux (N m2/C) through the higher (top) face of the cylinder?

a) 0.50  103 b) 2.0  10-3 c) 8.0  10-150 d) 8.0  10-15/0

e) 8.0  10-15 f) 1.2  10-14 g) 1.2  10-140 h) 1.2  10-14/0 i) 2.0  103 j) 0 Answer: h Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 23.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 23.1

11) The figure shows a Gaussian cube. Here are three electric fields that we can set up in the region:

E1 = 5iˆ + 7kˆ

E2 = 3iˆ + 5 zkˆ

E = −4iˆ − 2jˆ + 7kˆ

Rank the fields according to the magnitude of the charge that would be enclosed in the cube, greatest first. ( ) indicates a tie.

a) 1, 2, 3 b) 1, 3, 2 c) 2, 1, 3 d) 2, 3, 1 e) 3, 2, 1 f) 3, 1, 2 g) (1,2), 3 h) 3, (1,2) i) 2, (1,3) j) (1,2,3) Answer: i Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 23.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 23.2

12) The figure shows three parallel, infinite, nonconducting sheets of charge and their surface charge densities. (You see the cross section of the sheets.) What is the magnitude (N/C) of the net electric field at the point indicated? 1 = −3.50  C/m

 2 = +3.50  C/m2  3 = +3.50 C/m2

a) 3.39 105 b) 2.26 105 c) 5.93 105 d) 8.29 104 e) 9.11104 f) 1.13 105 g) 1.19 106 h) 9.87 104 i) 6.75 105 j) 3.95 105 Answer: c Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Medium Learning Objective 1: LO 23.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 23.5

13) The figure gives the magnitude of the electric field inside and outside a sphere with a uniformly distributed positive charge. What is the charge (C) on the sphere? Em = 8.00 106 N/C, R = 3.00 cm

a) 6.8110

−5

b) 4.03 10 c) 5.60 10

−5

d) 8.25 10 e) 3.33 10 f) 4.52 10

−5

g) 6.09 10

−5

h) 2.12 10

−5

i) 1.10 10 j) 8.0110

−5

−7

Answer: j Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Medium Learning Objective 1: LO 23.6.0 Section Reference 1: Section 23.6

14) The figure shows a Gaussian cube (edge length = 3.00 m) in the electric field E = 3.00 x ˆi . What is the charge (C) enclosed by the cube? 2

a) 1.68 10

−10

b) 8.36 10 c) 5.77 10

−10

d) 2.39 10

−10

e) 5.02 10 f) 4.97 10

−9

−10

g) 7.18 10 h) 1.63 10 i) 1.40 10 j) 0

−9

−10

−9

−8

Answer: e Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Medium Learning Objective 1: LO 23.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 23.2

15) The figure shows (in cross section) a metal sphere with a hollow. A particle of charge -8.0Q is at the center of the sphere (at the center of the hollow). The metal of the sphere has a net charge of -10Q. What is the charge on the outside (external) surface of the sphere?

a) +4.0Q b) -18Q c) -4.0Q d) -20Q e) +20Q f) 0 g) -8.0Q h) +18Q i) -12Q j) +8.0Q Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 23.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 23.3

16) The figure shows a central rod (its linear charge density is uniform) that is surrounded by a concentric metal shell in the shape of cylinder and with interior radius R = 0.0900 m. Both shell and rod are very long. The magnitude of the electric field at a point at radius r = 0.0300 m from the rod is 350 N/C. How much charge (C) is on a length of 2.00 m of the rod?

−15

a) 2.9110

b) 6.92 10 c) 1.25 10

−11

−13

d) 5.26 10 e) 7.94 10 f) 1.84 10

−12

−13

g) 7.5110

−10

h) 1.17 10 i) 6.72 10 j) 9.10 10

−9

−7

−11

Answer: h Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Medium Learning Objective 1: LO 23.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 23.4

17) The figure shows a central rod (its linear charge density is uniform) that is surrounded by a concentric metal shell in the shape of cylinder and with interior radius R = 0.0900 m. Both shell and rod are very long. The magnitude of the electric field at a point at radius r = 0.0300 m from the rod is 350 N/C. The electric field outside the shell is zero. What is the magnitude of the surface charge density (C/m 2) on the outside surface of the shell?

a) 3.1110

−8

b) 1.22 10

−8

c) 6.74 10

−8

d) 5.10 10 e) 9.36 10 f) 0

−8

g) 8.25 10

−8

h) 7.52 10

−8

i) 4.67 10

−8

j) 2.00 10

−8

Answer: f Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Medium Learning Objective 1: LO 23.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 23.4

18) The figure shows three situations in which the same charged particle is surrounded by a concentric Gaussian sphere, with the radii as drawn. Rank the three situations according to the magnitude of the electric flux through the surface of the Gaussian sphere, greatest first. ( ) indicates a tie.

a) 1, 2, 3 b) 1, 3, 2 c) 2, 1, 3 d) 2, 3, 1 e) 3, 2, 1 f) 3, 1, 2 g) (1,2), 3 h) 3, (1,2) i) 2, (1,3) j) (1,2,3) Answer: j Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 23.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 23.1

19) The figure shows three situations in which the same charged particle is surrounded by a concentric Gaussian sphere, with the radii as drawn. Rank them according to the magnitude of the electric field at points on the Gaussian sphere, greatest first. ( ) indicates a tie.

a) 1, 2, 3 b) 1, 3, 2 c) 2, 1, 3 d) 2, 3, 1 e) 3, 2, 1 f) 3, 1, 2 g) (1,2), 3 h) 3, (1,2) i) 2, (1,3) j) (1,2,3) Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 23.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 23.1

20) The figure shows three situations for a uniform electric field (magnitudes are given) and a surface (same surface). Rank the three situations according to the magnitude of the electric flux through the surface, greatest first. ( ) indicates a tie.

a) 1, 2, 3 b) 1, 3, 2 c) 2, 1, 3 d) 2, 3, 1 e) 3, 2, 1 f) 3, 1, 2 g) (1,2), 3

h) 3, (1,2) i) 2, (1,3) j) (1,2,3) Answer: g Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 23.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 23.1

21) The figure shows, in cross section (edge view), four charged infinite nonconducting sheets. Each has the same magnitude σ = 4.00 µC/m2 of surface charge density and the signs are indicated in the figure. What is the direction of the net electric field at point P1?

(a) rightward (b) leftward Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 23.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 23.5

22) The figure shows, in cross section (edge view), four charged infinite nonconducting sheets. Each has the same magnitude σ = 4.00 µC/m2 of surface charge density and the signs are indicated in the figure. What is the magnitude (N/C) of the net electric field at point P1?

a) 7.88 105

b) 6.89 105 c) 1.80 105 d) 6.78 105 e) 4.52 105 f) 3.33 105 g) 9.12 105 h) 6.03 105 i) 2.22 105 j) 1.23 105 Answer: e Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Medium Learning Objective 1: LO 23.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 23.5

23) In the figure, an electron is released at distance r = 20.0 cm from a large metal plate with surface charge density +2.00 10−15 C/m2. What is the magnitude (m/s2) of the electron’s acceleration?

a) 3.97 107 b) 6.99 107 c) 9.14 107 d) 5.02 107 e) 4.19 107 f) 6.17 107 g) 7.33 107 h) 8.88 × 107 i) 5.95 × 107 j) 1.19 107 Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Medium

Learning Objective 1: LO 23.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 23.3

24) In the figure, an electron is released at distance r = 20.0 cm from a large metal plate with surface charge density +2.00 10−15 C/m2. When the electron reaches a distance of r = 10.0 cm, which describes its acceleration?

a) greater than initial value b) smaller than initial value c) same as initial value Answer: c Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 23.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 23.3

25) The figure shows, in cross section, a spherical conducting shell that surrounds a particle of charge q = +4e. The shell has a net charge of −6e. What is the charge on the external surface?

a) +9e b) -6e c) -4e d) -2e e) 0 f) +6e g) +e h) +4e i) +2e j) +10e Answer: d

Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 23.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 23.3

26) The figure shows, in cross section, a spherical conducting shell that surrounds a particle of charge q = +4e. The shell has a net charge of −6e. What is the magnitude (N/C) of the electric field at point P, at distance r = 3.00 m from the center of the shell (P is outside the shell)?

a) 4.9 10−9 b) 1.8 10−7 c) 1.8 10−8 d) 3.2 10−10 e) 9.0 10−8 f) 6.3 10−11 g) 9.5 10−10 h) 1.4 10−9 i) 5.8 10−8 j) 7.0 10−8 Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 23.2.3 Section Reference 1: Section 23.3

ˆ What is the 27) The figure shows a Gaussian surface in an electric field given by E = 50.0iˆ + 6.00 zk. charge (C) enclosed by the surface?

a) 2.67 10−9 b) 2.03 10−10 c) 1.44 10−9 d) 6.77 10−11 e) 5.77 10−9 f) 1.59 10−9 g) 2.39 10−9 h) 7.8110−10 i) 8.08 10−10 j) 7.54 10−10 Answer: f Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Medium Learning Objective 1: LO 23.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 23.2

28) The figure shows a long wire running along the center of a long metal cylinder. The wire has a uniform linear charge density of +3.50 10−8 C/m, and the cylinder is neutral and has radii r1 = 0.100 m and r2 = 0.200 m. What is the magnitude of the electric field (N/C) at distance r = 0.150 m?

a) 0 b) 3.33 103 c) 6.68 103 d) 4.68 103 e) 7.79 103 f) 5.08 103 g) 8.11103 h) 7.02 103 i) 5.00 103 j) 2.52 103 Answer: a

Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Medium Learning Objective 1: LO 23.2.4 Section Reference 1: Section 23.4

29) The figure shows a long wire running along the center of a long metal cylinder. The wire has a uniform linear charge density of +3.50 10−8 C/m, and the cylinder is neutral and has radii r1 = 0.100 m and r2 = 0.200 m. What is the magnitude of the electric field (N/C) at distance r = 0.250 m?

a) 0 b) 3.33 103 c) 6.68 103 d) 4.68 103 e) 7.79 103 f) 5.08 103 g) 8.11103 h) 7.02 103 i) 5.00 103 j) 2.52 103 Answer: j Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Medium Learning Objective 1: LO 23.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 23.4

30) The figure shows a long wire running along the center of a long metal cylinder. The wire has a uniform linear charge density of +3.50 10−8 C/m, and the cylinder is neutral and has radii r1 = 0.100 m and r2 = 0.200 m. What is the magnitude of the surface charge density (C/m2) on the inside wall of the cylinder?

a) 1.07 10−8 b) 9.22 10−9 c) 1.87 10−10 d) 9.02 10−10 e) 8.43 10−7 f) 6.67 10−7 g) 5.57 10−8 h) 1.03 10−7 i) 2.44 10−9 f) 6.67 10−10 Answer: g Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Medium Learning Objective 1: LO 23.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 23.4

31) The figure shows, in cross section (edge view), four charged infinite nonconducting sheets. Each has the same magnitude σ = 6.00 µC/m2 of surface charge density and the signs are indicated in the figure. What is the magnitude (N/C) of the net electric field at point P1?

a) 7.88 105 b) 6.89 105 c) 1.80 105 d) 6.78 105 e) 4.52 105

f) 3.33 105 g) 9.12 105 h) 6.03 105 i) 2.22 105 j) 1.23 105 Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Medium Learning Objective 1: LO 23.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 23.5

32) In the figure, an electron is released at distance r = 20.0 cm from a large metal plate with surface charge density +3.00 10−15 C/m2. What is the magnitude (m/s2) of the electron’s acceleration?

a) 3.97 107 b) 6.99 107 c) 9.14 107 d) 5.02 107 e) 4.19 107 f) 6.17 107 g) 7.33 107 h) 8.88 × 107 i) 5.95 × 107 j) 1.19 107 Answer: i Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 23.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 23.3

33) The figure shows, in cross section, a spherical conducting shell that surrounds a particle of charge q = +4e. The shell has a net charge of +5e. What is the charge on the external surface?

a) +9e b) -6e c) -4e d) -2e e) 0 f) +6e g) +e h) +4e i) +2e j) +10e Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 23.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 23.3

34) The figure shows, in cross section, a spherical conducting shell that surrounds a particle of charge q = +4e. The shell has a net charge of +5e. What is the magnitude (N/C) of the electric field at point P, at distance r = 3.00 m from the center of the shell (P is outside the shell)?

a) 4.9 10−9 b) 1.8 10−7 c) 1.8 10−8 d) 3.2 10−10 e) 9.0 10−8 f) 6.3 10−11 g) 9.5 10−10 h) 1.4 10−9

i) 5.8 10−8 j) 7.0 10−8 Answer: h Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 23.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 23.3

ˆ 35) The figure shows a rectangular Gaussian surface in an electric field given by E = 50.0iˆ + 9.00 zk. What is the charge (C) enclosed by the surface?

a) 2.67 10−9 b) 2.03 10−10 c) 1.44 10−9 d) 6.77 10−11 e) 5.77 10−9 f) 1.59 10−9 g) 2.39 10−9 h) 7.8110−10 i) 8.08 10−10 j) 7.54 10−10 Answer: g Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Medium Learning Objective 1: LO 23.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 23.2

36) The figure shows a long wire running along the center of a long metal cylinder. The wire has a uniform linear charge density of 6.50 10−8 C/m, and the cylinder is neutral and has radii r1 = 0.100 m and r2 = 0.200 m. What is the magnitude of the electric field (N/C) at distance r = 0.150 m?

a) 0 b) 3.33 103 c) 6.68 103 d) 4.68 103 e) 7.79 103 f) 5.08 103 g) 8.11103 h) 7.02 103 i) 5.00 103 j) 2.52 103 Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 23.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 23.4

37) The figure shows a long wire running along the center of a long metal cylinder. The wire has a uniform linear charge density of 6.50 10−8 C/m, and the cylinder is neutral and has radii r1 = 0.100 m and r2 = 0.200 m. What is the magnitude of the electric field (N/C) at distance r = 0.250 m?

a) 0 b) 3.33 103 c) 6.68 103 d) 4.68 103 e) 7.79 103

f) 5.08 103 g) 8.11103 h) 7.02 103 i) 5.00 103 j) 2.52 103 Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Medium Learning Objective 1: LO 23.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 23.4

38) The figure shows a long wire running along the center of a long metal cylinder. The wire has a uniform linear charge density of 6.50 10−8 C/m, and the cylinder is neutral and has radii r1 = 0.100 m and r2 = 0.200 m. What is the magnitude of the surface charge density (C/m2) on the inside wall of the cylinder?

a) 1.07 10−8 b) 9.22 10−9 c) 1.87 10−10 d) 9.02 10−10 e) 8.43 10−7 f) 6.67 10−7 g) 5.57 10−8 h) 1.03 10−7 i) 2.44 10−9 f) 6.67 10−10 Answer: h Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Medium

Learning Objective 1: LO 23.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 23.4

39) The figure shows a charged particle with three Gaussian spheres (imaginary surfaces in the shape of a sphere) that are centered on the particle. Rank the spheres according to the electric flux through them, greatest first. Hint: rank the flux, not something else. ( ) indicates a tie.

a) 1, 2, 3 b) 1, 3, 2 c) 2, 1, 3 d) 2, 3, 1 e) 3, 2, 1 f) 3, 1, 2 g) (1,3), 2 h) 3, (1,2) i) 2, (1,3) j) (1,2,3) Answer: j Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 23.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 23.1

ˆ m2. What is the flux of an electric field (N 40) A surface has the area vector A = (2.0iˆ − 5.0jˆ − 3.0k)

ˆ N/C? m2/C) through it if the field is E = (−4.0iˆ − 2.0jˆ − 1.0k) a) 1 b) 5 c) -20 d) -8 e) 7 f) -7 g) 3 h) -9 i) -10 j) -3

Answer: b Title: Question ID:

Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 23.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 23.1

41) The figure shows a Gaussian cylinder that extends through a charged plastic sheet with uniform −3

−9

charge density 3.00 10 C/m2. The cylinder is shown in cross section, has radius 5.00 10 m, and is perpendicular to the sheet. What is the charge (C) enclosed by the cylinder?

a) 8.80 10

−14

b) 3.17 10 c) 2.36 10

−13

d) 3.67 10 e) 4.82 10 f) 7.96 10

−15

−14

−13

g) 2.23 10

−15

h) 5.50 10

−13

i) 9.13 10

−14

j) 7.93 10

−14

Answer: c Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 23.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 23.5

42) The figure shows three parallel, infinite, nonconducting sheets of charge and their surface charge densities. (You see the cross section of the sheets.)

1 = +4.00 C/m2

 2 = +3.00 C/m2

 3 = −5.00 C/m2

What is the magnitude (N/C) of the net electric field at point P?

a) 4.44 105 b) 6.78 105 c) 8.20 105 d) 8.19 104 e) 1.65 104 f) 7.73 105 g) 4.61104 h) 9.87 104 i) 1.69 105 j) 3.39 105 Answer: j Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Medium Learning Objective 1: LO 23.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 23.5

43) The figure shows three parallel, infinite, nonconducting sheets of charge and their surface charge densities. (You see the cross section of the sheets.)

1 = +4.00 C/m2

 2 = +3.00 C/m2

 3 = −5.00 C/m2

What is the direction of the net electric field at P?

a) leftward

b) rightward Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 23.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 23.5

44) The figure shows (in cross section) a spherical metal shell with a hollow. A particle of charge Q is placed at the center of the shell (at the center of the hollow). The metal of the shell has a net charge of

−6.00 10−6 C. The electric field at point P (which is 2.00 m from the center of the shell) has magnitude 4.00 103 N/C outward. What is charge Q of the particle in microcouloumbs?

a) +1.2 b) -3.5 c) -11 d) -2.4 e) -5.3 f) 0 g) -4.2 h) +9.6 i) +6.2 j) +7.8 Answer: j Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Medium Learning Objective 1: LO 23.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 23.3

45) The figure shows a Gaussian rectangular structure with sides parallel to the axes and in the electric field E = (4.00 x + 7.00)iˆ + 3.00jˆ − 7.00kˆ . What is the charge (C) enclosed by the structure?

a) 7.5110

−10

b) 1.92 10 c) 6.78 10

−9

−10

d) 4.46 10 e) 1.27 10

−9

f) 6.90 10

−9

g) 3.33 10

−10

h) 2.23 10 i) 1.9110 j) 0

−9

−11

Answer: e Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Medium Learning Objective 1: LO 23.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 23.2

46) The figure gives the magnitude of the electric field inside and outside a sphere with a uniformly distributed positive charge. Em = 4.00 10 N/C. R = 3.00 cm. What is the charge (C) on the sphere? 6

a) 3.92 10

−6

b) 4.00 10 c) 7.17 10

−7

−6

d) 4.95 10

−6

e) 6.70 10 f) 2.14 10

−6

−7

g) 2.1110

−6

h) 8.29 10

−6

i) 9.5110

−6

j) 5.1110

−7

Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Medium Learning Objective 1: LO 23.6.0 Section Reference 1: Section 23.6

ˆ ˆ m2. What is the flux of an electric field 47) A surface has the area vector A = (−3.00iˆ − 5.00j+2.00k) ˆ N/C? (N m2/C) through it if the field is E = (4.00iˆ + 2.00jˆ + 1.00k) a) 1 b) 5 c) -20 d) -8 e) 7 f) -7 g) 3 h) -9 i) -10 j) -3 Answer: c Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 23.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 23.1

48) The figure shows a Gaussian cylinder that extends through a charged plastic sheet with uniform −9

charge density 7.00 10 C/m2. The cylinder is shown in cross section, has radius 2.00 10 perpendicular to the sheet. What is the charge (C) enclosed by the cylinder?

−3

m, and is

a) 8.80 10

−14

b) 3.17 10 c) 2.36 10

−13

d) 3.67 10 e) 4.82 10 f) 7.96 10

−15

−14

−13

g) 2.23 10

−15

h) 5.50 10

−13

i) 9.13 10

−14

j) 7.93 10

−14

Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 23.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 23.5

49) The figure shows three parallel, infinite, nonconducting sheets of charge and their surface charge densities. (You see the cross section of the sheets.)

1 = +4.00 C/m2

 2 = +12.0 C/m2

 3 = −5.00 C/m2

What is the magnitude (N/C) of the net electric field at point P?

a) 4.44 105 b) 6.78 105 c) 8.20 105 d) 8.19 104 e) 1.65 104 f) 7.73 105 g) 4.61104 h) 9.87 104 i) 1.69 105 j) 3.39 105 Answer: i Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Medium Learning Objective 1: LO 23.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 23.5

50) The figure shows three parallel, infinite, nonconducting sheets of charge and their surface charge densities. (You see the cross section of the sheets.)

1 = +4.00 C/m2

 2 = +12.0 C/m2

 3 = −5.00 C/m2

What is the direction of the net electric field at P?

a) leftward b) rightward Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 23.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 23.5

51) The figure shows (in cross section) a spherical metal shell with a hollow. A particle of charge Q is placed at the center of the shell (at the center of the hollow). The metal of the shell has a net charge of

−6.0 10−6 C. The electric field at point P (which is 2.0 m from the center of the shell) has magnitude 8.00 103 N/C outward. What is charge Q of the particle in microcouloumbs?

a) +1.2 b) -3.5 c) -11 d) -2.4 e) -5.3 f) 0 g) -4.2 h) +9.6 i) +6.2 j) +7.8 Answer: h Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 23.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 23.3

52) The figure shows a Gaussian rectangular structure with sides parallel to the axes and in the electric field E = (7.00 x + 8.00)iˆ − 6.00jˆ − 5.00kˆ N/C. What is the charge (C) enclosed by the structure?

a) 7.5110

−10

b) 1.92 10 c) 6.78 10

−9

−10

d) 4.46 10 e) 1.27 10

−9

f) 6.90 10

−9

g) 3.33 10

−10 −9

h) 2.23 10 i) 1.9110 j) 0

−11

Answer: h Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Medium Learning Objective 1: LO 23.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 23.2

53) The figure gives the magnitude of the electric field inside and outside a sphere with a uniformly distributed positive charge. Em = 9.50 107 N/C. R = 3.00 cm. What is the charge (C) on the sphere?

a) 3.92 10

−6

b) 4.00 10

−6

c) 7.17 10

d) 4.95 10 e) 6.70 10 f) 2.14 10

−7

−6

−7

g) 2.1110

−6

h) 8.29 10

−6

i) 9.5110

−6

j) 5.1110

−7

Answer: i Title:

Question ID: Difficulty: Medium Learning Objective 1: LO 23.6.0 Section Reference 1: Section 23.6

54) The figure shows three situations in which the same charged particle is surrounded by a concentric Gaussian sphere. (1) sphere has radius R (2) sphere has radius 2R (3) sphere has radius 2R and also surrounds a neutral metal spherical shell Rank the three situations according to the magnitude of the electric flux through the surface of the Gaussian sphere, greatest first. ( ) indicates a tie.

55) The figure shows three points at which an electron can be released near an infinite flat nonconducting sheet (shown in cross section) that has a uniform positive charge. Rank those points according to the acceleration magnitude that the electron will have due to the Coulomb force once it is released, greatest first. ( ) indicates a tie.

a) 1, 2, 3 b) 1, 3, 2 c) 2, 1, 3 d) 2, 3, 1 e) 3, 2, 1 f) 3, 1, 2 g) (1,2), 3 h) 3, (1,2) i) 2, (1,3) j) (1,2,3) Answer: j Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 23.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 23.5

56) The figure gives the magnitude of the electric field E versus radial distance r from the center of a uniformly charged ball (a plasma ball). Em = 50.0 N/C. Two points have E = 25.0 N/C. What is the smaller value r1 (m)? The value of R is 0.200 m.

a) 0.080 b) 0.100 c) 0.073 d) 0.135 e) 0.182 f) 0.065

g) 0.050 h) 0.044 i) 0.154 j) 0.200 Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Medium Learning Objective 1: LO 23.6.0 Section Reference 1: Section 23.6

57) The figure shows, in cross section, a spherical conducting shell that surrounds a particle of charge q. The charge on the internal shell surface is +5e and on the external surface is -8e. What is q?

a) -9e b) -13e c) -4e d) -5e e) 0 f) +9e g) +13e h) +4e i) +5e j) +36e Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 23.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 23.3

58) The figure shows, in cross section, a spherical conducting shell that surrounds a particle of charge q. The charge on the internal shell surface is +5e and on the external surface is -8e. Point P is outside the shell. What is the magnitude (N/C) of the electric field at point P, at distance r = 0.200 m from the center of the shell?

a) 3.96 10 b) 1.08 10 c) 1.85 10

−7

−8 −7

d) 2.88 10 e) 9.03 10 f) 6.34 10

−8

−7

g) 9.50 10

−7

h) 2.52 10 i) 5.86 10

−7

−8

j) 7.70 10

−8

Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 23.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 23.3

59) The figure shows, in cross section, a spherical conducting shell that surrounds a particle of charge q. The charge on the internal shell surface is +5e and on the external surface is -8e. Point P is outside the shell. What is the direction of the electric field at point P, at distance r = 0.200 m from the center of the shell?

a) toward shell b) away from shell Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Medium Learning Objective 1: LO 23.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 23.2

60) The figure shows a rectangular Gaussian structure that lies in an electric field given by

E = (3.00 + x)iˆ N/C. What is the net charge (C) enclosed by the structure?

a) 1.46 10

−9

b) 7.1110

−10

c) 8.64 10

−10 −9

d) 1.19 10 e) 5.53 × 10−10 f) 3.58 10

−10

g) 2.39 10 h) 3.98 10 i) 7.09 10 j) 9.03 10

−9

−10

−11

Answer: h Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Medium Learning Objective 1: LO 23.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 23.2

61) The figure shows, in cross section (edge view), four charged infinite nonconducting sheets with these surface charge densities:

1 = +3.00  C/m2 ,  2 = −2.00  C/m2 ,  3 = +5.00  C/m2 , and  4 = −2.00 C/m2 . What is the magnitude of the net electric field (N/C) at point P?

a) 8.60 10

b) 4.52 10

c) 1.13 10

d) 2.25 10

e) 1.97 10

f) 9.8110

g) 1.73 10

h) 5.60 10 i) 4.92 10 j) 8.22 10

Answer: c Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Medium Learning Objective 1: LO 23.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 23.5

62) The figure shows a charged wire on the central axis of a cylindrical plastic shell with radius 0.015 m. −8

The electric field outside the shell is zero. The wire has linear charge density −5.0 10 C/m. What is the uniform surface charge density (C/m2) on the plastic shell?

a) 2.4 10

−9

b) 9.110

−8

c) 7.6 10

−4

d) 3.2 10 e) 5.3 10 f) 4.8 10

−7

−9

g) 8.9 10

−8

h) 4.3 10 i) 4.9 10 j) 1.2 10

−5

−4

−5

−7

Answer: e Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Medium Learning Objective 1: LO 23.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 23.4

−3

63) The figure shows a uniform electric field (30.0 N/C) piercing area 4.00 10 m2. The angle between the field vector and the area vector is θ = 35.0º. What is the flux (N m2/C) through A?

a) 2.46 10

−3

b) 9.83 10 c) 0.282 d) 0.324

−2

e) 5.35 10 f) 4.82 10

−3

g) 7.15 10

−2

h) 4.39 10 i) 0.492 j) 4.4110

−4

−2

Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 23.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 23.1

64) The figure gives the magnitude of the electric field E versus radial distance r from the center of a uniformly charged ball (a plasma ball). Em = 50.0 N/C. Two points have E = 25.0 N/C. What is the smaller value r1 (m)? The value of R is 0.400 m.

a) 0.080 b) 0.100 c) 0.073 d) 0.135 e) 0.182 f) 0.065 g) 0.050 h) 0.044 i) 0.154 j) 0.200 Answer: j Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Medium Learning Objective 1: LO 23.6.0 Section Reference 1: Section 23.6

65) The figure shows, in cross section, a spherical conducting shell that surrounds a particle of charge q. The charge on the internal shell surface is -4e and on the external surface is +11e. What is q?

a) -9e b) -13e c) -4e d) -5e e) 0 f) +9e g) +13e h) +4e

i) +5e j) +36e Answer: h Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 23.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 23.3

66) The figure shows, in cross section, a spherical conducting shell that surrounds a particle of charge q. The charge on the internal shell surface is -4e and on the external surface is +11e. What is the magnitude (N/C) of the electric field at point P, which is outside the shell at distance r = 0.200 m from the center of the shell?

a) 3.96 10 b) 1.08 10 c) 1.85 10

−7

−8 −7

d) 2.88 10 e) 9.03 10 f) 6.34 10

−8

−7

g) 9.50 10

−7

h) 2.52 10 i) 5.86 10

−7

−8

j) 7.70 10

−8

Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 23.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 23.3

67) The figure shows, in cross section, a spherical conducting shell that surrounds a particle of charge q. The charge on the internal shell surface is -4e and on the external surface is +11e. What is the direction

of the electric field at point P, which is outside the shell at distance r = 0.200 m from the center of the shell?

a) toward shell b) away from shell Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 23.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 23.3

68) The figure shows a rectangular Gaussian structure that lies in an electric field given by

E = (5.00 + 3.00 x)iˆ N/C. What is the net charge (C) enclosed by the structure?

a) 1.46 10

−9

b) 7.1110

−10

c) 8.64 10

−10

d) 1.19 10

−9

e) 5,53 10−10 f) 3.58 10

−10

g) 2.39 10 h) 3.98 10 i) 7.09 10 j) 9.03 10 Answer: d Title:

−9

−10

−11

Question ID: Difficulty: Medium Learning Objective 1: LO 23.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 23.2

69) The figure shows, in cross section (edge view), four charged infinite nonconducting sheets with these surface charge densities:

1 = −3.00  C/m2 ,  2 = +2.00  C/m2 ,  3 = +5.00  C/m2 , and  4 = −2.00 C/m2 . What is the magnitude of the net electric field (N/C) at point P?

a) 8.60 10

b) 4.52 10

c) 1.13 10

d) 2.25 10

e) 1.97 10

f) 9.8110

g) 1.73 10

h) 5.60 10 i) 4.92 10 j) 8.22 10

Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Medium Learning Objective 1: LO 23.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 23.5

−3

70) The figure shows a uniform electric field (50 N/C) piercing area A = 6.00 10 m2. The angle between the field vector and the area vector is θ = 20.0º. What is the flux (N m2/C) through A?

a) 2.46 10

−3

b) 9.83 10 c) 0.282 d) 0.324

−2

e) 5.35 10 f) 4.82 10

−3

g) 7.15 10

−2

h) 4.39 10 i) 0.492 j) 4.4110

−4

−2

Answer: c Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 23.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 23.1

71) The figure shows, in cross section (edge view), four charged infinite nonconducting sheets. The uniform surface charge densities are 1 = +3.0  C/m2 ,  2 = −3.0  C/m2 ,  3 = +3.0  C/m2 , and

 4 = −3.0 C/m2 . Three (empty) points are indicated. Rank them according to the magnitude of the net electric field there due to the sheets, greatest first. ( ) indicates a tie.

a) 1, 2, 3 b) 1, 3, 2 c) 2, 1, 3 d) 2, 3, 1 e) 3, 2, 1 f) 3, 1, 2 g) (1,2), 3

h) 3, (1,2) i) 2, (1,3) j) (1,2,3) Answer: i Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 23.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 23.5

72) The figure shows, in cross section, a spherical conducting shell that surrounds a particle of charge q. The shell has charge q1 = +4e on the interior surface and charge q2 = +9e on the exterior surface. What is the value of q (C)?

a) -9e b) -13e c) -4e d) -5e e) 0 f) +9e g) +13e h) +4e i) +5e j) +36e Answer: c Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 23.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 23.

73) The figure shows, in cross section, a spherical conducting shell that surrounds a particle of charge q. The shell has charge q1 = +4e on the interior surface and charge q2 = +9e on the exterior surface. What is the magnitude (N/C) of the electric field at point P, at distance r = 0.20 m from the center of the shell?

a) 4.9 10

−7

b) 1.8 10 c) 1.110

−7

−8

d) 3.2 10 e) 9.0 10 f) 7.2 10

−7

−8

g) 9.5 10

−7

h) 6.3 10

−8

i) 5.8 10

−8

j) 4.0 10

−8

Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 23.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 23.3

74) The figure shows a rectangular Gaussian structure that lies in an electric field given by

ˆ What is the net charge (C) enclosed by the structure? E = 3.0iˆ + 2.0 yˆj + 4.0k.

a) 0 b) 1.110

−9

c) 8.6 10

−10

d) 4.3 10 e) 5.3 10

−9

−10

f) 7.5 10

−9

g) 6.7 10

−11

h) 4.2 10

−10

i) 7.9 10 j) 9.3 10

−9

Answer: e Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Medium Learning Objective 1: LO 23.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 23.2

75) The figure shows a thin central rod (with uniform linear charge density) that is surrounded by a thin concentric cylindrical metal shell and with interior radius R = 0.090 m. Both shell and rod are very long. The magnitude of the electric field at a point at radius r = 0.030 m from the rod is 225 N/C. How much charge (C) is on a length of 2.0 m of the rod?

a) 2.9 10

−15

b) 6.9 10 c) 1.2 10

−13

d) 5.2 10 e) 7.9 10 f) 1.8 10

−15

−12

−13

g) 7.5 10 h) 2.0 10 i) 6.7 10 j) 9.110

−11

−10

−9

−7

−11

Answer: g Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Medium

Learning Objective 1: LO 23.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 23.5

76) A uniformly charged ball (a plasma ball) has a radius of 0.200 m. The electric field on its surface is outward and has a magnitude of 40.0 N/C. Two radial distances (two radii) have a field magnitude of 20.0 N/C. What is the smaller value r1 (m)? a) 0.065 b) 0.050 c) 0.044 d) 0.150 e) 0.119 f) 0.080 g) 0.100 h) 0.073 i) 0.135 j) 0.182 Answer: g Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 23.6.0 Section Reference 1: Section 23.6

77) A uniformly charged ball (a plasma ball) has a radius of 0.200 m. The electric field on its surface is outward and has a magnitude of 40.0 N/C. Two radial distances (two radii) have a field magnitude of 20.0 N/C. What is the larger value r2 (m)? a) 0.667 b) 1.22 c) 0.781 d) 0.341 e) 0.367 f) 0.560 g) 0.283 h) 0.424 i) 0.382 j) 0.523 Answer: g Title: Question ID:

Difficulty: Medium Learning Objective 1: LO 23.6.0 Section Reference 1: Section 23.6

78) The figure shows, in cross section, a spherical conducting shell that surrounds a particle of charge q. The shell has charge q1 = −5e on the interior surface and charge q2 = −7e on the exterior surface. What is the value of q (C)?

a) -9e b) -13e c) -4e d) -5e e) 0 f) +9e g) +13e h) +4e i) +5e j) +36e Answer: i Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 23.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 23.3

79) The figure shows, in cross section, a spherical conducting shell that surrounds a particle of charge q. The shell has charge q1 = −5e on the interior surface and charge q2 = −7e on the exterior surface. What is the magnitude (N/C) of the electric field at point P, at distance r = 0.40 m from the center of the shell?

a) 4.9 10 b) 1.8 10 c) 1.110

−7

−8

d) 3.2 10 e) 9.0 10 f) 7.2 10

−7

−8

g) 9.5 10

−7

h) 6.3 10

−8

i) 5.8 10

−8

j) 4.0 10

−8

Answer: h Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Medium Learning Objective 1: LO 23.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 23.3

80) The figure shows a thin central rod (with uniform linear charge density) that is surrounded by a thin concentric cylindrical metal shell with interior radius R = 0.090 m. Both shell and rod are very long. The magnitude of the electric field at a point at radius r = 0.030 m from the rod is 600 N/C. How much charge (C) is on a length of 2.0 m of the rod?

a) 2.9 10

−15

b) 6.9 10 c) 1.2 10

−13

d) 5.2 10 e) 7.9 10 f) 1.8 10

−15

−12

−13

g) 7.5 10 h) 2.0 10 i) 6.7 10 j) 9.110

−11

−10

−9

−7

−11

Answer: h

Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Medium Learning Objective 1: LO 23.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 23.4

81) The figure shows a rectangular Gaussian structure that lies in an electric field given by

ˆ What is the net charge (C) enclosed by the structure? E = 3.00iˆ + 2.00jˆ + 4.00 zk.

a) 0 b) 1.110

−9

c) 8.6 10

−10

d) 4.3 10 e) 5.3 10

−9

−10

f) 7.5 10

−9

g) 6.7 10

−11

h) 4.2 10

−10

i) 7.9 10 j) 9.3 10

−9

Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Medium Learning Objective 1: LO 23.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 23.2

82) A uniformly charged ball (a plasma ball) has a radius of 0.300 m. The electric field on its surface is outward and has a magnitude of 60.0 N/C. Two radial distances (two radii) have a field magnitude of 30 N/C. What is the smaller value r1 (m)? a) 0.065

b) 0.050 c) 0.044 d) 0.150 e) 0.119 f) 0.080 g) 0.100 h) 0.073 i) 0.135 j) 0.182 Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 23.6.0 Section Reference 1: Section 23.6

83) A uniformly charged ball (a plasma ball) has a radius of 0.300 m. The electric field on its surface is outward and has a magnitude of 60.0 N/C. Two radial distances (two radii) have a field magnitude of 30 N/C. What is the larger value r2 (m)? a) 0.667 b) 1.22 c) 0.781 d) 0.341 e) 0.367 f) 0.560 g) 0.283 h) 0.424 i) 0.382 j) 0.523 Answer: h Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Medium Learning Objective 1: LO 23.6.0 Section Reference 1: Section 23.6

ˆ m2. What is the flux of an electric field 84) A surface has the area vector A = (−3.00iˆ + 5.00jˆ + 2.00k) ˆ N/C? (N m2/C) through it if the field is E = (4.00iˆ + 2.00jˆ − 1.00k) a) 0

b) 1 c) -2 d) 3 e) 4 f) -1 g) 2 h) -3 i) -4 j) -6 Answer: i Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 23.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 23.1

85) The figure shows a Gaussian cylinder that extends through a charged plastic sheet with uniform −9

−3

charge density 4.00 10 C/m2. The cylinder is shown in cross section, has radius 7.00 10 m, and is perpendicular to the sheet. What is the charge (C) enclosed by the cylinder?

a) 8.64 10

−14

b) 1.17 10

−15

c) 1.4110

−13

d) 3.33 10

−14

e) 4.02 10

−14

f) 6.16 10

−13

g) 2.98 10 h) 3.83 10 i) 5.03 10

−15

−13

−14

j) 6.99 10

−14

Answer: f Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 23.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 23.5

86) The figure shows three parallel, infinite, nonconducting sheets of charge and their surface charge densities. (You see the cross section of the sheets.)

1 = −4.00 C/m2

 2 = +3.00 C/m2

 3 = −5.00 C/m2

What is the magnitude (N/C) of the net electric field at point P?

a) 3.39 105 b) 9.35 105 c) 5.20 105 d) 8.29 104 e) 5.65 104 f) 1.13 105 g) 7.06 104 h) 9.11104 i) 2.26 105 j) 1.70 105 Answer: f Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Medium Learning Objective 1: LO 23.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 23.5

87) The figure shows three parallel, infinite, nonconducting sheets of charge and their surface charge densities. (You see the cross section of the sheets.)

1 = −4.00 C/m2

 2 = +3.00 C/m2

 3 = −5.00 C/m2

What is the direction of the net electric field at P?

a) leftward b) rightward Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 23.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 23.5

88) The figure shows (in cross section) a spherical metal shell with a hollow. A particle of charge Q is placed at the center of the shell (at the center of the hollow). The metal of the shell has a net charge of

−8.0 10−6 C. The electric field at point P (which is 2.0 m from the center of the shell) has magnitude 6.74 103 N/C outward. What is charge Q of the particle in microcouloumbs?

a) +4.0 b) -2.0 c) -14 d) -25 e) -8.0 f) 0 g) -5.0 h) +12 i) +11 j) +8.0 Answer: i

Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 23.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 23.3

89) The figure shows a Gaussian rectangular structure with sides parallel to the axes and in the electric field E = (3.00 x + 2.00)iˆ + 4.00jˆ + 14.0kˆ N/C. What is the charge (C) enclosed by the structure?

a) 8.50 10

−10

b) 3.72 10 c) 4.78 10

−10

d) 2.23 10 e) 1.59 10 f) 6.37 10

−9

−10

g) 9.56 10

−10

h) 2.66 10 i) 7.9110 j) 0

−9

−11

Answer: g Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Medium Learning Objective 1: LO 23.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 23.2

90) The figure gives the magnitude of the electric field inside and outside a sphere with a uniformly distributed positive charge. Em = 3.00 107 N/C. R =3.00 cm. What is the charge (C) on the sphere?

a) 3.33 10 b) 7.2110

−6

c) 6.67 10

−6

d) 5.50 10 e) 3.00 10 f) 2.54 10

−6

g) 2.09 10 h) 8.09 10 i) 8.5110

−6

j) 5.02 10

−6

Answer: e Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Medium Learning Objective 1: LO 23.6.0 Section Reference 1: Section 23.6

ˆ m2. What is the flux of an electric field (N m2/C) 91) A surface has the area vector A = (3iˆ − 5jˆ + 2k)

ˆ N/C? through it if the field is E = (4iˆ + 2jˆ + k) a) 0 b) 1 c) -2 d) 3 e) 4 f) -1 g) 2 h) -3 i) -4 j) -6 Answer: e Title: Question ID:

Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 23.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 23.1

92) The figure shows a Gaussian cylinder that extends through a charged plastic sheet with uniform −9

charge density 5.00 10 C/m2. The cylinder is shown in cross section, has radius 3.00 mm, and is perpendicular to the sheet. What is the charge (C) enclosed by the cylinder?

a) 8.64 10

−14

b) 1.17 10

−15

c) 1.4110

−13

d) 3.33 10

−14

e) 4.02 10

−14

f) 6.16 10

−13

g) 2.98 10 h) 3.83 10 i) 5.03 10

−15

−13

−14

j) 6.99 10

−14

Answer: c Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 23.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 23.5

93) The figure shows three parallel, infinite, nonconducting sheets of charge and their surface charge densities. (You see the cross section of the sheets.)

1 = +6.00 C/m2

 2 = −2.00 C/m2

 3 = +5.00 C/m2

What is the magnitude (N/C) of the net electric field at point P?

a) 3.39 105 b) 9.35 105 c) 5.20 105 d) 8.29 104 e) 5.65 104 f) 1.13 105 g) 7.06 104 h) 9.11104 i) 2.26 105 j) 1.70 105 Answer: j Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Medium Learning Objective 1: LO 23.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 23.5

94) The figure shows three parallel, infinite, nonconducting sheets of charge and their surface charge densities. (You see the cross section of the sheets.)

1 = +6.00 C/m2

 2 = −2.00 C/m2

What is the direction of the net electric field at P?

a) leftward b) rightward

 3 = +5.00 C/m2

Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 23.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 23.5

95) The figure shows (in cross section) a spherical metal shell with a hollow. A particle of charge Q is placed at the center of the shell (at the center of the hollow). The metal of the shell has a net charge of

+5.00 10−6 C. The electric field at point P (which is 2.0 m from the center of the shell) has magnitude 6.74 103 N/C outward. What is charge Q of the particle in microcouloumbs?

a) +4.0 b) -2.0 c) -14 d) -25 e) -8.0 f) 0 g) -5.0 h) +12 i) +11 j) +8.0 Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 23.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 23.3

96) The figure shows a Gaussian rectangular structure with sides parallel to the axes and in the electric field E = (5.00 x − 7.00)iˆ + 5.00jˆ − 21.0kˆ N/C. What is the charge (C) enclosed by the structure?

a) 8.50 10

−10

b) 3.72 10 c) 4.78 10

−10

d) 2.23 10 e) 1.59 10 f) 6.37 10

−9

−10

g) 9.56 10

−10

h) 2.66 10 i) 7.9110 j) 0

−9

−11

Answer: e Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Medium Learning Objective 1: LO 23.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 23.2

97) The figure gives the magnitude of the electric field inside and outside a sphere with a uniformly distributed positive charge. Em = 8.50 107 N/C. R = 3.00 cm. What is the charge (C) on the sphere?

a) 3.33 10 b) 7.2110

−6

c) 6.67 10

−6

d) 5.50 10

−6

e) 3.00 10 f) 2.54 10

−6

g) 2.09 10 h) 8.09 10 i) 8.5110

−6

j) 5.02 10

−6

Answer: i Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 23.6.0 Section Reference 1: Section 23.6

Package Title: Test Bank Questions Chapter 24 Course Title: Halliday 12e Chapter Number: Chapter 24

Question type: Multiple-Choice

1) The figure shows a proton that is shot with a certain speed v0 from the left plate to the right plate. The plates are parallel. Here are three choices for the electric potentials on the left and right plates. Rank the choices according to the speed the proton will have as it reaches the right plate, greatest first. ( ) indicates a tie. left plate right plate (1) 100 0 (2) -125 -225 (3) 60 -20

a) 1, 2, 3 b) 1, 3, 2 c) 2, 1, 3 d) 2, 3, 1 e) 3, 2, 1 f) 3, 1, 2 g) (1,2), 3 h) 3, (1,2) i) (1,3), 2 j) (1,2,3) Answer: g Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 24.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 24.1

2) The figure shows two points. Here are three choices for the electric field that we can set up in this region. Rank the choices according to the potential difference V2 – V1 that would result between the two points, most positive first, most negative last. ( ) indicates a tie. (1) E = 1 N/C, positive direction of x (2) E = 2 N/C, positive direction of x (3) E = 2 N/C, negative direction of x

a) 1, 2, 3 b) 1, 3, 2 c) 2, 1, 3 d) 2, 3, 1 e) 3, 2, 1 f) 3, 1, 2 g) (1,2), 3 h) 3, (1,2) i) (1,3), 2 j) (1,2,3) Answer: f Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 24.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 24.2

3) The figure shows a triangle with charged particles at the corners. Here are three choices of the particles. Rank the choices according to the electric potential energy of the three-particle system, most positive first, most negative last. ( ) indicates a tie. q1 q2 q3 (1) +e +2e +e (2) -e +2e +e (3) -2e +2e +e

a) 1, 2, 3 b) 1, 3, 2 c) 2, 1, 3 d) 2, 3, 1 e) 3, 2, 1 f) 3, 1, 2 g) (1,2), 3 h) 3, (1,2) i) (1,3), 2 j) (1,2,3) Answer: a Title:

Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 24.7.0 Section Reference 1: Section 24.7

4) The figure shows two charged particles fixed in place. How much work (J) must we do to bring in a third charged particle (Q = +3e) to the point P indicated, starting from an infinite distance? d1 = 2.00 m, d2. = 5.00 m, q1 = +6e, q2 = -8e

a) 4.22 10−28 b) 4.67 10−28 c) 9.67 10−28 d) 7.08 10−28 e) 3.46 10−27 f) 6.90 10−28 g) 2.90 10−27 h) 8.54 10−28 i) 5.67 10−27 j) 1.28 10−28 Answer: c Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 24.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 24.3

5) The figure shows two parallel plates. The graph indicates the potential at points between the two plates, with V2 = 20 V at x2 = 0.40 m and V1 = 15 V at x1 = 0.30 m. An electron is released from rest at x1, and that release point and the plate locations are aligned with the graph. What is the magnitude of the electric force (N) on the electron?

a) 8.0 10−18 b) 1.3 10−18 c) 2.7 10−18 d) 7.4 10−18 e) 9.8 10−18 f) 4.5 10−18 g) 9.2 10−18 h) 5.2 10−18 i) 2.4 10−17 j) 3.3 10−18 Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 24.6.0 Section Reference 1: Section 24.6

6) The figure shows two parallel plates. The graph indicates the potential at points (x1 = 0.300 m and x2 = 0.400 m) between the two plates, with V2 = 20 V and V1 = 15 V. An electron is released from rest at x1, and that release point and the plate locations are aligned with the graph. What is the electron’s speed (m/s) just as it runs into a plate? (You must decide which plate it hits.)

a) 3.98 106 b) 8.76 106 c) 2.30 106 d) 8.21106 e) 9.43 106 f) 6.28 106 g) 4.19 106 h) 5.75 106 i) 1.33 106 j) 2.30 106 Answer: i Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 24.6.0 Section Reference 1: Section 24.6 7) The electric potential along an x axis is given by V = 3.0x2. What is the electric field magnitude (N/C or V/m) at x = 4.0 m on the axis? a) 0 b) 18 c) 36 d) 44 e) 2.0 f) 12 g) 16 h) 24 i) 8.0 j) 38 Answer: h Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 24.6.0 Section Reference 1: Section 24.6 8) The figure shows two charged particles fixed in place: q1 = −5e, q2 = +2e, L = 0.500 m. At which of these coordinates (m) on the x axis is the net electric potential equal to zero?

a) 0.390 b) 0.357 c) 0.115 d) 0.313 e) 0.432 f) -0.110 g) -0.473 h) -0.239 i) -0.184 j) -0.349 Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 24.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 24.3

9) The figure shows a rectangular array of charged particles: d = 3.00 cm and D = 4.00 cm. What is the net electric potential (V) at the center of the rectangle? q1 = -16e, q2 = -4e, q3 = +9e, q4 = +12e, q5 = +6e, q6 = -9e, q7 = -4e, q8 = +16e.

a) 1.24 10−7 b) 5.75 10−7 c) 7.19 10−7 d) 1.40 10−7 e) 3.33 10−7 f) 6.09 10−7 g) 1.89 10−7 h) 4.5110−7

i) 6.67 10−7 j) 8.03 10−7 Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 24.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 24.3

10) The figure shows two charged particles fixed in place. How much work (J) must we do to bring in a third charged particle (Q = +9e) to the point P indicated, starting from an infinite distance? d1 = 2.00 m, d2. = 5.00 m, q1 = +6e, q2 = -8e

a) 4.22 10−28 b) 4.67 10−28 c) 9.67 10−28 d) 7.08 10−28 e) 3.46 10−27 f) 6.90 10−28 g) 2.90 10−27 h) 8.54 10−28 i) 5.67 10−27 j) 1.28 10−28 Answer: g Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 24.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 24.3

11) The figure shows two parallel plates. The graph indicates the potential at points between the two plates, with V2 = 60 V at x2 = 0.40 m and V1 = 45 V at x1 = 0.30 m. An electron is released from rest x1, and that release point and the plate locations are aligned with the graph. What is the magnitude of the electric force (N) on the electron?

a) 8.0 10−18 b) 1.3 10−18 c) 2.7 10−18 d) 7.4 10−18 e) 9.8 10−18 f) 4.5 10−18 g) 9.2 10−18 h) 5.2 10−18 i) 2.4 10−17 j) 3.3 10−18 Answer: i Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 24.6.0 Section Reference 1: Section 24.6

12) The figure shows two parallel plates. The graph indicates the potential at points (x1 = 0.300 m and x2 = 0.400 m) between the two plates with V2 = 60.0 V and V1 = 45.0 V. An electron is released from rest at x1, and that release point and the plate locations are aligned with the graph. What is its speed (m/s) just as it runs into a plate? (You must decide which plate it hits.)

a) 3.98 106 b) 8.76 106 c) 2.30 106 d) 8.21106 e) 9.43 106 f) 6.28 106 g) 4.19 106 h) 5.75 106 i) 1.33 106 j) 2.30 106 Answer: c Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 24.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 24.1 13) The electric potential along an x axis is given by V = 5.5x2. What is the electric field magnitude (N/C or V/m) at x = 4.0 m on the axis? a) 0 b) 18 c) 36 d) 44 e) 2.0 f) 12 g) 16 h) 24 i) 8.0 j) 38 Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 24.6.0 Section Reference 1: Section 24.6 14) The figure shows two charged particles fixed in place: q1 = −5e, q2 = +3e, L = 0.500 m. At which of these coordinates (m) on the x axis is the net electric potential equal to zero?

a) 0.390 b) 0.357 c) 0.115 d) 0.313 e) 0.432 f) -0.110 g) -0.473 h) -0.239 i) -0.184 j) -0.349 Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 24.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 24.3

15) The figure shows a rectangular array of charged particles: d = 3.00 cm and D = 8.00 cm. What is the net electric potential (V) at the center of the rectangle? q1 = -16e, q2 = -4e, q3 = +9e, q4 = +12e, q5 = +6e, q6 = -9e, q7 = -4e, q8 = +16e

a) 1.24 10−7 b) 5.75 10−7 c) 7.19 10−7 d) 1.40 10−7 e) 3.33 10−7 f) 6.09 10−7 g) 1.89 10−7 h) 4.5110−7

i) 6.67 10−7 j) 8.03 10−7 Answer: c Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 24.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 24.3

16) The figure shows three graphs of how a potential varies along an x axis. V1 = -200 V, x1 = 0.20 m V2 = 400 V, x2 = 0.40 m V3 = 300 V, x3 = 0.10 m Rank the situations according to the magnitude of the electric field along the axis, greatest magnitude first. ( ) indicates a tie.

a) 1, 2, 3 b) 1, 3, 2 c) 2, 1, 3 d) 2, 3, 1 e) 3, 2, 1 f) 3, 1, 2 g) (2,3), 1 h) 3, (1,2) i) (1,2), 3 j) (1,2,3) Answer: h Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 24.6.0 Section Reference 1: Section 24.6

17) The figure shows an electron between two parallel plates that are at different potentials. Here, for three situations, are the potentials on the two plates Situation Left Plate Right Plate 1 700 V 500 V 2 100 V -100 V 3 0 200 V Rank the situations according to the magnitude of the electric force on the electron, greatest magnitude first. ( ) indicates a tie.

a) 1, 2, 3 b) 1, 3, 2 c) 2, 1, 3 d) 2, 3, 1 e) 3, 2, 1 f) 3, 1, 2 g) (2,3), 1 h) 3, (1,2) i) (1,2), 3 j) (1,2,3) Answer: j Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 24.6.0 Section Reference 1: Section 24.6

18) The figure shows an electron coming in from the left along the x axis, toward a particle with charge q1 = +5e that is fixed in place at x1 = 0.500 m. The electron began at rest at x = -3.00 m. What is the electron’s speed (m/s) when it passes the origin of the coordinate system?

a) 65.8 b) 64.9 c) 20.2 d) 58.0 e) 71.1 f) 40.1 g) 17.8 h) 50.3 i) 33.9 j) 23.0 Answer: a Title:

Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 24.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 24.3

19) The figure shows three concentric circular arcs. Two are half circles; the other is a full circle. The charges and radii of the arcs are these: q1 = +4.0 E-15 C and r1 = 2.0 E-2 m q2 = -6.0 E-15 C and r2 = 3.0 E-2 m q3 = -20.0 E-15 C and r3 = 4.0 E-2 m What is the net electric potential (mV) at the common center of curvature?

a) -2.50 b) -4.50 c) -7.02 d) -1.35 e) +8.09 f) 7.29 g) +2.81 h) +4.95 i) +4.27 j) +3.67 Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 24.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 24.5

20) The figure shows a rectangular arrangement of eight charged particles, with lengths D = 4.00 m and d = 2.00 m. What is the net electric potential (nV) at the center? q1 = -5e, q2 = -3e, q3 = -3e, q4 = -6e, q5 = +6e, q6 = +3e, q7 = -5e, q8 = +5e.

a) +82.3 b) -3.84 c) -6.87 d) +3.33 e) -3.33 f) -1.28 g) +4.61 h) -2.88 i) -45.2 j) -4.21 Answer: h Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 24.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 24.3

21) The figure shows two charged particles that are fixed in place: q1 = -2e q2 = +5e L = 2.00 m. At which coordinate (m) on the x axis is their net electric potential zero? There are two answers. One of them is contained in the array here.

a) +1.60 b) +0.0750 c) +0.422 d) +0.150 e) +0.192 f) +1.30 g) +0.125 h) +0.190 i) +1.50 j) +0.571

Answer: j Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 24.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 24.3

22) The figure shows two charged particles that are fixed in place: q1 = -2e q2 = +5e L = 2.00 m. At which coordinate (m) on the x axis is their net electric potential zero? There are two answers. One of them is contained in the array here.

a) +0.350 b) +0.400 c) +0.205 d) -0.135 e) -0.200 f) +0.440 g) +3.00 h) -1.33 i) -0.420 j) -0.260 Answer: h Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 24.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 24.3

23) The figure shows three charged particles that are fixed in place. How much work (J) was done to construct this assembly by bringing the particles in from an infinite distance? q1 = -2e q2 = -6e q3 = +e d1 = 2.00 m d2 = 3.00 m d3 = 4.00 m

a) +4.12 10−28 b) −2.67 10−27 c) +9.33 10−29

d) +7.98 10−29 e) −5.87 10−27 f) +8.06 10−28 g) −1.50 10−27 h) −4.59 10−29 i) +3.99 10−28 j) +9.16 10−27 Answer: f Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 24.7.0 Section Reference 1: Section 24.7

24) The figure shows three graphs of how a potential varies along an x axis. V1 = -200 V, x1 = 0.20 m V2 = 400 V, x2 = 0.40 m V3 = 300 V, x3 = 0.30 m Rank the situations according to the magnitude of the electric field along the axis, greatest magnitude first. ( ) indicates a tie.

) 1, 2, 3 b) 1, 3, 2 c) 2, 1, 3 d) 2, 3, 1 e) 3, 2, 1 f) 3, 1, 2 g) (2,3), 1 h) 3, (1,2) i) (1,2), 3 j) (1,2,3) Answer: j Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 24.6.0 Section Reference 1: Section 24.6

25) The figure shows an electron coming in from the left along the x axis, toward a particle with charge q1 = +5e that is fixed in place at x1 = 0.500 m. The electron began at rest at x = -1.00 m. What is the electron’s speed (m/s) when it passes the origin of the coordinate system?

a) 65.8 b) 64.9 c) 20.2 d) 58.0 e) 71.1 f) 40.1 g) 17.8 h) 50.3 i) 33.9 j) 23.0 Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 24.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 24.3

26) The figure shows three concentric circular arcs. Two are half circles; the other is a full circle. The charges and radii of the arcs are these: q1 = +4.0 E-15 C and r1 = 2.0 E-2 m q2 = -6.0 E-15 C and r2 = 3.0 E-2 m q3 = -6.00 E-15 C and r3 = 4.0 E-2 m What is the net electric potential (mV) at the common center of curvature?

a) -2.50 b) -4.50 c) -7.02 d) -1.35 e) +8.09 f) 7.29 g) +2.81 h) +4.95 i) +4.27

j) +3.67 Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 24.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 24.5

27) The figure shows a rectangular arrangement of eight charged particles, with lengths D = 9.00 m and d = 2.00 m. What is the net electric potential (nV) at the center? q1 = -5e, q2 = -3e, q3 = -3e, q4 = -6e, q5 = +6e, q6 = +3e, q7 = -5e, q8 = +5e.

a) +82.3 b) -3.84 c) -6.87 d) +3.33 e) -3.33 f) -1.28 g) +4.61 h) -2.88 i) -45.2 j) -4.21 Answer: f Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 24.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 24.3

28) The figure shows two charged particles that are fixed in place: q1 = -6e q2 = +2e L = 2.00 m. At what coordinate (m) on the x axis is their net electric potential zero? There are two answers. One of them is contained in the array here.

a) +1.60 b) +0.075 c) +0.422 d) +0.150 e) +0.192 f) +1.30 g) +0.125 h) +0.190 i) +1.50 j) +0.571 Answer: i Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 24.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 24.3

29) The figure shows two charged particles that are fixed in place: q1 = -6e q2 = +2e L = 2.00 m. At what coordinate (m) on the x axis is their net electric potential zero? There are two answers. One of them is contained in the array here.

a) +0.350 b) +0.400 c) +0.205 d) -0.135 e) -0.200 f) +0.440 g) +3.00 h) -1.33 i) -0.420 j) -0.260 Answer: g Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate

Learning Objective 1: LO 24.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 24.3

30) The figure shows three charged particles that are fixed in place. How much work (J) was done to construct this assembly by bringing the particles in from an infinite distance? q1 = -2e q2 = -6e q3 = +5e d1 = 2.00 m d2 = 3.00 m d3 = 4.00 m

a) +4.12 10−28 b) −2.67 10−27 c) +9.33 10−29 d) +7.98 10−29 e) −5.87 10−27 f) +8.06 10−28 g) −1.50 10−27 h) −4.59 10−29 i) +3.99 10−28 j) +9.16 10−27 Answer: g Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 24.7.0 Section Reference 1: Section 24.7

31) In the figure, an electron is shot from an infinite distance through the origin and past the two charged particles with charge q = +6e that are fixed in place on the axes at distance d = 2.00 m. The electron has an initial speed of 20.0 m/s. What is its speed (m/s) when it passes through the origin?

a) 49.2 b) 51.3 c) 58.6 d) 68.1 e) 132 f) 37.8

g) 107 h) 16.7 i) 74.5 j) 182 Answer: c Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 24.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 24.3

32) The figure shows three pairs of charged parallel plates, with separations as noted. Rank the pairs according to the magnitude of the electric field between the plates, greatest first. ( ) indicates a tie.

a) 1, 2, 3 b) 1, 3, 2 c) 2, 1, 3 d) 2, 3, 1 e) 3, 2, 1 f) 3, 1, 2 g) (1,2), 3 h) 3, (1,2) i) 2, (1,3) j) (1,2,3) Answer: h Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 24.6.0 Section Reference 1: Section 24.6

33) The figure shows three pairs of charged parallel plates. In which is the electric field between the plates leftward?

a) 1 only b) 2 only c) 3 only d) 1 and 2 e) 1 and 3 f) 2 and 3 g) none h) all three Answer: c Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 24.6.0 Section Reference 1: Section 24.6

34) The figure gives the electric potential V versus position along an x axis. Rank the three regions according to the magnitude of the electric field in them, greatest first. ( ) indicates a tie.

a) 1, 2, 3 b) 1, 3, 2 c) 2, 1, 3 d) 2, 3, 1 e) 3, 2, 1 f) 3, 1, 2 g) (1,2), 3 h) 3, (1,2) i) 2, (1,3) j) (1,2,3) Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 24.6.0

Section Reference 1: Section 24.6

35) The figure gives the electric potential V versus position along an x axis. In which region is the electric field in the negative direction of the x axis?

a) 1 only b) 2 only c) 3 only d) 1 and 2 e) 1 and 3 f) 2 and 3 g) none h) all three Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 24.6.0 Section Reference 1: Section 24.6

36) The figure shows an arrangement of three charged particles: q1 = +2e, q2 = +e, q3 = -2e. We are going to interchange particles 2 and 3 (particle 2 goes to the location of particle 3, and particle 3 goes to the location of particle 2). What happens to the electric potential energy of the system?

(a) increases (b) decreases (c) remains the same Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 24.7.0 Section Reference 1: Section 24.7

37) The figure shows a rod with a uniform charged density . Which of the integrals best gives the net electric potential at point P?

(a)

(b)

k  dx



(D + x )



2k  dx

2 0.5

−D

(D + x )

2 0.5

k  dx

(c)

 D +x

(d)

 D +x

(e)

 D+x

(f)



(g)



2k  dx

−D

(i)

(j)

k  dx

(h)

k  dx −D D + x L k  dx L

(D + x )

k  dx



2 1.5

−D

(D + x )



2k  dx

(D + x )



2k  dx

−D

2 1.5

(D + x ) 2

2 1.5

Answer: e Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 24.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 24.5

38) The figure shows three concentric circular arcs. Two are half circles; the other is a full circle. The charges and radii of the arcs are these: q1 = +4.0 E-15 C and r1 = 2.0 E-2 m q2 = -6.0 E-15 C and r2 = 3.0 E-2 m q3 = -12.0 E-15 C and r3 = 4.0 E-2 m What is the net electric potential (V) at the common center of curvature?

a) −2.70 10−3 b) −4.50 10−3 c) −7.02 10−3 d) −5.05 10−2 e) −8.80 10−2 f) 6.29 10−3 g) 7.8110−3 h) 9.50 10−3 i) 4.67 10−3 j) 3.55 10−3 Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 24.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 24.5

39) The figure shows a square array of five charged particles. The charges of the four corner particles are q1 = -6e¸ q2 = +3e, q3 = +4e, and q4 = -e. The charge of the fifth particle is Q = +3e. The lengths are given by d = 0.0200 m. What is the net electric potential (V) at the center point?

a) 7.9110−6 b) 1.1110−6 c) 6.93 10−6 d) 2.16 10−7 e) 8.33 10−7 f) 6.47 10−7 g) 5.70 10−7 h) 1.72 10−6 i) 1.49 10−7

j) 8.99 10−7 Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 24.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 24.3

40) The figure shows two charged particles that are fixed in place: q1 = +12e and q2 = -6e, with separation L = 2.00 m. At what coordinate (m) on the x axix is the net electric potential zero? There are two answers but only one is listed here.

a) 1.82 b) 0.781 c) 1.64 d) 1.92 e) 1.33 f) 1.50 g) 1.41 h) 2.33 i) 3.02 j) 2.88 Answer: e Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 24.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 24.3

41) In the figure, an electron is shot from an infinite distance through the origin and past the two charged particles that are fixed in place on the axes: q = +6e and d = 2.00 m. The electron has an initial speed of 40.0 m/s. What is its speed (m/s) when it passes through the origin?

a) 49.2

b) 51.3 c) 58.6 d) 68.1 e) 132 f) 37.8 g) 107 h) 16.7 i) 74.5 j) 182 Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 24.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 24.3

42) The figure shows a square array of five charged particles. The charges of the four corner particles are q1 = -6e¸ q2 = +3e, q3 = +4e, and q4 = -e. The charge of the fifth particle is Q = +9e. The lengths are given by d = 0.0200 m. What is the net electric potential (V) at the center point?

a) 7.9110−6 b) 1.1110−6 c) 6.93 10−6 d) 2.16 10−7 e) 8.33 10−7 f) 6.47 10−7 g) 5.70 10−7 h) 1.72 10−6 i) 1.49 10−7 j) 8.99 10−7 Answer: f Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 24.3.0 a Section Reference 1: Section 24.3

43) The figure shows two charged particles that are fixed in place: q1 = +18e and q2 = -6e, with separation L = 2.00 m. At what coordinate (m) on the x axis is the net electric potential zero? There are two answers but only one is listed here.

a) 1.82 b) 0.781 c) 1.64 d) 1.92 e) 1.33 f) 1.50 g) 1.41 h) 2.33 i) 3.02 j) 2.88 Answer: f Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 24.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 24.3

44) In the figure, an electron is shot from an infinite distance along the y axis and through the origin. Three other charged particles are fixed in place on the axes. The electron has an initial speed of v0 = 15.0 m/s. What is its speed (m/s) when it passes through the origin? q1 = +6e (left and right sides) q2 = −5e d = 2.00 m

a) 58.0 b) 51.3 c) 72.9 d) 84.2 e) 44.6 f) 81.7 g) 49.6 h) 50.2 i) 79.3 j) 62.0

Answer: e Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 24.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 24.1

45) The figure shows three situations in which either an electron or a proton is moved through a potential difference. Rank the situations according to the work done on the particle, most positive first, most negative last. ( ) indicates a tie.

a) 1, 2, 3 b) 1, 3, 2 c) 2, 1, 3 d) 2, 3, 1 e) 3, 2, 1 f) 3, 1, 2 g) (1,2), 3 h) 3, (1,2) i) 2, (1,3) j) (1,2,3) Answer: g Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 24.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 24.1

46) The figure shows three arrangements of circular arcs, all with the same radius. The charges are indicated. Rank the arrangements according to the magnitude of the electric potential set up at the center of curvature, greatest first. ( ) indicates a tie.

a) 1, 2, 3

b) 1, 3, 2 c) 2, 1, 3 d) 2, 3, 1 e) 3, 2, 1 f) 3, 1, 2 g) (1,2), 3 h) 3, (1,2) i) 2, (1,3) j) (1,2,3) Answer: j Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 24.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 24.5

47) The figure shows seven charged particles (five charges are given) on a circle with radius 3.00 m. What is the net electric potential (V) at the circle’s center? The last charges are q1 = +6e and q2 = +4e.

a) 5.35 10−8 b) 2.17 10−9 c) −5.68 10−9 d) −5.14 10−10 e) 7.12 10−9 f) 9.59 10−9 g) −2.02 10−10 h) −3.84 10−9 i) 9.34 10−8 j) −1.77 10−9 Answer: h Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 24.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 24.3

48) The figure is a graph of the potential V (in volts V) along an x axis. The potential is constant at the left (V1 = 28.0 V for x  0 ) and right (V = 0 V for x  x2 = 7.00 m ). We release an electron from rest at x1 = 3.00 m where the potential is V0 = 16.0 V. You need to decide which way the electron goes (left or right). What is the speed (m/s) of the electron when it reaches a constant-potential region?

a) 2.37 106 b) 3.33 107 c) 4.02 106 d) 2.05 106 e) 6.72 106 f) 1.09 107 g) 4.59 107 h) 7.67 106 i) 1.88 107 j) 5.81106 Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 24.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 24.2 49) The figure shows two charged particles (q1 = +10e and q2 = −6e) that are fixed in place with a separation of L = 2.00 m. At what coordinate (m) on the x axis is the net electric potential zero? There are two answers. One of them is contained in the array here.

a) 0.50 b) 0.75 c) 0.90 d) 1.25 e) -1.67 f) 1.65 g) 2.50 h) 0.22

i) 1.00 j) -1.92 Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 24.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 24.3 50) The figure shows two charged particles (q1 = +10e and q2 = −6e) that are fixed in place with a separation of L = 2.00 m. At what coordinate (m) on the x axis is the net electric potential zero? There are two answers. One of them is contained in the array here.

a) 2.50 b) 4.20 c) 5.00 d) 10.0 e) -0.220 f) 3.00 g) 6.00 h) -0.300 i) -0.450 j) -0.250 Answer: c Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 24.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 24.3 51) The electric field on an x axis is given by E = −30.0 x 2ˆi, with the field in N/C or V/m and x in meters. What is the potential difference V2 − V1 between x2 = 6.00 m and x1 = 5.00 m? Answer in volts. a) 56 b) 110 c) 820 d) 250 e) 910 f) 72

g) 90 h) 290 i) 190 j) 460 Answer: e Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 24.6.0 Section Reference 1: Section 24.6

52) In the figure, an electron is shot from an infinite distance along the y axis and through the origin. Three other charged particles are fixed in place on the axes. The electron has an initial speed of v0 = 40 m/s. What is its speed (m/s) when it passes through the origin? q1 = +6e (left and right sides) q2 = −5e d = 2.0 m

a) 58.0 b) 51.3 c) 72.9 d) 84.2 e) 44.6 f) 81.7 g) 49.6 h) 50.2 i) 79.3 j) 62.0 Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 24.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 24.3

53) The figure shows seven charged particles (five charges are given) on a circle with radius 6.50 m. What is the net electric potential (V) at the circle’s center? The last charges are: q1 = +6e and q2 = +4e.

a) 5.35 10−8 b) 2.17 10−9 c) −5.68 10−9 d) −5.14 10−10 e) 7.12 10−9 f) 9.59 10−9 g) −2.02 10−10 h) −3.84 10−9 i) 9.34 10−8 j) −1.77 10−9 Answer: j Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 24.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 24.3 54) The figure shows two charged particles (q1 = +10e and q2 = −6e) that are fixed in place with a separation of L = 4.00 m. At what coordinate (m) on the x axis is the net electric potential zero? There are two answers. One of them is contained in the array here.

a) 0.50 b) 0.75 c) 0.90 d) 1.25 e) -1.67 f) 1.65 g) 2.50 h) 0.22 i) 1.00 j) -1.92 Answer: g

Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 24.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 24.3 55) The figure shows two charged particles (q1 = +10e and q2 = −6e) that are fixed in place with a separation of L = 4.00 m. At what coordinate (m) on the x axis is the net electric potential zero? There are two answers. One of them is contained in the array here.

a) 2.50 b) 4.20 c) 5.00 d) 10.0 e) -0.220 f) 3.00 g) 6.00 h) -0.300 i) -0.450 j) -0.250 Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 24.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 24.3 56) The electric field on an x axis is given by E = −30.0 x 2ˆi, with the field in N/C or V/m and x in meters. What is the potential difference V2 − V1 between x2 = 3.00 m and x1 = 2.00 m? Answer in volts. a) 56 b) 110 c) 820 d) 250 e) 910 f) 72 g) 90 h) 290 i) 190 j) 460 Answer: i

Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 24.6.0 Section Reference 1: Section 24.6

57) The figure shows three arrangements of charged particles, each 1.00 m from the origin. Rank the arrangements according to the net electric potential at the origin, most positive first, most negative last. ( ) indicates a tie.

a) 1, 2, 3 b) 1, 3, 2 c) 2, 1, 3 d) 2, 3, 1 e) 3, 2, 1 f) 3, 1, 2 g) (1,2), 3 h) 3, (1,2) i) 2, (1,3) j) (1,2,3) Answer: j Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 24.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 24.3

58) The figure shows three arrangements of parallel plates in which the plate separation is 2.0 m. The electric potential of each plate is given. Rank the arrangements according to the magnitude of the electric field between the plates, greatest first. ( ) indicates a tie.

a) 1, 2, 3 b) 1, 3, 2

c) 2, 1, 3 d) 2, 3, 1 e) 3, 2, 1 f) 3, 1, 2 g) (1,2), 3 h) 3, (1,2) i) 2, (1,3) j) (1,2,3) Answer: h Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 24.6.0 Section Reference 1: Section 24.6

59) The figure shows three arrangements of charged arcs forming a circle or part of a circle. The radii are identical. Rank the arrangements according to the net electric potential at the center of curvature, most positive first, most negative last. ( ) indicates a tie.

a) 1, 2, 3 b) 1, 3, 2 c) 2, 1, 3 d) 2, 3, 1 e) 3, 2, 1 f) 3, 1, 2 g) (1,2), 3 h) 3, (1,2) i) 2, (1,3) j) (1,2,3) Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 24.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 24.5

60) The figure gives the electric potential V versus position along an x axis. Rank the three regions according to the magnitude of the electric field in them, greatest first. ( ) indicates a tie.

a) 1, 2, 3 b) 1, 3, 2 c) 2, 1, 3 d) 2, 3, 1 e) 3, 2, 1 f) 3, 1, 2 g) (1,2), 3 h) 3, (1,2) i) 2, (1,3) j) (1,2,3) Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 24.6.0 Section Reference 1: Section 24.6

61) In the figure, an electron is shot from an infinite distance through the origin and past the two charged particles (q = +6e) that are fixed in place on the axes at distance d = 2.00 m from the origin. The electron has an initial speed of 30.0 m/s. What is its speed (m/s) when it passes through the origin?

a) 83.3 b) 91.5 c) 107 d) 46.2 e) 145 f) 23.1 g) 62.7 h) 74.4 i) 122 j) 132 Answer: g Title: Question ID:

Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 24.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 24.3

62) The figure shows an array of charged particles on two concentric circles. The smaller circle has radius 0.20 m; the larger one has radius 0.40 m. The charges are given in terms of the elementary charge e. What is the net electric potential (volts) at the center?

a) 3.0 10−7 b) 8.2 10−7 c) 2.110−6 d) 8.6 10−8 e) 2.9 10−8 f) 9.110−8 g) 1.9 10−8 h) 9.2 10−7 i) 5.2 10−6 j) 5.8 10−8 Answer: e Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 24.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 24.3 63) The figure shows two charged particles fixed in place: q1 = −5e q2 = +2e L = 0.500 m There are two points on the x axis at which the net potential is zero. Which of the following gives the x coordinate (m) of one of those points?

a) 0.390 b) 0.357

c) 0.115 d) 1.43 e) 0.432 f) -0.110 g) -0.473 h) -0.239 i) -0.184 j) -0.349 Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 24.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 24.3

64) In the figure, an electron is shot from an infinite distance through the origin and past the two charged particles (q = +6e) that are fixed in place on the axes at distance d = 2.00 m from the origin. The electron has an initial speed of 50.0 m/s. What is its speed (m/s) when it passes through the origin?

a) 83.3 b) 91.5 c) 107 d) 46.2 e) 145 f) 23.1 g) 62.7 h) 74.4 i) 122 j) 132 Answer: h Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 24.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 24.3 65) The figure shows two charged particles fixed in place: q1 = −5e q2 = +2e L = 2.00 m There are two points on the x axis at which the net potential is zero. Which of the following gives the x coordinate (m) of one of those points?

a) 0.390 b) 0.357 c) 0.115 d) 1.43 e) 0.432 f) -0.110 g) -0.473 h) -0.239 i) -0.184 j) -0.349 Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 24.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 24.3

66) The figure shows an array of charged particles on two concentric circles. The smaller circle has radius 0.30 m; the larger one has radius 0.40 m. The charges are given in terms of the elementary charge e. What is the net electric potential (volts) at the center?

a) 3.0 10−7 b) 8.2 10−7 c) 2.110−6 d) 8.6 10−8 e) 2.9 10−8 f) 9.110−8 g) 1.9 10−8 h) 9.2 10−7 i) 5.2 10−6 j) 5.8 10−8

Answer: g Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 24.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 24.3

Package Title: Test Bank Questions Chapter 25 Course Title: Halliday 12e Chapter Number: Chapter 25

Question type: Multiple-Choice

1) In the figure, the initial circuit is shown first. Then capacitor 2 is included. Because of that inclusion, what happens to the charge on capacitor 1?

a) increase b) decrease c) remain the same Answer: c Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 25.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 25.3

2) In the figure, the initial circuit is shown first. Then capacitor 2 is included. Because of that inclusion, what happens to the charge on capacitor 1?

a) increase b) decrease c) remain the same Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 25.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 25.3

3) The figure gives the charge q versus applied potential V for three capacitors. Rank the capacitors according to their capacitance, greatest first. ( ) indicates a tie.

a) 1, 2, 3 b) 1, 3, 2 c) 2, 1, 3 d) 2, 3, 1 e) 3, 2, 1 f) 3, 1, 2 g) (1,2), 3 h) 3, (1,2) i) 2, (1,3) j) (1,2,3) Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 25.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 25.2

4) In the three circuits shown, the capacitors are identical and the batteries are identical. Rank the circuits according to the charge on capacitor 1, greatest first. ( ) indicates a tie.

a) 1, 2, 3 b) 1, 3, 2 c) 2, 1, 3 d) 2, 3, 1 e) 3, 2, 1 f) 3, 1, 2 g) (1,2), 3 h) 3, (1,2) i) 2, (1,3) j) (1,2,3) Answer: g

Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 25.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 25.3

5) The figure shows a battery (30.0 V) and four capacitors (each with capacitance 6.00 µF). How much charge (µC) does the battery store in the circuit?

a) 80 b) 120 c) 200 d) 110 e) 90 f) 130 g) 55 h) 72 i) 240 j) 35 Answer: h Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 25.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 25.3

6) The figure shows a battery (30.0 V) and four capacitors (each with capacitance 6.00 µF). What is the charge (µC) on C2?

a) 36 b) 24 c) 60 d) 75 e) 100 f) 18 g) 45 h) 82 i) 52 j) 15 Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 25.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 25.3

7) The figure shows a battery (30.0 V) and three (uncharged capacitors): C1 = 12.0  F, C2 = 4.00 F, C3 = 6.00 F. The switch is first thrown to the left to charge C1. Then the switch is thrown to the right to transfer charge to C2 and C3. When equilibrium is reached, what is the energy (J) stored in C1?

a) 9.60 10−3 b) 3.75 10−3 c) 3.47 10−4 d) 7.23 10−3

e) 6.60 10−2 f) 1.12 10−4 g) 4.80 10−3 h) 1.04 10−2 i) 1.75 10−3 j) 2.89 10−2 Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 25.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 25.4 8) In the figure, the capacitors are initially uncharged: C1 and C2 are not known and C3 = 2.00  F. When the switch is closed, a total charge of 10.0 μC passes through point a and a total charge of 6.00 μC passes through point b. What is the capacitance (µF) of C2?

a) 0.502 b) 4.50 c) 5.00 d) 5.21 e) 1.56 f) 2.54 g) 3.00 h) 6.90 i) 0.750 j) 1.33 Answer: j Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 25.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 25.3

9) The figure shows a battery (50.0 V) and four capacitors (each with capacitance 6.00 µF). How much charge (µC) does the battery store in the circuit?

a) 80 b) 120 c) 200 d) 110 e) 90 f) 130 g) 55 h) 72 i) 240 j) 35 Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 25.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 25.3

10) The figure shows a battery (50.0 V) and four capacitors (each with capacitance 6.00 µF). What is the charge (µC) on C2?

a) 36 b) 24 c) 60 d) 75 e) 100 f) 18 g) 45

h) 82 i) 52 j) 15 Answer: c Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 25.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 25.3

11) The figure shows a battery (50.0 V) and three (uncharged capacitors):

C1 = 12.0  F, C2 = 4.00 F, C3 = 6.00 F.

The switch is first thrown to the left to charge C1. Then the switch is thrown to the right to transfer charge to C2 and C3. When equilibrium is reached, what is the energy (J) stored in C1?

a) 9.60 10−3 b) 3.75 10−3 c) 3.47 10−4 d) 7.23 10−3 e) 6.60 10−2 f) 1.12 10−4 g) 4.80 10−3 h) 1.04 10−2 i) 1.75 10−3 j) 2.89 10−2 Answer: h Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 25.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 25.3 12) In the figure, the capacitors are initially uncharged: C1 and C2 are not known and C3 = 2.00  F. When the switch is closed, a total charge of 15.0 μC passes through point a and a total charge of 6.00 μC

passes through point b. What is the capacitance (µF) of C2?

a) 0.502 b) 4.50 c) 5.00 d) 5.21 e) 1.56 f) 2.54 g) 3.00 h) 6.90 i) 0.750 j) 1.33 Answer: g Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 25.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 25.3

13) In the circuit shown, the capacitors are initially uncharged. The switch is first thrown leftward to charge capacitor 1, and then at time t = 0 it is thrown rightward. Which of the graphed lines best shows the potential on capacitor 1 from t = 0 to when equilibrium is established at t1?

a) Line 1 b) Line 2 c) Line 3 d) Line 4 Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 25.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 25.3

14) In the figure, what is the charge (µC) on capacitor 3? C1 = C2 = C3 = 8.00 µF, V = 27.0 V

a) 50 b) 72 c) 3 d) 66 e) 84 f) 12 g) 54 h) 152 i) 92 j) 108 Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 25.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 25.3

15) In the figure, the capacitors are initially uncharged. The switch is thrown leftward to charge capacitor 1 and then it is thrown rightward. What is the final (equilibrium) potential (V) across capacitor 2? V = 12.0 V, C1 = 6.00 µF, C2 = 4.00 µF

a) 1.29 b) 10.8 c) 12.2 d) 3.15 e) 3.91 f) 4.86 g) 6.05 h) 7.20 i) 8.07 j) 1.78

Answer: h Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 25.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 25.3

16) In the figure, we have V = 9.0 V, C2 = 3.0 μF, and C4 = 4.0 μF, and all the capacitors are initially uncharged. When the switch is closed, a total charge of 12 μC passes through point a and a total charge of 8.0 μC passes through point b. What is capacitance C3 (μF)?

a) 2.0 b) 10 c) 12 d) 3.0 e) 11 f) 4.0 g) 6.0 h) 7.0 i) 8.0 j) 17 Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 25.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 25.3

17) The figure shows a “cap-monster.” Each capacitor has capacitance 5.00 𝜇F. What is the charge (μC) on C1?

a) 2.0 10 b) 40 c) 15 d) 30 e) 20 2 f) 3.0 10 2 g) 1.2 10 h) 60 2 i) 1.0 10 2 j) 1.8 10

Answer: h Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 25.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 25.3

18) In this circuit, what is the charge (µC) on capacitor 3? C1 = C2 = C3 = 12.0 µF, V = 27.0 V

a) 50 b) 72 c) 3 d) 66 e) 84 f) 12 g) 54

h) 152 i) 92 j) 108 Answer: j Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 25.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 25.3

19) In the figure, the capacitors are initially uncharged. The switch is first thrown leftward to charge capacitor 1 and then thrown rightward. What is the final (equilibrium) potential (V) across capacitor 2? V = 18.0 V, C1 = 6.00 µF, C2 = 4.00 µF

a) 1.29 b) 10.8 c) 12.2 d) 3.15 e) 3.91 f) 4.86 g) 6.05 h) 7.20 i) 8.07 j) 1.78 Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 25.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 25.3 20) In the figure, we have V = 9.0 V, C2 = 3.0 μF, and C4 = 4.0 μF, and all the capacitors are initially uncharged. When switch S is closed, a total charge of 20 μC passes through point a and a total charge of

8.0 μC passes through point b. What is capacitance C3 (μF)?

a) 2.0 b) 10 c) 12 d) 3.0 e) 11 f) 4.0 g) 6.0 h) 7.0 i) 8.0 j) 17 Answer: g Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 25.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 25.3 21) The figure shows a “cap-monster.” Each capacitor has capacitance 10.0 𝜇F. What is the charge (μC) on C1?

a) 2.0 10 b) 40 c) 15 d) 30 e) 20 2 f) 3.0 10 2 g) 1.2 10 h) 60

i) 1.0 10 2 j) 1.8 10

Answer: g Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 25.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 25.3

22) The figure shows a battery and three capacitors. Which of the following are in series?

a) C1 and C2 b) C1 and C3 c) C2 and C3 d) C1 and C23 e) C2 and C13 f) C3 and C12 Answer: c Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 25.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 25.3

23) The figure shows a battery and three capacitors. Which of the following are in parallel?

a) C1 and C2 b) C1 and C3 c) C2 and C3 d) C1 and C23 e) C2 and C13 f) C3 and C12

Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 25.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 25.3

24) If the plate area of a parallel plate capacitor is decreased, what happens to the capacitance? a) increases b) decreases c) remains unchanged Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 25.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 25.2

25) If the plate separation of a parallel plate capacitor is decreased, what happens to the capacitance? a) increases b) decreases c) remains unchanged Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 25.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 25.2

26) If the dielectric constant in the space between the plates of a parallel plate capacitor is increased, what happens to the capacitance? a) increases b) decreases c) remains unchanged Answer: a Title: Question ID:

Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 25.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 25.5

27) The figure shows a 6.00 V battery and four capacitors: C1 = 10.0 µF and C2 = 20.0 µF. How much charge (µC) does the battery store in the circuit?

a) 80 b) 120 c) 135 d) 110 e) 90 f) 130 g) 55 h) 68 i) 240 j) 35 Answer: e Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 25.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 25.3

28) The figure shows a 6.00 V battery and four capacitors: C1 = 10.0 µF and C2 = 20.0 µF. What is the potential (V) across C1?

a) 2.5 b) 2.0 c) 6.0 d) 0.75 e) 3.0 f) 9.0 g) 4.5 h) 5.0 i) 5.2 j) 1.5 Answer: e Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 25.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 25.3

29) The figure shows a 60.0 V battery and two (uncharged capacitors). The switch is first thrown to the left to charge capacitor 1 with C1 = 20.0 μF. Then the switch is thrown to the right to transfer charge to capacitor 2 with C2 = 5.00 μF. When equilibrium is reached, what is the charge (µC) on C1?

a) 960 b) 300 c) 340 3 d) 2.40 10 e) 660

f) 1.12 10 g) 400 h) 150 i) 175 j) 240

Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 25.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 25.3 30) In the figure, the capacitors are initially uncharged, the battery has 9.0 V potential, and two of the capacitances are C2 = 4.0 µF and C4 = 4.0 µF. When the switch is closed, a total charge of 12 μC passes through point a and a total charge of 8.0 μC passes through point b. What is the capacitance (µF) of C3?

a) 3.5 b) 2.0 c) 6.0 d) 0.75 e) 1.0 f) 0.50 g) 4.5 h) 5.0 i) 5.2 j) 1.5 Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 25.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 25.3 31) A 10 V battery is connected to a 5.00 μF capacitor. How much energy (μJ) does the battery store in the capacitor? a) 25 b) 90 c) 100 d) 120

e) 300 f) 600 g) 250 h) 200 i) 40 j) 540 Answer: g Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 25.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 25.4

32) The figure shows a 9.00 V battery and four capacitors: C1 = 10.0 µF and C2 = 20.0 µF. How much charge (µC) does the battery store in the circuit?

a) 80 b) 120 c) 135 d) 110 e) 90 f) 130 g) 55 h) 68 i) 240 j) 35 Answer: c Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 25.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 25.3

33) The figure shows a 9.00 V battery and four capacitors: C1 = 10.0 µF and C2 = 20.0 µF. What is the potential (V) across either of the C1 capacitors?

a) 2.5 b) 2.0 c) 6.0 d) 0.75 e) 3.0 f) 9.0 g) 4.5 h) 5.0 i) 5.2 j) 1.5 Answer: g Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 25.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 25.3 34) A 4.00 V battery is connected to a 5.00 μF capacitor. How much energy (μJ) does the battery store in the capacitor? a) 25 b) 90 c) 100 d) 120 e) 300 f) 600 g) 250 h) 200 i) 40 j) 540 Answer: i Title:

Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 25.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 25.4

35) The figure shows a 60.0 V battery and two uncharged capacitors. The switch is first thrown to the left to charge up capacitor 1 with C1 = 20.0 μF. Then the switch is thrown to the right to transfer charge to capacitor 2 with C2 = 40.0 μF. When equilibrium is reached, what is the charge (µC) on C1?

a) 960 b) 300 c) 340 3 d) 2.40 10 e) 660 3 f) 1.12 10 g) 400 h) 150 i) 175 j) 240 Answer: g Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 25.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 25.3

36) In the circuit, the capacitors are initially uncharged, the battery has a 9.0 V potential, and two of the capacitances are C2 = 4.0 µF and C4 = 4.0 µF.. When the switch is closed, a total charge of 15 μC passes through point a and a total charge of 8.0 μC passes through point b. What is the capacitance (µF) of C3?

a) 3.5 b) 2.0 c) 6.0 d) 0.75

e) 1.0 f) 0.50 g) 4.5 h) 5.0 i) 5.2 j) 1.5 Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 25.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 25.3

37) In your electronics equipment, you have three capacitors: C1 = 5.0 μF C2 = 15 μF C3 = 10 μF You need a capacitance of 6.0 μF in a circuit you are building. Which capacitors should you use and how? a) 1 and 2 in series b) 1 and 3 in series c) 2 and 3 in series d) all three in series e) 1 and 2 in parallel f) 2 and 3 in parallel g) 1 and 3 in parallel h) all three in parallel Answer: c Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 25.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 25.3

38) The figure shows a 12 V battery and two capacitors. What is the arrangement of the capacitors?

a) series b) parallel c) in neither arrangement

Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 25.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 25.3

39) The figure shows a battery and three capacitors. The potential differences across them are V1 = 3 V V2 = 4 V V3 = 5 V. Rank the capacitors according to their capacitance, greatest first. ( ) indicates a tie.

a) 1, 2, 3 b) 1, 3, 2 c) 2, 1, 3 d) 2, 3, 1 e) 3, 2, 1 f) 3, 1, 2 g) (1,2), 3 h) 3, (1,2) i) 2, (1,3) j) (1,2,3) Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 25.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 25.3

40) The figure shows a battery and three capacitors. The charges on them are: q1 = 3 µC q2 = 4 µC q3 = 5 µC. Rank the capacitors according to their capacitance, greatest first. ( ) indicates a tie.

a) 1, 2, 3 b) 1, 3, 2

c) 2, 1, 3 d) 2, 3, 1 e) 3, 2, 1 f) 3, 1, 2 g) (1,2), 3 h) 3, (1,2) i) 2, (1,3) j) (1,2,3) Answer: e Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 25.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 25.3

41) The figure shows a 12 V battery and three capacitors (C1 = 2.0 µF, C2 = 6.0 µF, C3 = 8.0 µF). What is the sign of the charge on the top plate of capacitor 3?

a) positive b) negative Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 25.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 25.3

42) The figure shows a 12 V battery and three capacitors (C1 = 2.0 µF, C2 = 6.0 µF, C3 = 8.0 µF). What is the sign of the charge on the left plate of capacitor 1?

a) positive b) negative Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 25.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 25.3

43) The figure shows a 12 V battery and three capacitors (C1 = 2.0 µF, C2 = 6.0 µF, C3 = 8.0 µF). What is the charge (µC) on capacitor 1?

a) 43 b) 40 c) 24 d) 12 e) 20 f) 38 g) 2.4 h) 18 i) 6.6 j) 8.2 Answer: d Title: Question ID:

Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 25.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 25.3

44) The figure shows a 12.0 V battery and two uncharged capacitors (C1 = 2.00 µF, C2 = 5.00 µF). When the switch is closed, the battery charges the capacitors. How much energy (J) does the battery supply?

a) 5.04 10−4 b) 3.89 10−4 c) 1.30 10−3 d) 6.67 10−3 e) 2.50 10−3 f) 9.82 10−4 g) 4.2110−4 h) 6.48 10−4 i) 1.22 10−4 j) 5.67 10−4 Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 25.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 25.4

45) The figure shows a 12.0 V battery and two uncharged capacitors (C1 = 2.00 µF, C2 = 5.00 µF). When the switch is closed, the battery charges the capacitors. In capacitor 1, the plates are separated by 3.00 mm, with the gap filled with air. What is the magnitude (N/C) of the (uniform) electric field between the plates?

a) 1.9 104 b) 2.7 104 c) 890 d) 1.2 103

e) 5.9 105 f) 8.3 103 g) 4.0 103 h) 7.1105 i) 2.1105 j) 5.3 104 Answer: g Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 25.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 25.3

46) The figure shows a 12.0 V battery and three initially uncharged capacitors (C1 = 6.00 µF, C2 = 12.0 µF, C3 = 18.0 µF). The switch is first thrown to the left to charge capacitor 1. Then it is thrown to the right to transfer some of the charge to capacitors 2 and 3. When equilibrium is reached, what is the charge (µC) on capacitor 2?

a) 35.5 b) 16.2 c) 7.54 d) 51.2 e) 17.2 f) 9.80 g) 27.6 h) 36.0 i) 60.2 j) 24.0 Answer: j Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 25.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 25.3

47) The figure shows a 20 V battery and three capacitors (C1 = 4.0 µF, C2 = 6.0 µF, C3 = 10 µF). What is the charge (µC) on capacitor 1?

a) 43 b) 40 c) 24 d) 12 e) 20 f) 38 g) 2.4 h) 18 i) 6.6 j) 8.2 Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 25.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 25.3

48) The figure shows a 12.0 V battery and two uncharged capacitors (C1 = 3.00 µF, C2 = 6.00 µF). When the switch is closed, the battery charges the capacitors. How much energy (J) does the battery supply?

a) 5.04 10−4 b) 3.89 10−4 c) 1.30 10−3 d) 6.67 10−3 e) 2.50 10−3 f) 9.82 10−4 g) 4.2110−4 h) 6.48 10−4 i) 1.22 10−4

j) 5.67 10−4 Answer: h Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 25.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 25.4

49) The figure shows a 12.0 V battery and two uncharged capacitors (C1 = 3.00 µF, C2 = 6.00 µF). When the switch is closed, the battery charges the capacitors. In capacitor 1, the plates are separated by 10.0 mm, with the gap filled with air. What is the magnitude (N/C) of the (uniform) electric field between the plates?

a) 1.9 104 b) 2.7 104 c) 890 d) 1.2 103 e) 5.9 105 f) 8.3 103 g) 4.0 103 h) 7.1105 i) 2.1105 j) 5.3 104 Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 25.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 25.3

50) The figure shows a 18.0 V battery and three initially uncharged capacitors (C1 = 6.00 µF, C2 = 12.0 µF, C3 = 18.0 µF). The switch is first thrown to the left to charge capacitor 1. Then the switch us thrown to the right to transfer some of the charge to capacitors 2 and 3. When equilibrium is reached, what is the

charge (µC) on capacitor 2?

a) 35.5 b) 16.2 c) 7.54 d) 51.2 e) 17.2 f) 9.8 g) 27.6 h) 36.0 i) 60.2 j) 24.0 Answer: h Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 25.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 25.3 51) The figure shows a “cap-monster,” with a 12 V battery and where all the capacitors have a capacitance of 4.0 μF. What is the charge (μC) on capacitor C1?

a) 21

b) 3.0 c) 38 d) 40 e) 18 f) 12 g) 36 h) 30 i) 44 j) 48 Answer: j Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 25.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 25.3

52) In the figure, the battery has a potential of 12.0 V and the missing capacitance values are C6 = 30.0  F and C2 = 20.0  F . What is the charge (μC) on C6?

a) 667 b) 341 c) 360 d) 540 e) 210 f) 301 g) 137 h) 478 i) 226 j) 333 Answer: c Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 25.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 25.3

53) In the figure, the battery has a potential of 12.0 V and the missing capacitance values are C6 = 30.0  F and C2 = 20.0  F . What is the charge (μC) on C2?

a) 77.2 b) 13.4 c) 68.2 d) 45.0 e) 104 f) 89.1 g) 25.9 h) 57.8 i) 92.8 j) 33.7 Answer: h Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 25.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 25.3

54) You have two capacitors C1 and C2 , with the second larger in capacitance. If you wire them in series, which is true about the effective (or equivalent) capacitance? a) greater than C2 b) between C1 and C2 c) less than C1 Answer: c Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 25.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 25.3 55) The figure shows a 12.0 V battery and two uncharged capacitors: C1 = 2.00  F C2 = 5.00 F . When the switch is closed, the battery charges the capacitors. How much energy (J) does the battery

supply?

a) 9.82 10−4 b) 4.2110−4 c) 4.22 10−3 d) 1.22 10−4 e) 5.67 10−4 f) 5.04 10−4 g) 3.89 10−4 h) 1.13 10−3 i) 6.67 10−3 j) 2.50 10−3 Answer: f Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 25.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 25.4

56) In the circuit, the capacitors are initially uncharged. The switch is first thrown leftward and then thrown rightward. V = 8.00 V C1 = 6.00 F C2 = 12.0 F C3 = 18.0 F How much charge (μC) ends up on C1?

a) 21.8 b) 26.2 c) 58.9 d) 49.1 e) 17.9 f) 12.7 g) 10.9 h) 17.8 i) 37.8 j) 34.5

Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 25.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 25.3

57) In the circuit, the capacitors are initially uncharged. The switch is first thrown leftward and then thrown rightward. V = 8.00 V C1 = 6.00 F C2 = 12.0 F C3 = 18.0 F How much charge (μC) ends up on the top plate of capacitor 2?

a) 21.8 b) 26.2 c) 58.9 d) 49.1 e) 17.9 f) 12.7 g) 10.9 h) 17.8 i) 37.8 j) 34.5 Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 25.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 25.3

58) In the circuit, the capacitors are initially uncharged. The switch is first thrown leftward and then thrown rightward. V = 8.00 V C1 = 6.00 F C2 = 12.0 F C3 = 18.0 F

How much charge (μC) ends up on the top plate of capacitor 3?

a) 21.8 b) 26.2 c) 58.9 d) 49.1 e) 17.9 f) 12.7 g) 10.9 h) 17.8 i) 37.8 j) 34.5 Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 25.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 25.3

59) You have two capacitors C1 and C2 , with the second larger in capacitance. If you wire them in parallel, which is true about the effective (or equivalent) capacitance? a) greater than C2 b) between C1 and C2 c) less than C1 Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 25.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 25.3

60) In the circuit, the battery has a potential of 7.00 V and the missing capacitance values are C6 = 30.0  F and C2 = 20.0  F . What is the charge (μC) on C6?

a) 667 b) 341 c) 360 d) 540 e) 210 f) 301 g) 137 h) 478 i) 226 j) 333 Answer: e Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 25.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 25.3

61) In the circuit, the battery has a potential of 7.00 V and the missing capacitance values are C6 = 30.0  F and C2 = 20.0  F . What is the charge (μC) on C2?

a) 77.2 b) 13.4 c) 68.2 d) 45.0 e) 104 f) 89.1 g) 25.9 h) 57.8 i) 92.8 j) 33.7 Answer: j

Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 25.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 25.3 62) The figure shows a “cap-monster,” with a 7.0 V battery and where all the capacitors have a capacitance of 3.0 μF. What is the charge (μC) on capacitor C1?

a) 21 b) 3.0 c) 38 d) 40 e) 18 f) 12 g) 36 h) 30 i) 44 j) 48 Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 25.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 25.3

63) In the circuit, the capacitors are initially uncharged. The switch is first thrown leftward to charge capacitor 1 and then it is thrown rightward.

V = 18.0 V C1 = 6.00 F

C2 = 12.0 F C3 = 18.0 F

How much charge (μC) ends up on C1?

a) 21.8 b) 26.2 c) 58.9 d) 49.1 e) 17.9 f) 12.7 g) 10.9 h) 17.8 i) 37.8 j) 34.5 Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 25.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 25.3

64) In the circuit, the capacitors are initially uncharged. The switch is first thrown leftward to charge capacitor 1 and then it is thrown rightward.

V = 18.0 V C1 = 6.00 F

C2 = 12.0 F C3 = 18.0 F

How much charge (μC) ends up on the top plate of capacitor 2?

a) 21.8 b) 26.2 c) 58.9 d) 49.1 e) 17.9 f) 12.7

g) 10.9 h) 17.8 i) 37.8 j) 34.5 Answer: c Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 25.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 25.3

65) In the circuit, the capacitors are initially uncharged. The switch is first thrown leftward to charge capacitor 1 and then it is thrown rightward. How much charge (μC) ends up on the top plate of capacitor 3?

V = 18.0 V C1 = 6.00 F

C2 = 12.0 F C3 = 18.0 F

a) 21.8 b) 26.2 c) 58.9 d) 49.1 e) 17.9 f) 12.7 g) 10.9 h) 17.8 i) 37.8 j) 34.5 Answer: c Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 25.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 25.3 66) The figure shows an 18.0 V battery and two uncharged capacitors: C1 = 2.00  F C2 = 5.00 F . When the switch is closed, the battery charges the capacitors. How much energy (J) does the battery

supply?

a) 9.82 10−4 b) 4.2110−4 c) 4.22 10−3 d) 1.22 10−4 e) 5.67 10−4 f) 5.04 10−4 g) 3.89 10−4 h) 1.13 10−3 i) 6.67 10−3 j) 2.50 10−3 Answer: h Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 25.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 25.3 67) The figure shows an 18.0 V battery and two uncharged capacitors: C1 = 2.00  F C2 = 5.00 F . When the switch is closed, the battery charges the capacitors. In capacitor 1, the plates are separated by 1.9 mm, with the gap filled with air. What is the magnitude (N/C) of the (uniform) electric field between the plates?

a) 8.3 103 b) 4.0 103 c) 7.1105 d) 9.5 103 e) 5.3 104 f) 1.9 104 g) 2.7 104 h) 8.9 102 i) 1.6 103

j) 5.9 105 Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 25.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 25.3 68) In the circuit, the battery’s voltage is 10.0 V and the capacitances are C1 = 45.0 µF, C2 = 45.0 µF, C3 = 10.0 µF, C4 = 15.0 µF, and C5 = 20.0 µF. What is the charge (μC) on C3?

a) 77.2 b) 13.4 c) 66.7 d) 45.0 e) 104 f) 89.1 g) 33.3 h) 57.8 i) 92.8 j) 5.78 Answer: g Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 25.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 25.3 69) In the circuit, the battery’s voltage is 20.0 V and the capacitances are C1 = 45.0 µF, C2 = 45.0 µF, C3 = 10.0 µF, C4 = 15.0 µF, and C5 = 20.0 µF. What is the charge (μC) on C3?

a) 77.2 b) 13.4

c) 66.7 d) 45.0 e) 104 f) 89.1 g) 33.3 h) 57.8 i) 92.8 j) 5.78

Answer: c Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 25.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 25.3 70) In the circuit, the battery has voltage 20.0 V, and the capacitors (C1 = 6.00 µF, C2 = 12.0 µF, and C3 = 18.0 µF) are initially uncharged. The switch is first thrown leftward to charge capacitor 1 and then it is thrown rightward. How much charge (μC) ends up on capacitor 1?

a) 12.7 b) 10.9 c) 17.8 d) 37.8 e) 34.5 f) 21.8 g) 26.2 h) 7.20 i) 54.5 j) 17.9

Answer: i Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 25.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 25.3

Package Title: Test Bank Questions Chapter 26 Course Title: Halliday 12e Chapter Number: Chapter 26

Question type: Multiple-Choice

1) What is the current (amps) in a wire between radial distances 3.00 mm and 4.00 mm if the current density is given by J = (2.00 10

)r 3 in (proper) units of amps/m2 and m?

a) 2.0 10−2 b) 1.4 10−2 c) 4.5 10−2 d) 8.0 10−2 e) 5.110−2 f) 6.7 10−2 g) 7.2 10−2 h) 9.5 10−2 i) 3.9 10−2 j) 8.8 10−2 Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 26.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 26.2

2) How long (minutes) do electrons take to move through a cable of length 0.350 m. There are 8.49 1028 conduction electrons per cubic meter. The current is 25.6 A. The cross-sectional area is 1.50 10−5 m2. a) 0.67 b) 9.4 c) 8.8 d) 5.1 e) 1.8 f) 18.7 g) 10.0 h) 46.4 i) 7.9 j) 38.1 Answer: h

Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 26.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 26.2

3) What is the current (amps) in a wire between radial distances 3.00 mm and 5.00 mm if the current density is given by J = (2.00 10

)r 3 in (proper) units of amps/m2 and m?

a) 2.0 10−2 b) 1.4 10−2 c) 4.5 10−2 d) 8.0 10−2 e) 5.110−2 f) 6.7 10−2 g) 7.2 10−2 h) 9.5 10−2 i) 3.9 10−2 j) 8.8 10−2 Answer: g Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 26.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 26.2 4) How long (hours) do electrons take to move through a cable of length 9.40 m? There are 8.49 1028 conduction electrons per cubic meter. The current is 30.0 A. The cross-sectional area is 2.50 10−5 m2. a) 67.9 b) 9.49 c) 8.87 d) 51.5 e) 29.6 f) 107 g) 161 h) 4.32 i) 79.8 j) 12.3 Answer: e

Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 26.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 26.2 5) How long (hours) do electrons take to move through a cable of length 9.40 m? There are 8.49 1028 conduction electrons per cubic meter. The current is 5.50 A. The cross-sectional area is 2.50 10−5 m2. a) 67.9 b) 9.49 c) 8.87 d) 51.5 e) 29.6 f) 107 g) 161 h) 4.32 i) 79.8 j) 12.3 Answer: g Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 26.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 26.2 6) How long (minutes) do electrons take to move through a cable of length 0.350 m. There are 8.49 1028 conduction electrons per cubic meter. The current is 31.2 A. The cross-sectional area is 1.50 10−5 m2. a) 0.67 b) 9.4 c) 8.8 d) 5.1 e) 1.8 f) 18.7 g) 10.0 h) 46.4 i) 7.9 j) 38.1 Answer: j Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 26.2.0

Section Reference 1: Section 26.2

7) The figure shows plots of the current i through a certain cross section of a wire over three different time periods. Rank the periods according to the net charge that passes through the cross section, greatest first. ( ) indicates a tie.

a) 1, 2, 3 b) 1, 3, 2 c) 2, 1, 3 d) 2, 3, 1 e) 3, 2, 1 f) 3, 1, 2 g) (1,2), 3 h) 3, (1,2) i) 2, (1,3) j) (1,3), 2 Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 26.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 26.1

8) The figure shows a wire with the three different thicknesses but the same material. Rank the three regions with respect to the magnitude of the electric field in them, greatest first. ( ) indicates a tie.

a) 1, 2, 3 b) 1, 3, 2 c) 2, 1, 3 d) 2, 3, 1 e) 3, 2, 1 f) 3, 1, 2 g) (1,2), 3

h) 3, (1,2) i) 2, (1,3) j) (1,2,3) Answer: c Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 26.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 26.3

9) The figure shows a wire that changes in width, with radii r2 = 2.00r1. The drift speed in region 1 at the left is 8.00 10−9 m/s. The resistivity is 1.69 10−8 ohm-m. The density of conduction electrons is 8.49 1028 m-3. On the right, length L is 3.00 cm. What is the potential change ∆V (volts) along that length?

a) 4.02 10−7 b) 1.38 10−8 c) 7.82 10−9 d) 3.45 10−8 e) 3.17 10−8 f) 6.1110−7 g) 2.86 10−9 h) 2.20 10−7 i) 6.06 10−8 j) 9.02 10−9 Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 26.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 26.3 10) The current density in a wire is given by J = 3.00r3, where J is in amps/m2 and r (the distance from the center) is in meters. How much current (A) is conducted between the radii values 0.500 mm and 1.00 mm (which is less than the wire’s radius)?

a) 9.52 10−15 b) 4.56 10−15 c) 2.22 10−15 d) 3.65 10−15 e) 8.2110−15 f) 5.8110−16 g) 7.54 10−15 h) 5.44 10−15 i) 1.20 10−15 j) 4.88 10−15 Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 26.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 26.2 11) The current density in a wire is given by J = 6.00r3, where J is in amps/m2 and r (the distance from the center) is in meters. How much current (A) is conducted between the radii values 0.100 mm and 1.00 mm (which is less than the wire’s radius)? a) 9.52 10−15 b) 4.56 10−15 c) 2.22 10−15 d) 3.65 10−15 e) 8.2110−15 f) 5.8110−16 g) 7.54 10−15 h) 5.44 10−15 i) 1.20 10−15 j) 4.88 10−15 Answer: g Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 26.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 26.2

12) How long (minutes) do electrons take to move through a cable of length 2.35 m? There are 8.49 1028 conduction electrons per cubic meter The current is 15.0 A and uniformly distributed across the cross-sectional area of 2.50 10−5 m2. a) 671 b) 949 c) 887 d) 511 e) 185 f) 187 g) 380 h) 432 i) 790 j) 123 Answer: c Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 26.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 26.2

13) What is the current (amps) in a wire between radial distances 3.00 mm and 4.00 mm if the current density is given by J = (2.50 10

a) 2.5 10−2 b) 1.4 10−2 c) 4.5 10−2 d) 8.0 10−2 e) 5.0 10−2 f) 6.7 10−2 g) 7.7 10−2 h) 9.5 10−2 i) 3.9 10−2 j) 8.8 10−2 Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 26.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 26.2

)r 3 in (proper) units of amps/m2 and m?

14) How long (minutes) do electrons take to move through a cable of length 2.35 m? There are 8.49 1028 conduction electrons per cubic meter The current is 35.0 A and uniformly distributed across the cross-sectional area of 2.50 10−5 m2. a) 671 b) 949 c) 887 d) 511 e) 185 f) 187 g) 380 h) 432 i) 790 j) 123 Answer: g Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 26.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 26.2

15) What is the current (amps) in a wire between radial distances 3.00 mm and 4.50 mm if the current density is given by J = (2.50 10

a) 2.5 10−2 b) 1.4 10−2 c) 4.5 10−2 d) 8.0 10−2 e) 5.0 10−2 f) 6.7 10−2 g) 7.7 10−2 h) 9.5 10−2 i) 3.9 10−2 j) 8.8 10−2 Answer: e Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 26.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 26.2

)r 3 in (proper) units of amps/m2 and m?

16) The figure gives the drift speed vd of conduction electrons in a copper wire versus position x along the wire. The wire consists of three sections that differ in radius. Rank the three sections according to the radius, greatest first. ( ) indicates a tie.

a) A, B, C b) A, C, B c) B, A, C d) B, C, A e) C, B, A f) C, A, B g) (A,B), C h) C, (A,B) i) B, (A,C) j) (A,C), B Answer: e Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 26.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 26.2

17) The figure gives the drift speed vd of conduction electrons in a copper wire versus position x along the wire. The wire consists of three sections that differ in radius. Rank the three sections according to the magnitude of the electric field, greatest first. ( ) indicates a tie.

a) A, B, C b) A, C, B c) B, A, C d) B, C, A e) C, B, A f) C, A, B g) (A,B), C h) C, (A,B) i) B, (A,C) j) (A,C), B Answer: a

Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 26.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 26.2 18) How long (hours) do electrons take to move through a cable of length 12.0 m? There are 8.49 1028 conduction electrons per cubic meter. The current is 15 A and uniform. The cross-sectional area is 4.00 10−5 m2. a) 73.4 b) 26.4 c) 207 d) 51.1 e) 185 f) 187 g) 170 h) 34.2 i) 59.4 j) 121 Answer: j Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 26.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 26.2 19) The current density in a wire is given by J = (3.0  10-6)r3, where J is in amps/m2 and r (the distance from the center) is in meters. How much current (A) is conducted between the radii values 0.500 mm and 1.00 mm (which is less than the wire’s radius)? a) 4.08 10−21 b) 8.55 10−22 c) 5.44 10−22 d) 1.82 10−22 e) 4.88 10−22 f) 2.86 10−20 g) 7.56 10−21 h) 3.07 10−22 i) 3.65 10−21 j) 8.2110−20 Answer: i

Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 26.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 26.2

20) The figure shows a wire that changes in width, with radii r2 = 2.00r1. The drift speed in region 1 at the left is 2.00 10−8 m/s. The resistivity is 1.69 10−8 ohm-m. The density of conduction electrons is 8.49 1028 m-3. On the right, length L is 3.00 cm. What is the potential change ∆V (volts) along that length?

a) 6.1110−7 b) 5.17 10−9 c) 2.20 10−7 d) 6.06 10−8 e) 9.02 10−9 f) 5.5110−7 g) 1.38 10−8 h) 7.82 10−9 i) 3.44 10−8 j) 8.27 10−8 Answer: i Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 26.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 26.3 21) How long (hours) do electrons take to move through a cable of length 7.00 m? There are 8.49 1028 conduction electrons per cubic meter. The current is 15.0 A and uniform. The cross-sectional area is 1.50 10−5 m2. a) 73.4 b) 26.4 c) 207 d) 51.1 e) 185 f) 187

g) 170 h) 34.2 i) 59.4 j) 121 Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 26.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 26.2

22) The figure shows a wire that changes in width, with radii r2 = 2.00r1. The drift speed in region 1 at the left is 3.00 10−9 m/s. The resistivity is 1.69 10−8 ohm-m. The density of conduction electrons is 8.49 1028 m-3. On the right, length L is 0.030 m. What is the potential change ∆V (volts) along that length?

a) 6.1110−7 b) 5.17 10−9 c) 2.20 10−7 d) 6.06 10−8 e) 9.02 10−9 f) 5.5110−7 g) 1.38 10−8 h) 7.82 10−9 i) 3.44 10−8 j) 8.27 10−8 Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 26.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 26.3 23) The current density in a wire is given by J = (3.0  10-6)r3, where J is in amps/m2 and r (the distance from the center) is in meters. How much current (A) is conducted between the radii values 0.500 mm and 1.50 mm (which is less than the wire’s radius)?

a) 4.08 10−21 b) 8.55 10−22 c) 5.44 10−22 d) 1.82 10−22 e) 4.88 10−22 f) 2.86 10−20 g) 7.56 10−21 h) 3.07 10−22 i) 3.65 10−21 j) 8.2110−20 Answer: f Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 26.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 26.2 24) How long (hours) do electrons take to move through a cable of length 12.5 m? There are 8.49 1028 conduction electrons per cubic meter. The current is 15.0 A. The cross-sectional area is 2.50 10−5 m2. a) 18.7 b) 10.0 c) 43.2 d) 79.0 e) 12.3 f) 67.1 g) 94.9 h) 78.6 i) 14.8 j) 18.5 Answer: h Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 26.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 26.2

25) The figure shows, for three situations, the electric potential along a wire carrying current, from one end to the other end. Rank the situations according to the current density in the wire, greatest first. ( ) indicates a tie.

a) A, B, C b) A, C, B c) B, A, C d) B, C, A e) C, B, A f) C, A, B g) (A,B), C h) C, (A,B) i) B, (A,C) j) (A,C), B Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 26.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 26.2

26) The figure shows three situations in which positive and negative charges move horizontally and gives the rate at which each charge moves. Rank the situations according to the effective current through the regions, greatest first. ( ) indicates a tie.

a) 1, 2, 3 b) 1, 3, 2 c) 2, 1, 3 d) 2, 3, 1 e) 3, 2, 1 f) 3, 1, 2 g) (1,2), 3 h) 3, (1,2) i) 2, (1,3) j) (1,2,3) Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy

Learning Objective 1: LO 26.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 26.2

27) If the current density in a certain wire is given by J = Jor/R, where r is the radial distance, R is the wire’s radius 2.00 mm, and J0 is 16.0 A/m2, then how much current (A) is between r = 0.200R and r = 0.300R? a) 1.57 10−6 b) 1.99 10−7 c) 4.89 10−5 d) 9.18 10−6 e) 8.08 10−6 f) 4.2110−5 g) 6.76 10−5 h) 5.16 10−6 i) 7.1110−5 j) 2.55 10−6 Answer: j Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 26.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 26.2 28) The figure shows a wire that changes in width. However, we don’t know if the wire narrows as in the first drawing or widens as in the second drawing. The drift speed in region 1 at the left is 8.00 10−9 m/s. The resistivity is 1.69 10−8 ohm-m. The density of conduction electrons is 8.49 1028 m-3. In both sections, the current is uniformly distributed over the cross section. In region 2 on the right, in length L = 3.00 cm, the potential change ∆V = 9.20 10−8 V. What is the ratio of radii r1/r2?

a) 0.50 b) 0.27 c) 0.33 d) 0.67 e) 0.80 f) 1.3 g) 1.7 h) 2.4

i) 2.9 j) 3.1 Answer: f Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 26.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 26.3 29) How long (hours) do electrons take to move through a cable of length 6.00 m? There are 8.49 1028 conduction electrons per cubic meter. The current is 8.00 A. The cross-sectional area is 2.50 10−5 m2. a) 7.11 b) 9.56 c) 887 d) 65.1 e) 8.53 f) 8.17 g) 4.40 h) 47.2 i) 70.8 j) 14.8 Answer: i Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 26.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 26.2

30) If the current density in a certain wire is given by J = Jor/R, where r is the radial distance, R is the wire’s radius 2.00 mm, and J0 is 16.0 A/m2, then how much current (A) is between r = 0.200R and r = 0.800R? a) 1.57 10−6 b) 1.99 10−7 c) 4.89 10−5 d) 9.18 10−6 e) 8.08 10−6 f) 4.2110−5 g) 6.76 10−5 h) 5.16 10−6 i) 7.1110−5

j) 2.55 10−6 Answer: g Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 26.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 26.2 31) The figure shows a wire that changes in width. However, we don’t know if the wire narrows as in the first drawing or widens as in the second drawing. The drift speed in region 1 at the left is 8.00 10−9 m/s. The resistivity is 1.69 10−8 ohm-m. The density of conduction electrons is 8.49 1028 m-3. In both sections, the current is uniformly distributed over the cross section. In region 2 on the right, in length L = 1.00 cm, the potential change ∆V = 1.80 10−7 V. What is the ratio of radii r1/r2?

a) 0.50 b) 0.27 c) 0.33 d) 0.67 e) 0.80 f) 1.3 g) 1.7 h) 2.4 i) 2.9 j) 3.1 Answer: j Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 26.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 26.3

Package Title: Test Bank Questions Chapter 27 Course Title: Halliday 12e Chapter Number: Chapter 27

Question type: Multiple-Choice

1) The figure shows two real batteries and a resistor R = 8.00 Ω. Battery 1 has emf = 10.0 V and internal resistance r1 = 0.300 Ω. Battery 2 has emf = 24.0 V and internal resistance r2 = 0.200 Ω. What is the direction of the current (A) in the circuit?

a) clockwise b) counterclockwise Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 27.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.1 2) The figure shows two real batteries and a resistor R = 8.00 Ω. Battery 1 has emf = 10.0 V and internal resistance r1 = 0.300 Ω. Battery 2 has emf = 24.0 V and internal resistance r2 = 0.200 Ω. What is the current (A) in the circuit?

a) 1.33 b) 1.65 c) 0.458 d) 0.926 e) 2.02 f) 1.92 g) 0.148 h) 2.29 i) 2.11 j) 0.841

Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 27.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.1 3) The figure shows two real batteries and a resistor R = 10.0 Ω. Battery 1 has emf = 10.0 V and internal resistance r1 = 0.300 Ω. Battery 2 has emf = 20.0 V and internal resistance r2 = 0.500 Ω. What is the current (A) in the circuit?

a) 1.33 b) 1.65 c) 0.458 d) 0.926 e) 2.02 f) 1.92 g) 0.148 h) 2.29 i) 2.11 j) 0.841 Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 27.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.1

4) In the figure, the initial circuit is shown first. Then resistor 2 is included. Because of that inclusion, what happens to the current in resistor 1?

a) increases b) decreases c) remains the same?

Answer: c Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 27.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.2

5) In the figure, the initial circuit is shown first. Then resistor 2 is included. Because of that inclusion, what happens to the current in resistor 1?

a) increases b) decreases c) remains the same Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 27.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.1

6) The figure shows an ideal battery (its emf is not given) and three identical resistors. Rank the resistors according to the potential across them, greatest first. ( ) indicates a tie.

a) 1, 2, 3 b) 1, 3, 2 c) 2, 1, 3 d) 2, 3, 1 e) 3, 1, 2 f) 3, 2, 1 g) (1,2), 3 h) 3, (1,2) i) (1,3), 2

j) 2, (1,3) Answer: h Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 27.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.2

7) In the figure, the switch is closed at time t = 0. At what time (s) is the current through the resistor equal to 0.500 A? V = 24.0 V, R = 2.00 , C = 35.0 10−6 F

a) 5.47 10−4 b) 6.56 10−4 c) 2.22 10−4 d) 9.19 10−4 e) 3.33 10−4 f) 9.09 10−4 g) 5.8110−3 h) 4.38 10−4 i) 7.07 10−4 j) 1.25 10−4 Answer: c Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 27.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.4

8) The figure shows a circuit with three ideal batteries. What is the current (A) in resistor 2?

V1 = 12.0 V, V2 = 18.0 V, V3 = 10.0 V R1 = 2.00 Ω, R2 = 8.00 Ω, R3 = 4.00 Ω, R4 = 6.00 Ω

a) 3.50 up b) 1.34 up c) 2.10 up d) 1.00 up e) 3.00 up f) 3.50 down g) 1.34 down h) 2.10 down i) 1.00 down j) 3.00 down Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 27.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.1

9) The figure shows an ideal 12.0 battery. What is the current (A) through resistor 2? R1 = 1.40 Ω, R2 = 2.00 Ω, R3 = 6.00 Ω, R4 = 2.00 Ω,

a) 3.2 b) 6.8 c) 4.3 d) 6.4 e) 7.0 f) 0.25 g) 2.1 h) 5.6 i) 4.8 j) 8.5

Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 27.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.2

10) The figure shows six identical real batteries with emf = 8.00 V and resistance r = 0.200 Ω. What is the power (W) dissipated in the external resistor R = 0.500  ?

a) 89 b) 25 c) 56 d) 29 e) 230 f) 150 g) 450 h) 240 i) 125 j) 341 Answer: g Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 27.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.2

11) In the figure, what is the current (A) in the resistor indicated? Each battery is ideal and has emf = 6.0 V. Each resistor has resistance = 2.0 ohms.

a) 3.0 b) 2.0 c) 1.0 d) 1.5 e) 6.0 f) 9.5 g) 10 h) 0.50 i) 7.0 j) 9.0 Answer: j Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 27.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.1

12) The figure shows a single-loop circuit with ideal batteries and a grounded point. What is the potential (V) at point P?

V1 = 8.00 V, V2 = 6.00 V, V3 = 12.0 V R1 = 6.00 Ω, R2 = 2.00 Ω, R3 = 4.00 Ω, R4 = 8.00 Ω

a) 27.4 b) 4.09 c) 22.8 d) 15.0 e) 13.8 f) 8.05 g) 16.3 h) 10.0 i) 12.0 j) 6.69 Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 27.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.1

13) The figure shows a circuit with three ideal batteries. What is the current (A) in resistor 2?

V1 = 8.00 V, V2 = 18.0 V, V3 = 10.0 V R1 = 2.00 Ω, R2 = 8.00 Ω, R3 = 4.00 Ω, R4 = 6.00 Ω

a) 3.50 up b) 1.34 up c) 2.10 up d) 1.00 up e) 3.00 up f) 3.50 down g) 1.34 down

h) 2.10 down i) 1.00 down j) 3.00 down Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 27.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.2

14) In the figure, the switch is closed at time t = 0. At what time (s) is the current through the resistor equal to 2.00 A? V = 24.0 V, R = 2.00 , C = 35.0 10−6 F

a) 5.47 10−4 b) 6.56 10−4 c) 2.22 10−4 d) 9.19 10−4 e) 3.33 10−4 f) 9.09 10−4 g) 5.8110−3 h) 4.38 10−4 i) 7.07 10−4 j) 1.25 10−4 Answer: j Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 27.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.4

15) The figure shows six identical real batteries with emf = 8.00 V and resistance r = 0.200 Ω. What is the power (W) dissipated in the external resistor R = 1.00  ?

a) 89 b) 25 c) 56 d) 29 e) 230 f) 150 g) 450 h) 240 i) 125 j) 341 Answer: j Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 27.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.2

16) The figure shows a single-loop circuit with ideal batteries and a grounded point. What is the potential (V) at point P?

V1 = 4.00 V, V2 = 6.00 V, V3 = 12.0 V R1 = 6.00 Ω, R2 = 2.00 Ω, R3 = 4.00 Ω, R4 = 8.00 Ω

a) 27.4 b) 4.09 c) 22.8 d) 15.0 e) 13.8 f) 8.05 g) 16.3 h) 10.0

i) 12.0 j) 6.69 Answer: e Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 27.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.1

17) In the figure, what is the current (A) in the resistor indicated? Each battery is ideal and has emf = 6.0 V. Each resistor has resistance = 9.0 ohms.

a) 3.0 b) 2.0 c) 1.0 d) 1.5 e) 6.0 f) 9.5 g) 10 h) 0.50 i) 7.0 j) 9.0

Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 27.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.2

18) In the figure, the switch is closed at time t = 0. The capacitor is initially uncharged. What is the voltage (V) across the resistor at t = 4.00 s? V = 12.0 V, C = 3.00 10−6 F, R = 20.0 106 

a) 1.60 b) 1.77 c) 11.2 d) 6.16 e) 9.73 f) 8.92 g) 5.70 h) 3.54 i) 7.23 j) 10.4 Answer: c Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 27.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.4

19) In the figure, the switch is closed at time t = 0. The capacitor is initially uncharged. What is the voltage (V) across the resistor at t = 40.0 s? V = 12.0 V, C = 3.00 10−6 F, R = 20.0 106 

a) 1.60 b) 1.77 c) 11.2 d) 6.16 e) 9.73 f) 8.92 g) 5.70 h) 3.54 i) 7.23 j) 10.4 Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 27.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.4

20) In the figure, the three circuits have identical ideal batteries and identical resistances. Rank them according to the current through the battery, greatest first. ( ) indicates a tie.

a) 1, 2, 3 b) 1, 3, 2 c) 2, 1, 3 d) 2, 3, 1 e) 3, 2, 1 f) 3, 1, 2 g) (1,2), 3 h) 3, (1,2) i) 2, (1,3) j) (1,2,3) Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 27.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.2

21) In which of the three circuits in the figure are the two resistors in parallel?

a) 1 only b) 2 only c) 3 only d) 1 and 2 e) 1 and 3 f) 2 and 3 g) none h) all three Answer: f Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 27.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.2

22) In the figure, the ideal battery has an emf of 14.0 V. What is the current (A) in R3? R1 = 2.00 Ω, R2 = 2.00 Ω, R3 = 12.0 Ω, R4 = 4.00 Ω

a) 0.200 b) 1.00 c) 0.235 d) 0.667 e) 0.750 f) 0.250 g) 0.100 h) 0.500

i) 1.23 j) 0.820 Answer: h Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 27.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.2

23) In the figure, the capacitance is 6.00 10−6 F, the battery’s voltage is V = 12.0 V, and the resistance is 600 . At time t = 0, the capacitor has no charge and the switch is closed. At what time (s) is the voltage across the capacitor equal to 2.00 volts?

a) 5.47 10−4 b) 6.56 10−4 c) 1.20 10−5 d) 9.19 10−4 e) 3.33 10−4 f) 9.89 10−5 g) 5.8110−4 h) 4.38 10−4 i) 7.66 10−5 j) 2.50 10−4 Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 27.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.4

24) The figure shows an array of identical real batteries, each with emf 0.050 V and internal resistance 0.20 ohm. There are 400 branches, each with 200 batteries. What is the current (A) through the external resistor, which has resistance R = 0.40 Ω?

a) 38 b) 2.5 c) 4.5 d) 5.6 e) 6.2 f) 4.0 g) 16 h) 20 i) 12 j) 18 Answer: h Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 27.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.2

25) The figure shows a circuit with an ideal 30.0 V battery, two resistors (one is R2 = 6.00 Ω), and a grounded corner (V = 0). The current is 2.00 A. What is the voltage (“absolute voltage,” V) at point P?

a) -4.0 b) 12 c) 24 d) 26 e) 18 f) 3.0 g) -2.0 h) 38 i) 14

j) -12 Answer: e Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 27.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.1

26) The figure shows a circuit with an ideal 30.0 V battery, two resistors (one is R2 = 6.00 Ω), and a grounded corner (V = 0). The current is 2.00 A. What is resistance R1 (ohms)?

a) 10 b) 2.5 c) 6.0 d) 4.5 e) 4.0 f) 12 g) 1.6 h) 8.0 i) 9.0 j) 1.0 Answer: i Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 27.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.1

27) The figure shows a circuit with an ideal 30.0 V battery, two resistors (one is R2 = 6.00 Ω), and a grounded corner (V = 0). The current is 2.00 A. At what rate (W) is energy dissipated in R2?

a) 60 b) 50 c) 30 d) 15 e) 19 f) 110 g) 24 h) 40 i) 54 j) 28 Answer: g Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 27.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.1

28) The figure shows a circuit with three ideal batteries. What is the current (A) in R2? V1 = 15.0 V, V2 = 20.0 V, V3 = 30.0 V

R1 = 6.00 . R2 = 12.0 . R3 = 8.00  R4 = 4.00 .

a) 2.52 b) 0.800 c) 12.0 d) 1.88 e) 2.33 f) 4.02 g) 3.52 h) 4.72 i) 2.08 j) 1.25

Answer: j Title:

Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 27.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.2

29) In the figure, the capacitance is 7.00 10−7 F, the ideal battery has an emf of 12.0 V, and the resistance is 600 . At time t = 0, the capacitor has no charge and the switch is closed. At what time (s) is the voltage across the capacitor equal to 2.00 V?

a) 5.47 10−4 b) 6.56 10−4 c) 1.20 10−5 d) 9.19 10−4 e) 3.33 10−4 f) 9.89 10−5 g) 5.8110−4 h) 4.38 10−4 i) 7.66 10−5 j) 2.50 10−4 Answer: i Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 27.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.4

30) In the figure, the ideal battery has an emf of 21.0 V. What is the current (A) in R3? R1 = 2.00 Ω, R2 = 2.00 Ω, R3 = 12.0 Ω, R4 = 4.00 Ω

a) 0.250 b) 0.100 c) 0.500 d) 1.23 e) 0.820 f) 0.200 g) 1.00 h) 0.235 i) 0.667 j) 0.750 Answer: j Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 27.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.2

31) The figure shows an array of identical real batteries, each with emf 0.050 V and internal resistance 0.20 ohm. There are 400 branches, each with 200 batteries. What is the current (A) through the external resistor, which has resistance R = 2.40 Ω?

a) 38 b) 2.5 c) 4.5 d) 5.6 e) 6.2 f) 4.0 g) 16 h) 20 i) 12 j) 18 Answer: f Title:

Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 27.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.2 32) The figure shows a circuit with an ideal 30.0 V battery, two resistors (one is R2 = 6.00 Ω), and a grounded corner (V = 0). The current is 3.00 A. What is the voltage (“absolute voltage,” V) at point P?

a) 3.0 b) -2.0 c) 38 d) 14 e) -12 f) -4.0 g) 12 h) 24 i) 26 j) 18 Answer: g Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 27.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.1

33) The figure shows a circuit with an ideal 30.0 V battery, two resistors (one is R2 = 6.00 Ω), and a grounded corner (V = 0). The current is 3.00 A. What is resistance R1 (ohms)?

a) 12 b) 1.6 c) 8.0 d) 9.0 e) 1.0

f) 10 g) 2.5 h) 6.0 i) 4.5 j) 4.0 Answer: j Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 27.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.1

34) The figure shows a circuit with an ideal 30.0 V battery, two resistors (one is R2 = 6.00 Ω), and a grounded corner (V = 0). The current is 3.00 A. At what rate (W) is energy dissipated in R2?

a) 110 b) 24 c) 40 d) 54 e) 28 f) 60 g) 50 h) 30 i) 15 j) 19 Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 27.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.1

35) The figure shows an ideal 12 V battery and three resistors: R1 = 6.0 Ω, R2 = 5.0 Ω, R3 = 3.0 Ω. At what rate (W) is energy dissipated in resistor 1?

a) 28 b) 48 c) 10 d) 42 e) 12 f) 24 g) 22 h) 16 i) 30 j) 22 Answer: f Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 27.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.2

36) The figure shows an ideal 12.0 V battery and three resistors: R1 = 6.0 Ω, R2 = 5.0 Ω, R3 = 3.0 Ω. At what rate (W) is energy produced by the battery?

a) 28 b) 48 c) 10 d) 42 e) 12 f) 24 g) 22 h) 16 i) 30 j) 22 Answer: d

Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 27.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.1

37) The figure shows three real batteries and gives the currents (magnitude and direction) through them. The emf and internal resistor of each are given. Rank the terminal-to-terminal potential of them, greatest magnitude first. ( ) indicates a tie.

a) 1, 2, 3 b) 1, 3, 2 c) 2, 1, 3 d) 2, 3, 1 e) 3, 2, 1 f) 3, 1, 2 g) (1,2), 3 h) 3, (1,2) i) 2, (1,3) j) (1,2,3) Answer: e Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 27.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.1

38) The figure shows a single-loop circuit with ideal batteries and a grounded point. What is the potential (V) at point P? R1 = 6.00 Ω, R2 = 2.00 Ω, R3 = 8.00 Ω, V1 = 12.0 V, V2 = 4.00 V

a) 10.5 b) 14.0 c) 24.0 d) 13.5 e) 16.0 f) 4.5 g) 3.8 h) 7.0 i) 9.0 j) 18.5 Answer: i Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 27.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.1

39) The figure shows an ideal 12.0 V battery and three resistors: R1 = 9.0 Ω, R2 = 10.0 Ω, R3 = 14.0 Ω. At what rate (W) is energy dissipated in resistor 1?

a) 28 b) 48 c) 10 d) 42 e) 12 f) 24 g) 2 h) 16 i) 30 j) 24 Answer: h Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 27.2.0

Section Reference 1: Section 27.2

40) The figure shows an ideal 12.0 V battery and three resistors: R1 = 9.0 Ω, R2 = 10.0 Ω, R3 = 14.0 Ω At what rate (W) is energy produced by the battery?

a) 28 b) 48 c) 10 d) 42 e) 12 f) 24 g) 22 h) 16 i) 30 j) 24 Answer: g Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 27.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.1

41) The figure shows a single-loop circuit with ideal batteries and a grounded point. What is the potential (V) at point P? R1 = 6.00 Ω, R2 = 2.00 Ω, R3 = 24.0 Ω, V1 = 12.0 V, V2 = 4.00 V

a) 10.5 b) 14.0 c) 24.0 d) 13.5

e) 16.0 f) 4.5 g) 3.8 h) 7.0 i) 9.0 j) 18.5 Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 27.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.1

42) A capacitor with C = 5.0 μF is to be charged by a battery with emf = 12 V through a resistance R. The graph shows the charge q on the capacitor versus time t for three choices of R. Rank the three curves according to the value of R, greatest first. ( ) indicates a tie.

a) 1, 2, 3 b) 1, 3, 2 c) 2, 1, 3 d) 2, 3, 1 e) 3, 2, 1 f) 3, 1, 2 g) (1,2), 3 h) 3, (1,2) i) 2, (1,3) j) (1,2,3) Answer: e Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 27.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.4 43) In the figure, the switch is closed at time t = 0 on a capacitor with capacitance C = 5.00 µF. The resistors are R1 = 2.00 Ω and R2 = 4.00 Ω and the circuit has a 50.0 V ideal battery. At what time (s) is the charge on the capacitor equal to 0.250 of the final (equilibrium) charge?

a) 5.47 10−5 b) 6.56 10−6 c) 2.59 10−5 d) 8.63 10−6 e) 3.33 10−5 f) 9.89 10−6 g) 5.8110−6 h) 4.38 10−6 i) 7.07 10−6 j) 1.99 10−5 Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 27.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.4

44) The figure shows a circuit with three ideal batteries. What is the current (A) in R3? R1 = 4.00 Ω, R2 = 2.00 Ω, R3 = 8.00 Ω, R4 = 10.0 Ω, R5 = 6.00 Ω V1 = 6.00 V, V2 = 10.0 V, V3 = 12.0 V

a) 3.50 up b) 2.25 up c) 4.15 up d) 1.43 up e) 3.00 up f) 3.50 down g) 2.25 down h) 4.15 down

i) 1.43 down j) 3.00 down Answer: i Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 27.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.2

45) The figure shows an ideal 20 V battery and several resistors, each with resistance 2.00 Ω. What is the current (A) in R1?

a) 10.0 b) 6.20 c) 5.00 d) 0.800 e) 7.10 f) 3.50 g) 4.95 h) 3.33 i) 1.85 j) 2.00 Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 27.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.1

46) The figure shows an ideal 20.0 V battery and several resistors, each with resistance 2.00 Ω. What is the current (A) in R2?

a) 10.0 b) 6.20 c) 5.00 d) 0.80 e) 7.10 f) 3.50 g) 4.95 h) 3.33 i) 1.85 j) 2.00 Answer: j Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 27.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.1

47) The figure shows an external resistor R = 2.50 Ω and two branches containing identical real batteries with emf = 5.00 V and internal resistance r = 0.600 Ω. What is the current (A) in each branch?

a) 8.92 b) 6.25 c) 5.00 d) 2.19 e) 2.67 f) 1.50 g) 4.50 h) 3.40 i) 10.0 j) 3.13

Answer: j Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 27.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.2

48) In the figure, the switch is closed at time t = 0 on a capacitor with capacitance C = 15.0 µF. The resistors are R1 = 2.00 Ω and R2 = 4.00 Ω, and there is an ideal 50.0 V battery. At what time (s) is the charge on the capacitor equal to 0.250 of the final (equilibrium) charge?

a) 5.47 10−5 b) 6.56 10−6 c) 2.59 10−5 d) 8.63 10−6 e) 3.33 10−5 f) 9.89 10−6 g) 5.8110−6 h) 4.38 10−6 i) 7.07 10−6 j) 1.99 10−5 Answer: c Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 27.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.4

49) The figure shows an external resistor R = 2.50 Ω and two branches containing identical real batteries with emf = 8.00 V and internal resistance r = 0.600 Ω. What is the current (A) in each branch?

a) 8.92 b) 6.25 c) 5.00 d) 2.19 e) 2.67 f) 1.50 g) 4.50 h) 3.40 i) 10.0 j) 3.13 Answer: c Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 27.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.2

50) The figure shows a circuit with three ideal batteries. What is the current (A) in R3? R1 = 4.00 Ω, R2 = 2.00 Ω, R3 = 8.00 Ω, R4 = 10.0 Ω, R5 = 6.00 Ω V1 = 6.00 V, V2 = 10.0 V, V3 = 12.0 V

a) 3.50 up b) 2.25 up c) 4.15 up d) 1.43 up e) 3.00 up f) 3.50 down g) 2.25 down h) 4.15 down i) 1.43 down j) 3.00 down Answer: i Title: Question ID:

Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 27.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.2

51) The figure shows an ideal 20.0 V battery and several resistors, with R1 = 4.00 Ω and the rest with resistance 2.00 Ω. What is the current (A) in R1?

a) 10.0 b) 6.20 c) 5.00 d) 0.800 e) 7.10 f) 3.50 g) 4.95 h) 3.33 i) 1.85 j) 2.00 Answer: c Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 27.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.2 52) The figure shows a circuit with an ideal 50 V battery and three resistors: R1 = 5.00  , R2 = 20.0  , and R3 = 5.00  . If R3 is removed, by how much (A) does the current through R1 change?

a) 3.56 b) 1.75 c) 2.00

d) 1.90 e) 4.25 f) 1.02 g) 0.55 h) 2.40 i) 2.80 j) 0.20 Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 27.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.2

53) The figure shows a circuit with an ideal 32.0 V battery and four identical resistors, each of 2.00 Ω. A grounded point is also shown (V = 0). What is the (absolute) voltage (volts) at point A?

a) -35 b) -21 c) +12 d) +24 e) +28.5 f) +35 g) +21 h) -12 i) -24 j) -28.5 Answer: i Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 27.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.1

54) In the figure, the switch is closed at time t = 0. The capacitor is initially uncharged. What is the final charge (μC) on the capacitor? V = 12 V, R = 20 10 , C = 3.0 10−6 F. 6

a) 12 b) 24 c) 5.2 d) 17 e) 9.6 f) 48 g) 14 h) 21 i) 51 j) 36 Answer: j Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 27.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.4

55) In the figure, the switch is closed at time t = 0. The capacitor is initially uncharged. V = 12 V,

R = 20 106 , C = 3.0 10−6 F. What is the charge (μC) on the capacitor at t = 4.00 s?

a) 1.9 b) 8.5 c) 9.4 d) 12 e) 17 f) 2.3 g) 0.49 h) 6.2 i) 3.1 E-2 j) 3.8

Answer: f Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 27.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.4

56) The figure shows an array of identical real batteries, with emf = 5.0 V and internal resistance r = 0.20 ohm. The external resistance is R = 15  . What is the current (A) through each battery?

a) 12 b) 15 c) 14 d) 4.0 e) 20 f) 30 g) 10 h) 8.0 i) 7.1 j) 5.0 Answer: g Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 27.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.2 57) The figure shows a circuit with an ideal 50.0 V battery and three resistors: R1 = 10.0  , R2 = 20.0  , and R3 = 5.00  . If R3 is removed, by how much (A) does the current through R1 change?

a) 3.57 b) 1.75 c) 2.00 d) 1.90 e) 4.25 f) 1.02 g) 0.55 h) 2.40 i) 2.80 j) 0.20 Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 27.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.1

58) The figure shows a circuit with an ideal 38.0 V battery and four identical resistors, each of 4.00 Ω. A grounded point is also shown (V = 0). What is the (absolute) voltage (volts) at point A?

a) -35 b) -21 c) +12 d) +24 e) +28.5 f) +35 g) +21 h) -12 i) -24 j) -28.5 Answer: j Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 27.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.1

59) The figure shows a circuit with three ideal batteries (V1 = 15.0 V, V2 = 20.0 V, V3 = 40.0 V). What is the current (A) in R2? R1 = 6.00 Ω, R2 = 12.0 Ω, R3 = 8.00 Ω, R4 = 4.00 Ω

a) 3.52 b) 6.46 c) 1.04 d) 1.88 e) 2.33 f) 4.02 g) 2.15 h) 5.42 i) 1.25 j) 0.25 Answer: c Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 27.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.2

60) In the figure, the switch is closed at time t = 0. The capacitor is initially uncharged. What is the final charge (μC) on the capacitor? V = 24 V, R = 20 10 , C = 2.0 10−6 F. 6

a) 12 b) 24 c) 5.2 d) 17 e) 9.6 f) 48 g) 14

h) 21 i) 51 j) 36 Answer: f Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 27.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.4

61) In the figure, the switch is closed at time t = 0. The capacitor is initially uncharged. V = 24 V,

R = 20 106 , C = 2.0 10−6 F. What is the charge (μC) on the capacitor at t = 12.0 s?

a) 1.9 b) 8.5 c) 9.4 d) 12 e) 17 f) 2.3 g) 0.49 h) 6.2 i) 3.1 E-2 j) 3.8 Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 27.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.1

62) The figure shows an array of identical real batteries, with emf = 5.0 V and internal resistance r = 0.20 ohm. The external resistance is R = 25  . What is the current (A) through each battery?

a) 12 b) 15 c) 14 d) 4.0 e) 20 f) 30 g) 10 h) 8.0 i) 7.1 j) 5.0 Answer: i Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 27.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.2

63) The figure shows three ideal batteries and three resistors: V1 = 6.00 V, V2 = 7.00 V, V3 = 9.00 V R1 = 2.00 Ω, R2 = 4.00 Ω, R3 = 5.00 Ω. What is the current (A) through resistor 3?

a) 0.258 b) 0.421 c) 3.33 d) 1.86 e) 0.931 f) 0.531 g) 1.98 h) 1.12 i) 0.129 j) 0.851

Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 27.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.2

64) The figure shows three ideal batteries and three resistors: V1 = 6.00 V, V2 = 7.00 V, V3 = 9.00 V R1 = 2.00 Ω, R2 = 4.00 Ω, R3 = 9.00 Ω. What is the current (A) through resistor 3?

a) 0.258 b) 0.421 c) 3.33 d) 1.86 e) 0.931 f) 0.531 g) 1.98 h) 1.12 i) 0.129 j) 0.851 Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 27.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.2 65) The figure shows a single-loop circuit with a resistor R = 10  and two real batteries: ℰ1 = 15.0 V, 𝑟1 = 2.00 𝛺 and ℰ2 = 24.0 V, 𝑟2 = 5.00 𝛺. What is the current (A)?

a) 1.40 b) 0.155 c) 7.03 d) 0.529 e) 1.21 f) 0.964 g) 0.289 h) 0.727 i) 0.333 j) 3.89 Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 27.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.1

66) The figure shows a circuit with an ideal battery (ℰ = 40 V) and two resistors: R2 = 6.0  and unknown R1. One corner is grounded (V = 0). The current is 5.0 A counterclockwise. What is the “absolute voltage” (V) at point P?

a) -7.0 b) 10 c) 24 d) 8.5 e) 18 f) 6.0 g) -2.0 h) 45 i) 23

j) -14 Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 27.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.1

67) The figure shows a circuit with an ideal battery (ℰ = 40 V) and two resistors: R2 = 6.0  and unknown R1. One corner is grounded (V = 0). The current is 5.0 A counterclockwise. What is resistance R1 (ohms)?

a) 16 b) 2.0 c) 19 d) 4.5 e) 14 f) 12 g) 24 h) 8.0 i) 9.0 j) 10 Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 27.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.1

68) The figure shows a circuit with an ideal battery (ℰ = 40.0 V) and two resistors R2 = 6.00  and unknown R1. One corner is grounded (V = 0). The current is 5.00 A counterclockwise. At what rate (W) is energy dissipated in R2?

a) 60 b) 119 c) 49 d) 225 e) 109 f) 150 g) 23 h) 75 i) 170 j) 68 Answer: f Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 27.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.1

69) The figure shows a circuit with an ideal battery (ℰ = 60 V) and two resistors R2 = 3.0  and unknown R1. One corner is grounded (V = 0). The current is 5.0 A counterclockwise. What is the “absolute voltage” (V) at point P?

a) -7.0 b) 10 c) 24 d) 8.5 e) 18 f) 6.0 g) -2.0 h) 45 i) 23 Answer: h

Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 27.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.1

70) The figure shows a circuit with an ideal battery (ℰ = 60 V) and two resistors R2 = 3.0  and unknown R1. One corner is grounded (V = 0). The current is 5.0 A counterclockwise. What is resistance R1 (ohms)?

a) 16 b) 2.0 c) 19 d) 4.5 e) 14 f) 12 g) 24 h) 8.0 i) 9.0 j) 10 Answer: i Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 27.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.1

71) The figure shows a circuit with an ideal battery (ℰ = 60.0 V) and two resistors R2 = 3.00  and unknown R1. One corner is grounded (V = 0). The current is 5.00 A counterclockwise. At what rate (W) is energy dissipated in R2?

a) 60 b) 119 c) 49 d) 225 e) 109 f) 150 g) 23 h) 75 i) 170 j) 68 Answer: h Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 27.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.1 72) The figure shows a single-loop circuit with a resistor R = 15.0  and two real batteries: ℰ1 = 8.00 V, 𝑟1 = 2.00 𝛺 and ℰ2 = 24.0 V, 𝑟2 = 5.00 𝛺. What is the current (A)?

a) 1.40 b) 0.155 c) 7.03 d) 0.529 e) 1.21 f) 0.964 g) 0.289 h) 0.727 i) 0.333 j) 3.89 Answer: h Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate

Learning Objective 1: LO 27.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.1

73) The figure shows three circuits in which a charged capacitor is discharged when the switch is closed. The resistors are identical; the capacitors are identical. The graph shows how the charge q on the capacitor decays with time t. Which plot corresponds to which circuit?

a) A1, B2, C3 b) A1, B3, C2 c) A2, B1, C3 d) A2, B3, C1 e) A3, B1, C2 f) A3, B2, C1 Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 27.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.2

74) In the figure, the switch is closed at time t = 0. At what time (s) is the voltage across the capacitor equal to 2.00 volts?

a) 5.47 10−4 b) 6.56 10−4 c) 1.46 10−3 d) 9.73 10−4 e) 3.33 10−4 f) 9.89 10−4 g) 5.8110−4 h) 4.38 10−4

V = 12.0 V, R1 = 400 , R2 = 200 , C = 6.00 10-6 F.

i) 7.07 10−4 j) 2.50 10−4 Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 27.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.4

75) The figure shows a circuit with an ideal 35 V battery and seven identical resistors, each of 2.0 Ω. A grounded point is also shown (V = 0). What is the current (A) through the battery?

a) 6.0 b) 2.1 c) 12 d) 7.0 e) 4.5 f) 5.0 g) 9.0 h) 4.0 i) 6.5 j) 3.3 Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 27.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.2

76) The figure shows a circuit with an ideal 35 V battery and seven identical resistors, each of 2.0 Ω. A grounded point is also shown (V = 0). What is the (absolute) voltage (volts) at point A?

a) -35 b) -21 c) +12 d) -27 e) +67 f) +58 g) -29 h) +49 i) -12 j) +23 Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 27.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.2

77) The figure shows a circuit with three ideal batteries and four resistors: R1 = 6.00 , R2 = 12.0 , R3 = 8.00 , R4 = 4.00 . V1 = 15.0 V, V2 = 20.0 V, V3 = 30.0 V What is the power (W) dissipated in R1?

a) 35.2 b) 8.32 c) 12.0 d) 17.4 e) 66.7 f) 40.2 g) 21.5 h) 41.7

i) 20.0 j) 12.5 Answer: e Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 27.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.2

78) In the circuit, each resistor is 9.0 ohms and each battery is ideal and has emf = 18 V. What is the current (A) through the resistor indicated?

a) 5.0 b) 10 c) 3.0 d) 4.0 e) 8.0 f) 6.0 g) 7.0 h) 9.0 i) 2.0 j) 12 Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 27.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.2

79) The figure shows a circuit with an ideal 45 V battery and seven identical resistors, each of 2.0 Ω. A grounded point is also shown (V = 0). What is the current (A) through the battery?

a) 6.0 b) 2.1 c) 12 d) 7.0 e) 4.5 f) 5.0 g) 9.0 h) 4.0 i) 6.5 j) 3.3 Answer: g Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 27.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.2

80) The figure shows a circuit with an ideal 45 V battery and seven identical resistors, each of 2.0 Ω. A grounded point is also shown (V = 0). What is the (absolute) voltage (volts) at point A?

a) -35 b) -21 c) +12 d) -27 e) +67 f) +58 g) -29 h) +49

i) -12 j) +23 Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 27.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.2

81) In the figure, the switch is closed at time t = 0. At what time (s) is the voltage across the capacitor equal to 4.00 volts? V =12.0 V, R1 = 400 , R2 = 200 , C = 6.00 10-6 F.

a) 5.47 10−4 b) 6.56 10−4 c) 1.46 10−3 d) 9.73 10−4 e) 3.33 10−4 f) 9.89 10−4 g) 5.8110−4 h) 4.38 10−4 i) 7.07 10−4 j) 2.50 10−4 Answer: c Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 27.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.1

82) In the circuit, each resistor is 4.0 ohms and each battery is ideal and has emf = 12 V. What is the current (A) through the resistor indicated?

a) 5.0 b) 10 c) 3.0 d) 4.0 e) 8.0 f) 6.0 g) 7.0 h) 9.0 i) 2.0 j) 12 Answer: f Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 27.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.2

83) The figure shows a circuit with three ideal batteries and four resistors: R1 = 6.00 , R2 = 12.0 , R3 = 8.00 , R4 = 4.00 . V1 = 15.0 V, V2 = 20.0 V, V3 = 30.0 V What is the power (W) dissipated in R4?

a) 35.2 b) 8.32 c) 12.0 d) 17.4

e) 66.7 f) 40.2 g) 21.5 h) 41.7 i) 20.0 j) 12.5 Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 27.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.2

84) The figure shows six identical real batteries with emf = 10.0 V and resistance r = 2.0 Ω. The external resistance is R = 2.0 . What is the current (A) through each battery?

a) 0.15 b) 1.8 c) 0.24 d) 1.5 e) 3.0 f) 6.0 g) 2.5 h) 0.56 i) 2.9 j) 2.3 Answer: e Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 27.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.2

85) The figure shows three real batteries that are connected to a larger circuit. For each battery, we see (explicitly) the associated ideal battery and internal resistance. We also see the direction of the current

through the battery. Rank the batteries according to the potential difference across the battery (terminal to terminal), greatest first. ( ) indicates a tie. i1 = 2.0 A, ℰ1 = 6.0 V, 𝑟1 = 0.20 𝛺 i2 = 2.0 A, ℰ2 = 6.0 V, 𝑟2 = 0.20 𝛺 i3 = 2.0 A, ℰ3 = 6.4 V, 𝑟3 = 0.40 𝛺

a) 1, 2, 3 b) 1, 3, 2 c) 2, 1, 3 d) 2, 3, 1 e) 3, 2, 1 f) 3, 1, 2 g) (1,2), 3 h) 3, (1,2) i) 2, (1,3) j) (1,2,3) Answer: i Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 27.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.1

86) The figure shows three real batteries that are connected to a larger circuit. For each battery, we see (explicitly) the associated ideal battery and internal resistance. We also see the direction of the current through the battery. Rank the batteries according to the rate at which energy is dissipated as thermal energy, greatest first. ( ) indicates a tie. i1 = 2.0 A, ℰ1 = 6.0 V, 𝑟1 = 0.20 𝛺 i2 = 2.0 A, ℰ2 = 6.0 V, 𝑟2 = 0.20 𝛺 i3 = 2.0 A, ℰ3 = 6.4 V, 𝑟3 = 0.40 𝛺

a) 1, 2, 3 b) 1, 3, 2 c) 2, 1, 3 d) 2, 3, 1

e) 3, 2, 1 f) 3, 1, 2 g) (1,2), 3 h) 3, (1,2) i) 2, (1,3) j) (1,2,3) Answer: h Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 27.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.1

87) The figure shows three real batteries that are connected to a larger circuit. For each battery, we see (explicitly) the associated ideal battery and internal resistance. We also see the direction of the current through the battery. i1 = 2.0 A, ℰ1 = 6.0 V, 𝑟1 = 0.20 𝛺 i2 = 2.0 A, ℰ2 = 6.0 V, 𝑟2 = 0.20 𝛺 i3 = 2.0 A, ℰ3 = 6.4 V, 𝑟3 = 0.40 𝛺 In which situation is a battery being charged?

a) 1 only b) 2 only c) 3 only d) 1 and 2 e) 1 and 3 f) 2 and 3 g) all three h) none Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 27.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.1

88) The figure shows a single-loop circuit with two ideal batteries, two resistors, and a grounded point. What is the voltage (V) at point A? V1 = 12 V, V2 = 9.0 V, R1 = 2.0 Ω, R2 = 4.0 Ω

a) -11 b) +15 c) +12 d) +10 e) +14 f) -18 g) -13 h) -12 i) -20 j) -4.0 Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 27.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.1

89) The figure shows a single-loop circuit with two ideal batteries, two resistors, and a grounded point. What is the voltage (V) at point A? V1 = 12 V, V2 = 36 V, R1 = 2.0 Ω, R2 = 4.0 Ω

a) -11 b) +15 c) +12 d) +10 e) +14

f) -18 g) -13 h) -12 i) -20 j) -4.0 Answer: i Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 27.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.1

90) The figure shows an ideal 12 V battery, four identical resistors, and a grounded point. Rank points A, B, and C according to the potential there, most positive first, most negative last. ( ) indicates a tie.

a) A, B, C b) A, C, B c) B, A, C d) B, C, A e) C, B, A f) C, A, B g) (A,B), C h) C, (A,B) i) B, (A,C) j) (A,C), B Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 27.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.2

91) The figure shows an ideal battery and four resistors. What is the current (A) through the battery? V = 42 V, R1 = 10 Ω, R2 = 8.0 Ω, R3 = 6.0 Ω, R4 = 2.0 Ω

a) 12 b) 9.0 c) 3.0 d) 4.0 e) 5.4 f) 1.5 g) 18 h) 2.0 i) 6.0 j) 6.2 Answer: c Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 27.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.2

92) The figure shows an ideal battery and four resistors. V = 42 V, R1 = 10 Ω, R2 = 8.0 Ω, R3 = 6.0 Ω, R4 = 2.0 Ω What is the potential V3 (volts) across resistor 3?

a) 12 b) 9.0 c) 3.0 d) 4.5 e) 5.4 f) 1.5 g) 18 h) 2.0 i) 6.0 j) 6.2

Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 27.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.1

93) The figure shows three ideal batteries and three resistors. What is the current (A) through resistor 3? V1 = 6.00 V, V2 = 7.00 V, V3 = 9.00 V, R1 = 2.00 Ω, R2 = 4.00 Ω, R3 = 5.00 Ω

a) 5.40 b) 2.12 c) 3.33 d) 3.86 e) 0.67 f) 4.21 g) 1.68 h) 1.12 i) 2.81 j) 0.80 Answer: g Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 27.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.2

94) The figure shows three ideal batteries and three resistors. V1 = 6.00 V, V2 = 7.00 V, V3 = 9.00 V, R1 = 2.00 Ω, R2 = 4.00 Ω, R3 = 5.00 Ω What is the power (W) of energy dissipation in resistor 2?

a) 49.0 b) 12.4 c) 98.9 d) 7.80 e) 14.4 f) 19.6 g) 18.7 h) 16.5 i) 10.3 j) 33.3 Answer: i Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 27.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.2

95) The figure shows six identical real batteries with emf = 10.0 V and resistance r = 2.0 Ω. The external resistance is R = 7.0 Ω. What is the current (A) through each battery?

a) 0.15 b) 1.8 c) 0.24 d) 1.5 e) 3.0 f) 9.0 g) 4.5 h) 0.56 i) 2.9 j) 2.3 Answer: d

Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 27.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.2

96) The figure shows an ideal battery (V = 12.0 V), two resistors (each R = 8.00 Ω), and an uncharged capacitor (C = 6.00 µF). The switch is closed at time t = 0. What is the potential (V) across the capacitor at t = 36.0 μs?

a) 5.12 b) 8.11 c) 5.80 d) 4.71 e) 3.75 f) 6.33 g) 7.50 h) 12.7 i) 9.32 j) 18.6 Answer: i Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 27.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.4

97) The figure shows an ideal battery and four resistors. What is the current (A) through the battery? V = 56 V, R1 = 10 Ω, R2 = 8.0 Ω, R3 = 6.0 Ω, R4 = 2.0 Ω

a) 12 b) 9.0 c) 3.0 d) 4.0 e) 5.4 f) 1.5 g) 18 h) 2.0 i) 6.0 j) 6.2 Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 27.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.2

98) The figure shows an ideal battery and four resistors. V = 56 V, R1 = 10 Ω, R2 = 8.0 Ω, R3 = 6.0 Ω, R4 = 2.0 Ω What is the potential V3 (volts) across resistor 3?

a) 12 b) 9.0 c) 3.0 d) 4.5 e) 5.4 f) 1.5 g) 18 h) 2.0 i) 6.0 j) 6.2 Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 27.2.0

Section Reference 1: Section 27.2

99) The figure shows three ideal batteries and three resistors. What is the current (A) through resistor 3? V1 = 6.00 V, V2 = 7.00 V, V3 = 9.00 V, R1 = 2.00 Ω, R2 = 4.00 Ω, R3 = 12.0 Ω

a) 5.40 b) 2.12 c) 3.33 d) 3.86 e) 0.67 f) 4.21 g) 1.68 h) 1.12 i) 2.81 j) 0.80 Answer: j Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 27.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.2

100) The figure shows three ideal batteries and three resistors. V1 = 6.00 V, V2 = 7.00 V, V3 = 9.00 V, R1 = 2.00 Ω, R2 = 4.00 Ω, R3 = 12.0 Ω What is the power (W) of energy dissipation in resistor 2?

a) 49.0 b) 12.4 c) 98.9 d) 7.80 e) 14.4

f) 19.6 g) 18.7 h) 16.5 i) 10.3 j) 33.3 Answer: e Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 27.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.1

101) The figure shows six identical real batteries with emf = 30.0 V and resistance r = 2.0 Ω. The external resistance is R = 7.0 Ω. What is the current (A) through each battery?

a) 0.15 b) 1.8 c) 0.24 d) 1.5 e) 3.0 f) 9.0 g) 4.5 h) 0.56 i) 2.9 j) 2.3 Answer: g Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 27.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.2

102) The figure shows an ideal battery (V = 24.0 V), two resistors (each R = 8.00 Ω), and an uncharged capacitor (C = 6.00 µF). The switch is closed at time t = 0. What is the potential (V) across the capacitor at t = 36.0 μs?

a) 5.12 b) 8.11 c) 5.80 d) 4.71 e) 3.75 f) 6.33 g) 7.50 h) 12.7 i) 9.32 j) 18.6 Answer: j Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 27.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 27.4

Package Title: Test Bank Questions Chapter 28 Course Title: Halliday 12e Chapter Number: Chapter 28

Question type: Multiple-Choice

1) The figure shows two charged particles circling in a magnetic field due to a magnetic force. (The encircled dot indicates a field directly out of the figure.) The particles have the same speed and magnitude of charge q. Which particle has the greater mass?

a) Particle 1 b) Particle 2 Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 28.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 28.4

2) The figure shows two charged particles circling in a magnetic field due to a magnetic force. (The encircled dot indicates a field directly out of the figure.) The particles have the same speed and magnitude of charge q. Which particle is negatively charged?

a) Particle 1 b) Particle 2 Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 28.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 28.4

3) The figure shows three current-carrying coils, with the same current i, the same area A per turn, and the same number of turns N. They are oriented in a uniform magnetic field as shown. Rank them according to their potential energy, most positive first, most negative last. ( ) indicates a tie.

a) 1, 2, 3 b) 1, 3, 2 c) 2, 1, 3 d) 2, 3, 1 e) 3, 2, 1 f) 3, 1, 2 g) (1,2), 3 h) 3, (1,2) i) 2, (1,3) j) (1,2,3) Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 28.8.0 Section Reference 1: Section 28.8

4) The figure shows a square region of uniform magnetic field and the paths taken by three particles entering (and then leaving) the field. Those three particles are included in the following list, which gives the mass, charge, and speed of six particles. Which particle made path 2? Particle Mass Charge Speed A 4m +2q v/2 B m +q/2 v C 2m +q/2 v D 3m -2q 2v E m/2 -q/2 2v F m -q/2 3v

a) A b) B c) C

d) D e) E f) F Answer: e Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 28.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 28.4 5) A particle circles in a uniform magnetic field with kinetic energy K = 4.8 10−22 J, experiencing a magnetic force of magnitude F = 1.2 10−17 N. What is the radius (m) of the circle? a) 8.0 10−5 b) 4.0 10−5 c) 5.6 10−5 d) 8.7 10−6 e) 2.8 10−6 f) 3.2 10−5 g) 7.5 10−5 h) 9.2 10−6 i) 2.3 10−6 j) 4.6 10−6 Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 28.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 28.4

6) The figure shows a solid metal rectangular object moving in the positive direction of a z axis, through a uniform magnetic field in the positive direction of the y axis. Which face has become negatively charged because of the motion?

a) front

b) right side c) hidden left side d) top e) hidden bottom side f) hidden back side Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 28.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 28.3

7) The figure shows a solid metal rectangular object moving at velocity v in the positive direction of the z axis, through a uniform magnetic field B in the positive direction of the y axis. What is the potential difference (V) that is set up across the object due to the motion? B = 2.00 10−2 T, v = 2.00 103 m/s, d1 = 4.00 10−3 m, d2 = 3.00 10−3 m, d3 = 2.00 10−3 m

a) 0.240 b) 0.400 c) 1.00 d) 0.120 e) 0.060 f) 0.310 g) 0.750 h) 0.160 i) 0.500 j) 0.080 Answer: h Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 28.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 28.3

8) An alpha particle (q = +2e, m = 6.644 10−27 kg) travels in a circular path of radius 4.50 cm in a uniform magnetic field with B = 1.20 T. Through what potential difference (volts) was it accelerated (from rest) to have the kinetic energy required for this path? a) 8.3 104 b) 2.8 105 c) 3.9 104 d) 7.0 104 e) 6.7 105 f) 5.2 104 g) 9.3 104 h) 2.0 105 i) 3.1105 j) 1.9 104 Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 28.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 28.4

9) The figure gives three situations in which we see a snapshot (photo) of a charged particle moving through crossed electric and magnetic fields. In which is there the chance that, with the proper choice of speed for the particle, the particle could move in a straight line? (The encircled dot indicates a field directly out of the figure. An encircled x indicates a field directly into the figure.)

a) 1 only b) 2 only c) 3 only d) 1 and 2 e) 1 and 3 f) 2 and 3 g) none h) all three Answer: h Title: Question ID:

Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 28.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 28.2 10) A particle circles in a uniform magnetic field with kinetic energy K = 1.2 10−22 J, experiencing a magnetic force of magnitude F = 5.2 10−17 N. What is the radius (m) of the circle? a) 8.0 10−5 b) 4.0 10−5 c) 5.6 10−5 d) 8.7 10−6 e) 2.8 10−6 f) 3.2 10−5 g) 7.5 10−5 h) 9.2 10−6 i) 2.3 10−6 j) 4.6 10−6 Answer: j Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 28.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 28.4

11) The figure shows a solid metal rectangular object moving in the positive direction of an x axis, through a uniform magnetic field in the positive direction of the y axis. What potential difference (V) is set up across the object due to the motion? B = 5.00 10−2 T, v = 5.00 103 m/s in positive x direction d1 = 4.00 10−3 m, d2 = 3.00 10−3 m, d3 = 2.00 10−3 m

a) 0.240 b) 0.400 c) 1.00 d) 0.120 e) 0.060 f) 0.310

g) 0.750 h) 0.160 i) 0.500 j) 0.080 Answer: g Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 28.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 28.3 12) An alpha particle (q = +2e, m = 6.644 10−27 kg) travels in a circular path of radius 9.00 cm in a uniform magnetic field with B = 1.20 T. Through what potential difference (volts) was it accelerated (from rest) to have the kinetic energy required for this path? a) 8.3 104 b) 2.8 105 c) 3.9 104 d) 7.0 104 e) 6.7 105 f) 5.2 104 g) 9.3 104 h) 2.0 105 i) 3.1105 j) 1.9 104 Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 28.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 28.4

13) The figure shows a negatively charged particle moving through a uniform magnetic field. The velocity vector is shown. The magnetic force on the particle is in the +z direction. In what direction is the magnetic field?

a) +x

b) –x c) +y d) –y e) +z f) –z Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 28.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 28.1 14) The figure shows a current carrying coil in an external magnetic field. Let θ be the angle between that magnetic field and the coil’s magnetic moment vector. For what value of θ (degrees) is the magnitude of the torque maximum?

a) 0 b) 45 c) 90 d) 135 e) 180 Answer: c Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 28.6.0 Section Reference 1: Section 28.6 15) The figure shows a current carrying coil in an external magnetic field. Let θ be the angle between that magnetic field and the coil’s magnetic moment vector. For what value of θ (degrees) is the potential energy minimum?

a) 0 b) 45 c) 90 d) 135 e) 180

Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 28.8.0 Section Reference 1: Section 28.8 16) The figure shows a current carrying coil in an external magnetic field. Let θ be the angle between that magnetic field and the coil’s magnetic moment vector. For what value of θ (degrees) is the potential energy maximum?

a) 0 b) 45 c) 90 d) 135 e) 180 Answer: e Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 28.8.0 Section Reference 1: Section 28.8

17) The figure shows a current carried by electrons flowing rightward through a wire that is in a uniform magnetic field. Owing to the Hall effect, which side of the wire becomes positively charged?

a) bottom b) top Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 28.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 28.3

18) The figure shows a solid metal object moving through a uniform magnetic field that is in the +x direction. The motion creates a potential difference of 2.40 10−3 V across the object, with the (unseen) back face negatively charged. What is the speed (m/s) of the object? B = 2.00 10−2 T, d1 = 5.00 10−2 m, d2 = 3.00 10−2 m, d3 = 2.00 10−2 m

a) 6.00 b) 1.85 c) 14.2 d) 6.94 e) 4.00 f) 0.500 g) 2.40 h) 8.50 i) 21.3 j) 7.50 Answer: e Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 28.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 28.3

19) The figure shows a solid metal object moving through a uniform magnetic field that is in the +x direction. The motion creates a potential difference of 2.40 10−3 V across the object, with the (unseen) back face negatively charged. In which direction is the object moving?

a) +x b) –x c) +y d) –y e) +z f) –z

Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 28.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 28.3

20) The figure shows four snapshots (photos) in different situations in which a charged particle travels through a uniform magnetic (B = 4.0 T) and a uniform electric field (E = 200 V/m). In which will the particle veer to our left just after the snapshot? (The encircled dot indicates a field directly out of the figure. An encircled x indicates a field directly into the figure.) v1 = 40 m/s, v2 = 60 m/s, v3 = 30 m/s, v4 = 45 m/s,

a) 1 only b) 2 only c) 3 only d) 4 only e) 1 and 2 f) 3 and 4 g) 1 and 4 h) 1 and 3 i) none j) 2 and 4 Answer: h Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 28.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 28.2

22) The figure shows the path of an electron: It is accelerated from rest through a uniform electric field with potential difference ∆V and then, after it leaves that field, it moves through a half circle in a uniform magnetic field of magnitude B = 3.00 10−3 T, with radius r = 2.00 10−2 m. What is the value (volts) of ∆V?

a) 8.88 102 b) 0.190 c) 0.841 d) 4.04 e) 1.25 f) 5.15 102 g) 3.16 102 h) 8.18 103 i) 1.26 103 j) 6.67 Answer: g Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 28.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 28.4

23) The figure shows the path of an electron: It is accelerated from rest through a uniform electric field with potential difference ∆V and then, after it leaves that field, it moves through a half circle in a uniform magnetic field of magnitude. What is direction of the magnetic field?

a) into the figure b) out of the figure Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 28.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 28.4

24) The figure shows a negatively charged particle moving through a uniform magnetic field. The velocity vector is shown. The magnetic force on the particle is in the +x direction. In what direction is the magnetic field?

a) +x b) –x c) +y d) –y e) +z f) –z Answer: e Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 28.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 28.1

25) The figure shows a solid metal object moving through a uniform magnetic field that is in the +x direction. The motion creates a potential difference of 8.50 10−3 V across the object, with the (unseen) bottom face negatively charged. What is the speed (m/s) of the object? B = 2.00 10−2 T, d1 = 5.00 10−2 m, d2 = 3.00 10−2 m, d3 = 2.00 10−2 m

a) 6.00 b) 1.85 c) 14.2 d) 6.94 e) 4.00 f) 0.500 g) 2.40 h) 8.50 i) 21.3 j) 7.50 Answer: i Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 28.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 28.3

26) The figure shows the path of an electron: It is accelerated from rest through a uniform electric field with potential difference ∆V and then, after it leaves that field, it moves through a half circle in a uniform magnetic field of magnitude B = 4.00 10−3 T, with radius r = 3.00 10−2 m. What is the value (volts) of ∆V?

a) 8.88 102 b) 0.190 c) 0.841 d) 4.04 e) 1.25 f) 5.15 102 g) 3.16 102 h) 8.18 103 i) 1.26 103 j) 6.67 Answer: i Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 28.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 28.4 27) A negatively charged particle moves in the −z direction through a uniform magnetic field. The magnetic force on the particle is in the +y direction. In what direction is the magnetic field? a) +x b) –x c) +y d) –y e) +z f) –z Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 28.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 28.1

28) The figure shows the path an electron that goes through two half circles in regions of uniform magnetic field. The half circles are drawn to scale. Which is the greater field magnitude?

a) B1 b) B2 Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 28.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 28.4

29) The figure shows the path an electron that goes through two half circles in regions of uniform magnetic field. The half circles are drawn to scale. Which field is into the figure?

a) B1 b) B2 c) both B1 and B2 d) neither B1 nor B2 Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 28.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 28.4

30) The figure shows a solid metal object moving through a uniform magnetic field given by ˆ The motion creates a potential difference of 1.30 10−3 V across the object, with B = (2.00 10−2 T)k. the (unseen) left face negatively charged. What is the speed (m/s) of the object? B = 2.00 10−2 T, d1 = 5.00 10−2 m, d2 = 3.00 10−2 m, d3 = 2.00 10−2 m

a) 6.00 b) 1.30 c) 0.371 d) 0.619 e) 4.00 f) 0.929 g) 2.40 h) 8.50 i) 2.17 j) 3.25 Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 28.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 28.3

31) The figure shows a solid metal object moving through a uniform magnetic field given by ˆ The motion creates a potential difference of 1.30 10−3 V across the object, with B = (2.00 10−2 T)k. the (unseen) left face negatively charged. In which direction is the object moving?

a) +x b) –x c) +y d) –y e) +z f) –z Answer: c Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy

Learning Objective 1: LO 28.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 28.3

32) The figure shows four snapshots (photos) in different situations in which a charged particle travels through a uniform magnetic (B = 4.0 T) and a uniform electric field (E = 200 V/m). In which will the particle veer upward (in the plane of the figure) just after the snapshot? (The encircled dot indicates a field directly out of the figure. An encircled x indicates a field directly into the figure.) v1 = 40 m/s, v2 = 30 m/s, v3 = 60 m/s, v4 = 45 m/s

a) 1 only b) 2 only c) 3 only d) 4 only e) 1 and 2 f) 3 and 4 g) 1 and 4 h) 1 and 3 i) none j) 2 and 4 Answer: e Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 28.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 28.2

33) The figure shows the path of an electron: It is accelerated from rest through a uniform electric field with potential difference ∆V = 800 V and then, after it leaves that field, it moves through a half circle in a uniform magnetic field of magnitude B = 2.00 10−4 T. What is the radius (m) of that half circle?

a) 8.88 10−2 b) 0.790 c) 0.921 d) 0.477 e) 1.25 10−3 f) 5.15 10−2 g) 6.82 10−2

h) 8.18 10−3 i) 1.26 10−3 j) 7.67 10−2 Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 28.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 28.4

34) The figure shows a solid metal object moving through a uniform magnetic field given by ˆ The motion creates a potential difference of 1.30 10−3 V across the object, with B = (7.00 10−2 T)k. the (unseen) bottom face negatively charged. What is the speed (m/s) of the object? d1 = 5.00 10−2 m, d2 = 3.00 10−2 m, d3 = 2.00 10−2 m

a) 6.00 b) 1.30 c) 0.371 d) 0.619 e) 4.00 f) 0.929 g) 2.40 h) 8.50 i) 2.17 j) 3.25 Answer: f Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 28.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 28.3

35) The figure shows four snapshots (photos) in different situations in which a charged particle travels through a uniform magnetic (B = 4.0 T) and a uniform electric field (E = 200 V/m). In which will the particle veer downward (in the plane of the figure) just after the snapshot? (The encircled dot indicates a field directly out of the figure. An encircled x indicates a field directly into the figure.)

v1 = 40 m/s, v2 = 60 m/s, v3 = 30 m/s, v4 = 45 m/s

a) 1 only b) 2 only c) 3 only d) 4 only e) 1 and 2 f) 3 and 4 g) 1 and 4 h) 1 and 3 i) none j) 2 and 4 Answer: f Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 28.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 28.2

36) The figure shows the path of an electron: It is accelerated from rest through a uniform electric field with potential difference ∆V = 200 V and then, after it leaves that field, it moves through a half circle in a uniform magnetic field of magnitude B = 7.00 10−4 T. What is the radius (m) of that half circle?

a) 8.88 10−2 b) 0.790 c) 0.921 d) 0.477 e) 1.25 10−3 f) 5.15 10−2 g) 6.82 10−2 h) 8.18 10−3 i) 1.26 10−3 j) 7.67 10−2 Answer: g Title:

Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 28.4.0 Section Reference 1: Section 28.4

Package Title: Test Bank Questions Chapter 29 Course Title: Halliday 12e Chapter Number: Chapter 29

Question type: Multiple-Choice

1) The figure shows three arrangements in which long, parallel wires carry equal currents directly into or out of the plane of the figure at the corners of identical squares. Rank the arrangements according to the magnitude of the net magnetic field at the center of the square, greatest first. ( ) indicates a tie.

a) 1, 2, 3 b) 1, 3, 2 c) 2, 1, 3 d) 2, 3, 1 e) 3, 2, 1 f) 3, 1, 2 g) (1,2), 3 h) 3, (1,2) i) (1,3), 2 j) (1,2,3) Answer: i Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 29.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 29.1

2) The figure shows three arrangements in which long, parallel, equally spaced wires carry equal currents directly into or out of the plane of the figure. Rank the arrangements according to the magnitude of the net force on the central wire due to the currents in the other wires, greatest first. ( ) indicates a tie.

a) 1, 2, 3 b) 1, 3, 2 c) 2, 1, 3

d) 2, 3, 1 e) 3, 2, 1 f) 3, 1, 2 g) (1,2), 3 h) 3, (1,2) i) (1,3), 2 j) (1,2,3) Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 29.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 29.2

3) The figure shows three currents (up or down the figure as drawn) and three Amperian paths encircling them. Rank the paths according to the value of most negative last. ( ) indicates a tie.

a) 1, 2, 3 b) 1, 3, 2 c) 2, 1, 3 d) 2, 3, 1 e) 3, 2, 1 f) 3, 1, 2 g) (1,2), 3 h) 3, (1,2) i) (1,3), 2 j) (1,2,3) Answer: e Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 29.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 29.3

 B  ds taken in the directions shown, most positive first,

i1 = 2 A, i2 = 3 A, i3 = 4 A

4) The figure shows three infinitely long wires that carry currents directly into or out of the plane of the figure, as indicated. What is the magnitude of the net magnetic field (T) at the origin? i1 = 5.00 A, i2 = 2.00 A, i3 = 3.00 A, and d = 2.00 m.

a) 7.15 10−6 b) 1.03 10−6 c) 8.55 10

−6

d) 3.66 10

−7

e) 7.07 10 f) 9.44 10

−7

g) 3.13 10

−6

h) 5.60 10 i) 9.05 10 j) 1.85 10

−7

−6

−7

Answer: e Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 29.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 29.1

5) The figure shows three infinitely long wires that carry currents directly into or out of the plane of the figure, as indicated. i1 = 5.00 A, i2 = 2.00 A, i3 = 3.00 A, and d = 2.00 m. What is the angle (degrees) of the net magnetic field at the origin, measured from the positive direction of the x axis?

a) 48

b) -127 c) 45 d) 29 e) -114 f) -144 g) 36 h) 169 i) -13 j) -156 Answer: c Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 29.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 29.1

6) The figure gives the magnitude of the magnetic field inside and outside a wire with a uniformly distributed current: Bmax = 3.00 10−6 T. What is the current (mA)?

a) 43.3 b) 75.0 c) 67.0 d) 55.0 e) 30.0 f) 17.3 g) 20.9 h) 10.0 i) 85.1 j) 50.2 Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 29.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 29.3

7) The figure shows an infinitely long straight wire carrying current i1 = 12.0 A and a rectangular loop of wire carrying current i2 = 18.0 A, with lengths d1 = 1.00 cm, d2 = 5.00 cm, and L = 2.00 m. What is the magnitude (N) of the net magnetic force on the rectangular loop?

a) 1.50 10−4 b) 8.20 10−4 c) 5.13 10

−4

d) 9.02 10 e) 4.02 10 f) 7.68 10

−3

h) 6.9110 j) 1.1110

−5

−4

g) 1.15 10 i) 1.04 10

−5

−4

−2

−5

Answer: i Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 29.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 29.2

8) The figure shows three wires that carry currents. i1 = 2.00 A, i2 = 5.00 A, i3 = 4.00 A What is the magnitude (N) of the net force on the middle wire? You can treat these wires as being long. They are long compared to the distances between them: d1 = 8.00 cm, d2 = 12.0 cm, L = 2.50 m.

a) 1.90 10

−4

b) 8.20 10

−4

c) 2.08 10

−4

d) 9.02 10−5 e) 4.02 10−5 f) 1.46 10−4 g) 2.92 10−4 h) 2.08 10−5 i) 5.13 10

−4

j) 1.1110−5 Answer: f Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 29.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 29.2

9) The first figure shows a closed loop with current i. The loop consists of a half-circle of radius r and a half circle of radius R = 2r. The second figure shows the same half-circles but the small one has been flipped over. The net magnetic field at the common center of the circular sections is B1 for the first figure and B2 for the second figure. What is the magnitude of the ratio B2 / B1 ?

a) 0.50 b) 0.25 c) 0.75 d) 0.33 e) 0.67 f) 2.0 g) 4.0 h) 3.0 i) 2.5 j) 1.5 Answer: h Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 29.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 29.1

10) The figure shows three infinitely long wires that carry currents directly into or out of the plane of the figure, as indicated. What is the magnitude (T) of the net magnetic field at the origin? i1 = 5.00 A, i2 = 2.00 A, i3 = 7.00 A, and d = 2.00 m.

a) 7.15 10 b) 1.03 10

−6

c) 8.55 10

−6

d) 3.66 10

−7

e) 7.07 10 f) 9.44 10

−7

g) 3.13 10

−6

h) 5.60 10 i) 9.05 10 j) 1.85 10

−7

−6

−7

Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 29.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 29.1

11) The figure three infinitely long wires that carry currents directly into or out of the plane of the plane of the figure, as indicated. i1 = 5.00 A, i2 = 2.00 A, i3 = 7.00 A, and d = 2.00 m. What is the angle (degrees) of the net magnetic field at the origin, measured from the positive direction of the x axis?

a) 48 b) -127 c) 45 d) 29 e) -114 f) -144 g) 36 h) 169 i) -13 j) -156 Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 29.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 29.1

12) The figure gives the magnitude of the magnetic field inside and outside a wire with a uniformly distributed current: Bmax = 4.00 E-7 T. What is the current (mA)?

a) 43.3 b) 75.0 c) 67.0 d) 55.0 e) 30.0 f) 17.3 g) 20.9 h) 10.0 i) 85.1 j) 50.2 Answer: h Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 29.3.0

Section Reference 1: Section 29.3

13) The figure shows an infinitely long straight wire carrying current i1 = 4.00 A and a rectangular loop of wire carrying current i2 = 6.00 A, with lengths d1 = 1.00 cm, d2 = 5.00 cm, and L = 2.00 m. What is the magnitude (N) of the net magnetic force on the rectangular loop?

a) 1.50 10

−4 −4

b) 8.20 10 c) 5.13 10

−4

d) 9.02 10 e) 4.02 10 f) 7.68 10

−3

h) 6.9110 j) 1.1110

−5

−4

g) 1.15 10 i) 1.04 10

−5

−4

−2

−5

Answer: g Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 29.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 29.2

14) The figure shows three wires that carry currents. i1 = 8.00 A, i2 = 5.00 A, i3 = 2.00 A What is the magnitude (N) of the net force on the middle wire? You can treat these wires as being long. They are long compared to the distances between them: d1 = 8.00 cm, d2 = 12.0 cm, L = 2.50 m.

a) 1.90 10

−4

b) 8.20 10−4 c) 2.08 10−4 d) 9.02 10−5 e) 4.02 10−5 f) 1.46 10−4 g) 2.92 10

−4

h) 2.08 10−5 i) 5.13 10−4 j) 1.1110−5 Answer: g Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 29.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 29.2

15) The first figure shows a closed loop with current i. The loop consists of a half-circle of radius r and a half circle of radius R = 3r. The second figure shows the same half-circles but the small one has been flipped over. The net magnetic field at the common center of the circular sections is B1 for the first figure and B2 for the second figure. What is the magnitude of the ratio B1 / B2 ?

a) 0.50 b) 0.25 c) 0.75 d) 0.33 e) 0.67 f) 2.0 g) 4.0 h) 3.0 i) 2.5 j) 1.5 Answer: f Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate

Learning Objective 1: LO 29.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 29.1

16) The figure shows three arrangements in which long, parallel wires carry equal currents directly into or out of the plane of the figure at the corners of identical squares. Rank the arrangements according to the magnitude of the net magnetic field at the center of the square, greatest first. ( ) indicates a tie.

a) 1, 2, 3 b) 1, 3, 2 c) 2, 1, 3 d) 2, 3, 1 e) 3, 2, 1 f) 3, 1, 2 g) (1,2), 3 h) 3, (1,2) i) 2, (1,3) j) (1,2,3) Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 29.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 29.1

17) The figure shows three arrangements in which long, parallel, equally spaced wires carry equal currents directly into or out of the plane of the figure. Rank the arrangements according to the magnitude of the net force on the central wire due to the currents in the other wires, greatest first. ( ) indicates a tie.

a) 1, 2, 3 b) 1, 3, 2 c) 2, 1, 3 d) 2, 3, 1 e) 3, 2, 1 f) 3, 1, 2 g) (1,2), 3

h) 3, (1,2) i) 2, (1,3), 2 j) (1,2,3) Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 29.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 29.2

18) The figure shows four identical currents i and three Amperian paths encircling them. Rank the paths according to the value of

 B  ds taken in the directions shown, most positive first. ( ) indicates a tie.

a) 1, 2, 3 b) 1, 3, 2 c) 2, 1, 3 d) 2, 3, 1 e) 3, 2, 1 f) 3, 1, 2 g) (1,2), 3 h) 3, (1,2) i) 2, (1,3) j) (1,2,3) Answer: e Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 29.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 29.3

19) The figure shows a closed loop with current i = 4.00 A. The loop consists of a half-circle of radius 5.00 m, two quarter-circles each of radius 2.00 m, and three radial straight wires. What is the magnitude (T) of the net magnetic field at the common center of the circular sections?

a) 1.08 10−5 b) 8.80 10−7 c) 3.77 10

−7

d) 9.77 10

−7

e) 5.65 10

−7

f) 4.67 10

−5

g) 2.5110

−7

h) 2.19 10 i) 1.98 10

−7

−6

j) 2.02 10

−5

Answer: g Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 29.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 29.1

20) The figure shows four infinitely long wires that carry currents directly into or out of the plane of the figure, as indicated: i1 = 3.00 A, i2 = i3 = 9.00 A, i4 = 5.00 A, d = 1.00 cm. What is the magnitude (T) of the net magnetic field at the origin?

a) 7.15 10

−5

b) 1.02 10

−5

c) 8.55 10

−5

d) 3.66 10

−5

e) 6.67 10

−5

f) 9.44 10−5 g) 3.13 10−5 h) 5.60 10−5 i) 9.05 10−5 j) 1.85 10−5 Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 29.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 29.1

21) The figure shows four infinitely long wires that carry currents directly into or out of the plane of the figure, as indicated. i1 = 3.00 A, i2 = i3 = 9.00 A, i4 = 5.00 A, d = 10.0 cm. What is the angle (degrees) of the net magnetic field at the origin, measured from the positive direction of the x axis?

a) 48 b) -127 c) 42 d) -138 e) -114 f) -144 g) 36 h) 169 i) -132 j) -156 Answer: e Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 29.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 29.1

22) The figure shows an infinitely long straight wire carrying a current of 5.00 A and a rectangular loop of wire carrying a current of 12.0 A. What is the magnitude (N) of the net magnetic force on the rectangular loop? L = 0.500 m, d1 = 4.00 cm, d2 = 8.00 cm.

a) 1.50 10−4 b) 8.20 10−4 c) 5.13 10

−4

d) 9.02 10 e) 4.02 10 f) 2.25 10

−5

−4

g) 9.1110

−4

h) 7.50 10 i) 2.33 10 j) 1.1110

−5

Answer: f Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 29.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 29.2

23) The figure shows a closed loop with current i = 9.00 A. The loop consists of a half-circle of radius 5.00 m, two quarter-circle each of radius 2.00 m, and three radial straight wires. What is the magnitude (T) of the net magnetic field at the common center of the circular sections?

a) 1.08 10

−5

b) 8.80 10

−7

c) 3.77 10

d) 9.77 10−7 e) 5.65 10−7 f) 4.67 10−5 g) 2.5110−7 h) 2.19 10−7 i) 1.98 10

−6

j) 2.02 10−5 Answer: e Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 29.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 29.1

24) The figure shows four infinitely long wires that carry currents directly into or out of the plane of the figure, as indicated: i1 = 9.00 A, i2 = i3 = 9.00 A, i4 = 5.00 A, d = 1.00 cm. What is the magnitude (T) of the net magnetic field at the origin?

a) 7.15 10

−5

b) 1.02 10

−5

c) 8.55 10

−5

d) 3.66 10 e) 6.67 10 f) 9.44 10

−5

g) 3.13 10

−5

h) 5.60 10 i) 9.05 10 j) 1.85 10 Answer: h

−5

Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 29.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 29.1 25) The figure shows four infinitely long wires that carry currents directly into or out of the plane of the figure, as indicated: i1 = 9.00 A, i2 = i3 = 9.00 A, i4 = 5.00 A, d = 10.0 cm. What is the angle (degrees) of the net magnetic field at the origin, measured from the positive direction of the x axis?

a) 48 b) -127 c) 42 d) -138 e) -114 f) -144 g) 36 h) 169 i) -132 j) -156 Answer: f Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 29.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 29.1 26) The figure shows a closed loop with current i = 2.00 A. The loop consists of two circular arcs (of radii 4.00 cm and 2.00 cm) and two radial straight sections. What is the magnitude (T) of the net magnetic field at the common center of the circular sections? Don’t round off until the last step.

a) 1.08 10−5 b) 8.80 10−5 c) 3.77 10−5 d) 1.40 10−5 e) 5.24 10−6 f) 4.7110−5 g) 2.5110−5 h) 5.50 10−5 i) 1.54 10−6 j) 2.02 10−5 Answer: e Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 29.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 29.1

27) The figure shows four identical currents i and three Amperian paths encircling them. Rank the paths according to the value of indicates a tie.

a) 1, 2, 3 b) 1, 3, 2 c) 2, 1, 3 d) 2, 3, 1 e) 3, 2, 1

 B  ds taken in the directions shown, most positive first, most negative last. ( )

f) 3, 1, 2 g) (1,2), 3 h) 3, (1,2) i) 2, (1,3), 2 j) (1,2,3) Answer: c Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 29.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 29.3

28) The figure shows three arrangements in which long, parallel wires carry equal currents directly into or out of the plane of the figure at the corners of identical squares. Rank the arrangements according to the magnitude of the net magnetic field at the center of the square, greatest first. ( ) indicates a tie.

a) 1, 2, 3 b) 1, 3, 2 c) 2, 1, 3 d) 2, 3, 1 e) 3, 2, 1 f) 3, 1, 2 g) (1,2), 3 h) 3, (1,2) i) 2, (1,3) j) (1,2,3) Answer: c Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 29.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 29.1

29) The figure shows three arrangements in which long, parallel, equally spaced wires carry equal currents directly into or out of the plane of the figure. Rank the arrangements according to the magnitude of the net force on the central wire due to the currents in the other wires, greatest first. ( ) indicates a tie.

a) 1, 2, 3 b) 1, 3, 2 c) 2, 1, 3 d) 2, 3, 1 e) 3, 2, 1 f) 3, 1, 2 g) (1,2), 3 h) 3, (1,2) i) 2, (1,3) j) (1,2,3) Answer: f Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 29.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 29.2

30) The figure shows three wires that carry currents: i1 = 2.00 A, i2 = 5.00 A, i3 = 7.00 A. What is the magnitude (N) of the net force on the middle wire? You can treat these wires as being long. They are long compared to the distances between them: L = 2.50 m, d1 = 8.00 cm, d2 = 12.0 cm.

a) 1.50 10−4 b) 8.20 10−4 c) 5.13 10−4 d) 3.96 10−4 e) 4.02 10−5 f) 2.08 10−4 g) 9.1110−4 h) 8.33 10−5 i) 2.33 10−5

j) 1.1110−5 Answer: f Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 29.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 29.2

31) The figure shows three very long wires that carry currents directly into or out of the plane of the figure, as indicated: i1 = 1.00 A, i2 = 2.00 A, i3 = 1.50 A. The distances are also given, with d = 0.200 m. What is the magnitude (T) of the net magnetic field at the origin?

a) 7.05 10 b) 1.00 10

−6

c) 7.95 10

−6

d) 3.66 10 e) 6.67 10 f) 8.44 10

−6

g) 4.99 10 h) 1.48 10

−6

i) 9.05 10

−6

j) 3.33 10

−6

Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 29.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 29.1

32) The figure shows a closed loop with current i = 2.00 A. The loop consists of two circular arcs (of radii 3.00 cm and 2.00 cm) and two radial straight sections. What is the magnitude (T) of the net magnetic field at the common center of the circular sections? Don’t round off until the last step.

a) 1.08 10−5 b) 8.80 10−5 c) 3.77 10−5 d) 1.40 10−5 e) 5.24 10−6 f) 4.7110−5 g) 2.5110−5 h) 5.50 10−5 i) 1.54 10−6 j) 2.02 10−5 Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 29.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 29.1

33) The figure shows three wires that carry currents: i1 = 2.00 A, i2 = 9.50 A, i3 = 7.00 A. What is the magnitude (N) of the net force on the middle wire due to the other two currents? You can treat these wires as being long. They are long compared to the distances between them: L = 2.50 m, d1 = 8.00 cm, d2 = 12.0 cm

a) 1.50 10−4 b) 8.20 10−4

c) 5.13 10−4 d) 3.96 10−4 e) 4.02 10−5 f) 2.08 10−4 g) 9.1110−4 h) 8.33 10−5 i) 2.33 10−5 j) 1.1110−5 Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 29.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 29.2

34) The figure shows three very long wires that carry currents directly into or out of the plane of the figure, as indicated: i1 = 1.00 A, i2 = 2.00 A, i3 = 4.50 A. The distances are also given, with d = 0.200 m. What is the magnitude (T) of the net magnetic field at the origin

a) 7.05 10 b) 1.00 10

−6

c) 7.95 10

−6

d) 3.66 10 e) 6.67 10 f) 8.44 10

−6

g) 4.99 10 h) 1.48 10

−6

i) 9.05 10

−6

j) 3.00 10

−6

Answer: j Title:

Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 29.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 29.1

35) The figure shows three arrangements in which long, parallel, equally spaced wires carry equal currents directly into or out of the plane of the figure. Rank the arrangements according to the magnitude of the net force on the central wire due to the currents in the other wires, greatest first. ( ) indicates a tie.

a) 1, 2, 3 b) 1, 3, 2 c) 2, 1, 3 d) 2, 3, 1 e) 3, 2, 1 f) 3, 1, 2 g) (1,2), 3 h) 3, (1,2) i) 2, (1,3) j) (1,3), 2 Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 29.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 29.2

36) The figure shows the cross section of a wire. An Amperian loop is shown, centered on the wire and with radius r = 6.00 mm. The magnetic field has a magnitude of B along that loop. As a multiple of B, what is the value of

a) (5.00 10−2 )B b) (2.00 10−2 )B c) (9.20 10−2 )B d) (8.50 10−2 )B

 B  ds around the loop?

e) (3.6110−2 )B f) (2.40 10−2 )B g) (8.17 10−2 )B h) (4.50 10−2 )B i) (3.77 10−2 )B j) (1.42 10−1 )B Answer: i Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 29.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 29.3

37) In the figure, the loop consists of a pair of quarter-circles, a single half-circle, and three radial sections. The radii are R, 1.50R, and 2.00R. What is the magnitude (T) of the net magnetic field produced by the current at the common center of curvature? Answer by indicating what goes in the blank in this equation: B = ___

0 i 4 R

a) 0.50 b) 2.02 c) 0.333 d) 0.667 e) 1.0 E-3 f) 3.08 g) 1.05 h) 2.47 i) 1.2 E-5 j) 4.19 Answer: g Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 29.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 29.1

38) The figure shows, in cross section, three long straight wires that carry current into or out of the plane of the figure as indicated:

i1 = 4.00 A, i2 = 2.00 A, i3 = 3.00 A, d = 2.00 10−3 m . The three wires are each 1.00 m long. What is the net magnetic force (N) on wire 2 due to the other two currents?

a) 9.58 E-4 b) 8.90 E-4 c) 2.67 E-4 d) 5.60 E-5 e) 8.89 E-5 f) 3.11 E-4 g) 3.67 E-4 h) 9.74 E-3 i) 4.00 E-3 j) 1.00 E-3 Answer: j Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 29.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 29.2

39) In the figure, four straight wires, each of length 0.500 m, carry current either in or out of the sketch as indicated. i1 = 4.00 A and i2 = i3 = i4 =2.00 A. Equal spacing d = 3.00 10−3 m. What is the net magnetic force (N) on wire 3 due to the other currents?

a) 0 b) 1.33 E-4 c) 9.00 E-4 d) 3.05 E-5 e) 5.33 E-5 f) 4.00 E-4 g) 7.11 E-4

h) 1.60 E-4 i) 2.09 E-5 j) 6.12 E-4 Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 29.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 29.2

40) The figure shows the cross section of a wire. An Amperian loop is shown, centered on the wire and with radius r = 0.0130 m. The magnetic field has a magnitude of B along that loop. As a multiple of B, what is the value of

 B  ds around the loop?

a) (5.00 10−2 )B b) (2.00 10−2 )B c) (9.20 10−2 )B d) (8.50 10−2 )B e) (3.6110−2 )B f) (2.40 10−2 )B g) (8.17 10−2 )B h) (4.50 10−2 )B i) (3.77 10−2 )B j) (1.42 10−1 )B Answer: g Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 29.3.0 Section Reference 1: Section 29.3

41) The figure shows, in cross section, three long straight wires that carry current into or out of the plane of the figure as indicated:

i1 = 4.00 A, i2 = 2.00 A, i3 = 3.00 A, d = 7.50 10−3 m The three wires are each 1.00 m long. What is the net magnetic force (N) on wire 2 due to the other two currents?

a) 9.58 10−4 b) 8.90 10−4 c) 2.67 10−4 d) 5.60 10−5 e) 8.89 10−5 f) 3.1110−4 g) 3.67 10−4 h) 9.74 10−3 i) 4.00 10−3 j) 1.00 10−3 Answer: c Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 29.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 29.2

42) In the figure, four straight wires, each of length 0.500 m, carry current out of the sketch as indicated: i1 = 4.00 A and i2 = i3 = i4 =2.00 A. Equal spacing d = 7.50 mm. What is the net magnetic force (N) on wire 3 due to the other currents?

a) 0 b) 1.33 E-4 c) 9.00 E-4 d) 3.05 E-5 e) 5.33 E-5 f) 4.00 E-4 g) 7.11 E-4 h) 1.60 E-4

i) 2.09 E-5 j) 6.12 E-4 Answer: e Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 29.2.0 Section Reference 1: Section 29.2

43) The figure shows two long straight wires carrying currents in opposite directions: i1 = 3.00 A and i2 = 2.00 A. Three points P are indicated. Rank the points according to the magnitude of the net magnetic field there, greatest first. ( ) indicates a tie.

44) The figure shows two long straight wires carrying currents in opposite directions: i1 = 3.00 A and i2 = 2.00 A. Three points P are indicated. Distance d = 2.00 cm. What is the magnitude (µT) of the net magnetic field at point P2?

a) 10 b) 50 c) 33 d) 6.7 e) 124 f) 3.5 g) 42 h) 81 i) 25 j) 70 Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 29.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 29.1

45) The figure shows a long straight wire that carries a 7.00 A current downward. The figure also shows a differential length ds and a point P. According to the Biot-Savart law, what multiple of ds gives the magnitude (µT) of the magnetic field at P due to the current in ds? That is, dB = ? ds.

a) 2.77 b) 177 c) 15.4 d) 5.60 e) 18.3 f) 430 g) 7.71 h) 106 i) 257 j) 9.67

Answer: h Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 29.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 29.1

46) The figure shows two long straight wires. One is in the plane of the figure, carrying i1 = 4.00 A rightward. The other is perpendicular to the plane, carrying i2 = 5.00 A outward. What is the magnitude (µT) of the net magnetic field at point P?

a) 4.33 b) 103 c) 46.7 d) 9.51 e) 113 f) 6.67 g) 86.7 h) 73.3 i) 18.0 j) 52.1 Answer: j Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 29.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 29.1

47) The figure shows a circuit consisting of three concentric circular arcs (one is a half circle) and several radial sections. the current is 5.00 A and the radii are R1 = 2.00 m, R2 = 1.60 m, and R3 = 1.00 m. What is the magnitude (µT) of the net magnetic field at the center point?

a) 5.82 b) 1.24 c) 0.327 d) 3.21 e) 2.77 f) 8.31 g) 0.549 h) 0.707 i) 0.982 j) 3.73 Answer: c Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 29.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 29.1

48) The figure shows a long straight wire that carries a 17.0 A current downward, a differential length ds, and a point P. What multiple of ds gives the magnitude (µT) of the magnetic field at P due to the current in ds? That is, dB = ? ds. Use the Biot-Savart law.

a) 2.77 b) 177 c) 15.4 d) 5.60 e) 18.3 f) 430 g) 7.71 h) 106 i) 257 j) 9.67 Answer: i Title: Question ID:

Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 29.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 29.1

49) The figure shows two long straight wires carrying currents in opposite directions: i1 = 3.00 A and i2 = 2.00 A. Three points P are indicated. Distance d = 3.00 cm. What is the magnitude (µT) of the net magnetic field at point P2?

a) 10 b) 50 c) 33 d) 6.7 e) 124 f) 3.5 g) 42 h) 81 i) 25 j) 70 Answer: c Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 29.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 29.1

50) The figure shows two long straight wires. One is in the plane of the figure, carrying i1 = 8.00 A rightward. The other is perpendicular to the plane, carrying i2 = 5.00 A outward. What is the magnitude (µT) of the net magnetic field at point P?

a) 4.33 b) 103 c) 46.7 d) 9.51

e) 113 f) 6.67 g) 86.7 h) 73.3 i) 18.0 j) 52.1 Answer: g Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 29.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 29.1

51) The figure shows a circuit consisting of three concentric circular arcs (one is a half circle) and several radial sections. the current is 15.0 A and the radii are R1 = 2.00 m, R2 = 1.60 m, and R3 = 1.00 m. What is the magnitude (µT) of the net magnetic field at the center point?

a) 5.82 b) 1.24 c) 0.327 d) 3.21 e) 2.77 f) 8.31 g) 0.549 h) 0.707 i) 0.982 j) 3.73 Answer: i Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 29.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 29.1

Package Title: Test Bank Questions Chapter 30 Course Title: Halliday 12e Chapter Number: Chapter 30

Question type: Multiple-Choice

1) The figure shows a wire loop with a uniform magnetic field that is perpendicular to the plane of the loop and upward. The graph gives the magnitude of the field for three time intervals. Rank the intervals according to the magnitude of the induced emf during the interval, greatest first. ( ) indicates a tie.

a) 1, 2, 3 b) 1, 3, 2 c) 2, 1, 3 d) 2, 3, 1 e) 3, 2, 1 f) 3, 1, 2 g) (1,2), 3 h) 3, (1,2) i) 2, (1,3) j) (1,2,3) Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 30.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 30.1

2) The figure shows a wire loop with a uniform magnetic field that is perpendicular to the plane of the loop and upward. The graph gives the magnitude of the field for three time intervals. In which interval is the induced emf clockwise?

a) 1 b) 2 c) 3 Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 30.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 30.1

3) The figure shows the direction of the current through three inductors. Here are the currents as a function of time t: i1 = 5t i2 = 5t i3 = 5/t. In which inductor is the induced emf upward in the figure?

a) 1 only b) 2 only c) 3 only d) 1 and 2 e) 1 and 3 f) 2 and 3 g) all three h) none Answer: e Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 30.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 30.5

4) The figure shows a rectangular loop of wire that straddles three regions of uniform magnetic field. With B in teslas and t in seconds, the fields are B1 = t , B2 = 4t , B3 = 17. The dimensions are L = 3.0 m and d = 2.0 m. The circuit includes an ideal battery of 8.0 V. What is the magnitude of the net emf (V) in the loop?

a) 50 b) 38 c) 16 d) 20 e) 26 f) 36 g) 15 h) 18 i) 10 j) 12 Answer: i Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 30.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 30.1

5) The figure shows a rectangular wire loop. The magnetic field is given by 3.00 y 2t 4 , with B in teslas, y in meters, and t in seconds. The coordinates are x1 = 0.300 m, x2 = 0.600 m, y1 = 0.500 m, and y2 = 0.700 m. What is the induced emf (V) at time t = 4.00 s?

a) 34.5 b) 23.0 c) 59.2 d) 8.43 e) 11.9

f) 16.7 g) 63.1 h) 27.9 i) 15.1 j) 17.9 Answer: f Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 30.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 30.1

6) The figure shows a rectangular wire loop. The magnetic field is given by 3.00 y 2t 4 , with B in teslas, y in meters, and t in seconds. What is the direction of the induced emf?

a) clockwise b) counterclockwise Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 30.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 30.1

7) The figure shows a wire bent into three circular segments, each of radius 0.200 m. Each segment is one-fourth of a circle. One quadrant lies in the yz plane, another in the xz plane, and the third in the xy plane. A uniform magnetic field points in the positive direction of y and grows in magnitude at the rate

5.00 10−3 T/s. What is the emf (V) induced in the wire?

a) 6.67 10

−3

b) 8.94 10

−5

c) 7.2110

−5

d) 2.5110

−4

e) 6.96 10

−4

f) 6.06 10

−5

g) 1.57 10

−4

h) 3.99 10 i) 3.57 10 j) 9.2110

−3

−4

−3

Answer: g Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 30.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 30.1

8) The figure shows a wire bent into three circular segments, each of radius 0.200 m. Each segment is one-fourth of a circle. One quadrant lies in the yz plane, another in the xz plane, and the third in the xy plane. A uniform magnetic field points in the positive direction of y and grows in magnitude at the rate

5.00 10−3 T/s. In the perspective of the figure, is the induced emf clockwise or counterclockwise?

a) clockwise b) counterclockwise Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 30.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 30.1

9) The figure shows a conducting bar sliding at speed v along a wire in the shape of “U” through a uniform magnetic field that is perpendicular to the wire and bar: speed = 3.00 m/s, left-right width L = 5.00 m, induced emf = 140 V counterclockwise. What is the magnitude (T) of the magnetic field?

a) 5.13 b) 74.8 c) 1.53 d) 8.09 e) 11.2 f) 29.9 g) 9.33 h) 2.35 i) 24.0 j) 16.8 Answer: g Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 30.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 30.1

10) The figure shows a conducting bar sliding at speed v along a wire in the shape of “U” through a uniform magnetic field that is perpendicular to the wire and bar. The induced emf is counterclockwise. What is the direction of the magnetic field?

a) into figure b) out of figure Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 30.1.0

Section Reference 1: Section 30.1

−6

11) An inductor has an inductance of 50.0 10 H. The current through it is given by i = 6.00t 2 , with i in amps and t in seconds. What is the magnitude of the emf (V) induced in the inductor at t = 3.00 s? a) 6.94 10

−2

b) 9.35 10 c) 7.53 10 d) 8.2110 e) 1.12 10 f) 4.5110

−2

−4

−3

−2

−3

g) 2.40 10

−3

h) 4.09 10 i) 1.80 10

−4

−3

j) 3.58 10

−2

Answer: i Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 30.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 30.5

12) The figure shows a rectangular loop of wire that straddles three regions of uniform magnetic field. With B in teslas and t in seconds, the fields are B1 = 5t , B2 = 2t , B3 = 17. The dimensions are L = 3.0 m and d = 2.0 m. The circuit includes an ideal battery of 8.0 V. What is the magnitude of the net emf (V) in the loop?

a) 50

b) 38 c) 16 d) 20 e) 26 f) 36 g) 15 h) 18 i) 10 j) 12 Answer: e Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 30.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 30.1

13) The figure shows rectangular wire loop. The magnetic field is given by 5.00 y 2t 4 , with B in teslas, y in meters, and t in seconds. The coordinates are x1 = 0.300 m, x2 = 0.600 m, y1 = 0.500 m, and y2 = 0.700 m. What is the induced emf (V) at time t = 4.00 s?

a) 34.5 b) 23.0 c) 59.2 d) 8.43 e) 11.9 f) 16.7 g) 63.1 h) 27.9 i) 15.1 j) 17.9 Answer: h Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 30.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 30.1

14) The figure shows a wire bent into three circular segments, each of radius 0.200 m. Each segment is one-fourth of a circle. One quadrant lies in the yz plane, another in the xz plane, and the third in the xy plane. A uniform magnetic field points in the positive direction of y and grows in magnitude at the rate

8.00 10−3 T/s. What is the emf (V) induced in the wire?

a) 6.67 10

−3

b) 8.94 10

−5

c) 7.2110

−5

d) 2.5110

−4

e) 6.96 10

−4

f) 6.06 10

−5

g) 1.57 10

−4

h) 3.99 10 i) 3.57 10 j) 9.2110

−3

−4

−3

Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 30.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 30.1

15) The figure shows a conducting bar sliding at speed along a wire in the shape of “U” through a uniform magnetic field that is perpendicular to the wire and bar: speed = 3.0 m/s, left-right width L = 5.0 m, induced emf = 360 V counterclockwise. What is the magnitude (T) of the magnetic field?

a) 5.13

b) 74.8 c) 1.53 d) 8.09 e) 11.2 f) 29.9 g) 9.33 h) 2.35 i) 24.0 j) 16.8 Answer: i Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 30.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 30.1

−6

16) An inductor has an inductance of 50.0 10 H. The current through it is given by i = 8.00t 2 , with i in amps and t in seconds. What is the magnitude of the emf (V) induced in the inductance at t = 3.00 s? a) 6.94 10

−2

b) 9.35 10 c) 7.53 10 d) 8.2110 e) 1.12 10 f) 4.5110

−2

−4

−3

−2

−3

g) 2.40 10

−3

h) 4.09 10 i) 1.80 10

−4

−3

j) 3.58 10

−2

Answer: g Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 30.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 30.5

17) The figure shows three square wire loops of identical size, each lying in one of the planes of the ˆ Rank the loops coordinate system. The loops are in the same uniform magnetic field B = 5iˆ + 7tˆj + 14k. according to the magnitude of the emf induced in them, greatest first. ( ) indicates a tie.

a) 1, 2, 3 b) 1, 3, 2 c) 2, 1, 3 d) 2, 3, 1 e) 3, 2, 1 f) 3, 1, 2 g) (1,2), 3 h) 3, (1,2) i) 2, (1,3) j) (1,2,3) Answer: h Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 30.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 30.1

18) In the figure, a long straight wire with current i = 3t (in amps and seconds) passes (without touching) three circular wire loops. You can tell the relative sizes of the loops. Rank the loops according to the size of the current induced in them, greatest first. ( ) indicates a tie.

a) 1, 2, 3 b) 1, 3, 2 c) 2, 1, 3 d) 2, 3, 1 e) 3, 2, 1 f) 3, 1, 2

g) (1,2), 3 h) 3, (1,2) i) 2, (1,3) j) (1,2,3) Answer: i Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 30.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 30.1

19) The figure shows a wire loop with a uniform magnetic field that is perpendicular to the plane of the loop. The graph gives the magnitude of the field for three time intervals. Rank the intervals according to the magnitude of the induced emf during the interval, greatest first. ( ) indicates a tie.

a) 1, 2, 3 b) 1, 3, 2 c) 2, 1, 3 d) 2, 3, 1 e) 3, 2, 1 f) 3, 1, 2 g) (1,2), 3 h) 3, (1,2) i) 2, (1,3) j) (1,2,3) Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 30.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 30.1

20) The figure shows two situations in which current through an inductor is changing (either increasing or decreasing). In which is the induced emf leftward?

a) 1 only b) 2 only c) both d) neither Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 30.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 30.1

21) The figure shows two circular wire loops in uniform magnetic fields. In each case, the field is changing. In which is the induced current clockwise?

a) 1 only b) 2 only c) both d) neither Answer: c Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 30.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 30.1

22) The figure shows three circuits in which a conducting bar slides along a U-shaped wire and through a uniform magnetic field (the field direction is indicated). The direction of travel is indicated. In which circuit is the induced current clockwise?

a) 1 only b) 2 only c) 3 only d) 1 and 2 e) 1 and 3 f) 2 and 3 g) none h) all three Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 30.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 30.1

23) The figure shows a rectangular loop of wire that straddles three regions of uniform magnetic field. With B in teslas and time in seconds, the fields are B1 = 3, B2 = 4t , B3 = 6. The dimensions are L = 2.0 m and d = 2.0 m. The circuit includes an ideal battery of 24 V. What is the magnitude of the net emf (V) in the loop?

a) 20 b) 6 c) 0 d) 8 e) 12 f) 28

g) 14 h) 4 i) 24 j) 40 Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 30.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 30.1

24) The figure shows a rectangular circuit in a magnetic field that is out of the plane of the figure and given by B = 2.00x3t5, with B in teslas, x in meters, and t in seconds. The coordinates are x1 = 0.600 m, x2 = 0.800 m, and y1 = 0.500 m. The resistor has resistance 5.00 10 Ω and the wire has negligible resistance. What is the current (A) through the circuit at t = 3.00 s? 3

a) 6.15 10

−5

b) 5.5110

−5

c) 8.92 10

−4

d) 5.67 10 e) 6.89 10 f) 9.03 10

−4

g) 1.1110

−4

h) 2.53 10 i) 1.19 10

−3

−5

j) 7.10 10

−3

Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 30.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 30.1

25) The figure shows an overhead view of a conducting rod sliding along a wire in a uniform magnetic field of 5.00 T that is into the figure. The width is L = 0.800 m. A counterclockwise emf of 8.00 V is induced in the circuit. What is the speed of the rod (m/s)?

a) 4.5 b) 5.0 c) 3.7 d) 7.0 e) 9.5 f) 2.0 g) 3.5 h) 8.9 i) 1.2 j) 2.7 Answer: f Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 30.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 30.1

26) The figure shows an overhead view of a conducting rod sliding along a wire in a uniform magnetic field into the figure. A counterclockwise emf is induced in the circuit. What is the direction of the rod’s motion?

(a) upward (b) downward Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy

Learning Objective 1: LO 30.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 30.1

27) The figure shows a rectangular loop of wire that straddles three regions of uniform magnetic field. With B in teslas and time in seconds, the fields are B1 = 3, B2 = 4t , B3 = 6. The dimensions are L = 2.0 m and d = 2.0 m. The circuit includes an ideal battery of 12 V. What is the magnitude of the net emf (V) in the loop?

a) 20 b) 6 c) 0 d) 8 e) 12 f) 28 g) 14 h) 4 i) 24 j) 40 Answer: h Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 30.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 30.1

28) The figure shows three square wire loops of identical size, each lying in one of the planes of the ˆ coordinate system. The loops are in the same uniform magnetic field B = 2tˆi + 3tˆj + 7k. Rank the loops according to the magnitude of the emf induced in them, greatest first. ( ) indicates a tie.

a) 1, 2, 3 b) 1, 3, 2 c) 2, 1, 3 d) 2, 3, 1 e) 3, 2, 1 f) 3, 1, 2 g) (1,2), 3 h) 3, (1,2) i) 2, (1,3) j) 1, (2,3) Answer: e Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 30.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 30.1

29) The figure shows three circuits in which a conducting bar slides along a U-shaped wire and through a uniform magnetic field (the field direction is indicated). The direction of travel is indicated. In which is the induced current clockwise?

a) 1 only b) 2 only c) 3 only d) 1 and 2 e) 1 and 3 f) 2 and 3 g) none h) all three

Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 30.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 30.1

30) The figure shows two regions of uniform magnetic field. On the left of the dashed line, B1 = 4.00t2 in teslas and seconds, and on the right, B2 = 60.0 T. The dimensions are L1 = 2.00 m and L2 = 3.00 m. The circuit includes an ideal 60.0 V battery, and the total resistance is 5.00 Ω. What is the current (A) in the circuit at time t = 3.00 s?

a) 2.02 b) 6.53 c) 5.60 d) 8.92 e) 9.83 f) 1.91 g) 16.8 h) 4.83 i) 2.42 j) 4.41 Answer: g Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 30.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 30.1

31) The figure shows an overhead view of a conducting rod sliding along a wire with speed v = 0.550 m/s in a uniform magnetic field of 0.350 T directly into the figure. Length L is 0.250 m. The rod has a resistance of 18.0 Ω and the wire’s resistance is negligible. What is the induced current (A)?

a) 4.54 10

−3

b) 5.06 10 c) 3.70 10

−2

d) 7.10 10 e) 9.5110 f) 1.07 10

−4

−2

g) 3.5110 h) 8.9110 i) 1.25 10

−4

−3

−4

j) 2.67 10

−3

Answer: j Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 30.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 30.1

32) The figure shows an overhead view of a conducting rod sliding along a wire with a speed v in a uniform magnetic field directly into the figure. What is the direction of that induced current?

(a) clockwise (b) counterclockwise Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 30.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 30.1

33) The figure shows a rectangular circuit in a magnetic field that is out of the plane of the figure and given by B = 2.00x3t5, with B in teslas, x in meters, and t in seconds. the coordinates are x1 = 0.500 m, y1 =

0.600 m, and y2 = 0.800 m. The circuit has resistance 5000 Ω. What is the current (A) through the circuit at t = 3.00 s?

a) 6.15 10 b) 5.5110

−5

−2

c) 5.06 10

−4

−3

d) 5.67 10 e) 6.89 10 f) 9.03 10

−4

g) 1.1110

−4

h) 2.53 10 i) 1.0110

−3

−2

j) 7.10 10

−3

Answer: c Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 30.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 30.1

34) The figure shows an overhead view of a conducting rod sliding along a wire with speed v = 0.550 m/s in a uniform magnetic field of 0.700 T directly out of the figure. Length L is 0.250 m. The rod has a resistance of 9.00 Ω and the wire’s resistance is negligible. What is the induced current (A)?

a) 4.54 10

−3

b) 5.06 10 c) 3.70 10

−2

d) 7.10 10 e) 9.5110

−4

f) 1.07 10

−2

g) 3.5110 h) 8.9110 i) 1.25 10

−3

−4

j) 2.67 10

−3

Answer: f Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 30.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 30.1

35) The figure shows two regions of uniform magnetic field. On the left of the dashed line, B1 = 4.00t2 in teslas and seconds, and on the right, B2 = 60.0 T. The dimensions are L1 = 2.00 m and L2 = 3.00 m. The circuit includes an ideal 60 V battery, and the total resistance is 15.0 Ω. What is the current (A) in the circuit at time t = 3.00 s?

a) 2.02 b) 6.53 c) 5.60 d) 8.92 e) 9.83 f) 1.91 g) 16.8 h) 4.83 i) 2.42 j) 4.41 Answer: c Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 30.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 30.1

36) The figure shows a rectangular circuit in a magnetic field that is out of the plane of the figure and given by B = 2.00x3t5, with B in teslas, x in meters, and t in seconds. The coordinates are x1 = 0.500 m, y1 = 0.600 m, and y2 = 0.800 m. The circuit has resistance 250 Ω. What is the current (A) through the circuit at t = 3.00 s?

a) 6.15 10 b) 5.5110

−5

−2

c) 5.06 10

−4

d) 5.67 10 e) 6.89 10 f) 9.03 10

−4

g) 1.1110

−4

h) 2.53 10 i) 1.0110

−3

−2

j) 7.10 10

−3

Answer: i Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 30.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 30.1

37) The figure shows three circular circuits with identical batteries. The first two have the same area. Circuit 3 has twice the area. In each a magnetic field is perpendicular to the area and is growing at the rate of 3.0 μT/s. The directions of the fields are indicated. Rank the circuits according to the emf in them, greatest current first. ( ) indicates a tie.

a) 1, 2, 3 b) 1, 3, 2 c) 2, 1, 3

d) 2, 3, 1 e) 3, 2, 1 f) 3, 1, 2 g) (1,2), 3 h) 3, (1,2) i) 2, (1,3) j) 1, (2,3) Answer: e Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 30.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 30.1

38) The figure shows a graph of the magnetic field of a magnet that is turning off. A coil lies in the field with its plane perpendicular to the field (with the area vector parallel to the field vector). Rank the four time intervals shown according to the magnitude of the emf induced in the coil, greatest magnitude first. ( ) indicates a tie.

a) 2,3,1,4 b) 3,2,1,4 c) 4,1,3,2 d) 3,(1,4),2 e) 4,2,(1,3) f) 2,4,1,3 g) 1,2,4,3 h) 3,4,1,2 i) 2,(1,4),3 j) 1,(2,3),4 Answer: e Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 30.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 30.1

39) The figure shows a rectangular wire loop lying in three magnetic fields given by these functions (in teslas and seconds): B1 = 3.00t

B2 = 50.0

B3 = 4.00t 2 + 5.00. The dimensions are L1 = 2.00 m, L2

= 3.00 m, L3 = 1.00 m, and L4 = 2.00 m. The directions of the fields are indicated. The resistance is 0.500 ohm. What is the current (A) in the circuit at time t = 0.500 s?

a) 0.12 b) 4.25 c) 0.44 d) 0.25 e) 1.30 f) 0.36 g) 1.20 h) 4.00 i) 0.80 j) 1.25 Answer: h Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 30.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 30.1

40) The figure shows a rectangular wire loop. The entire region has a magnetic field given by the function B = 2.00 y 2t 4 . The loop has resistance 8.00 Ω. The coordinates are x1 = 5.00 m and y1 = 3.00 m. What is the current (A) in the loop at t = 0.200 s?

a) 1.00 b) 0.250 c) 2.30 d) 2.80 e) 0.50

f) 0.889 g) 0.360 h) 4.00 i) 1.40 j) 1.80 Answer: g Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 30.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 30.1

41) The figure shows a wire bent into three circular segments, each of radius 0.200 m. Each segment is a quadrant of a circle. One quadrant lies in the yz plane, another in the xz plane, and the third in the xy plane. A uniform magnetic field points in the positive direction of y and grows in magnitude at the rate

7.00 10−3 T/s. What is the emf (V) induced in the wire?

a) 1.2 10

−2

b) 8.9 10 c) 7.2 10

−5

d) 2.2 10 e) 6.6 10 f) 2.9 10 g) 1.4 10

−4

−5

h) 4.0 10 i) 3.5 10 j) 9.110

−3

−4

−3

Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 30.1.0

Section Reference 1: Section 30.1

42) The figure shows an overhead view of a conducting rod sliding along a wire in a uniform magnetic field of 5.0 T into the figure. The width is L = 0.80 m. A counterclockwise emf of 12.0 V is induced in the circuit. What is the speed (m/s) of the rod?

a) 4.5 b) 5.0 c) 3.7 d) 7.0 e) 9.5 f) 2.0 g) 3.0 h) 8.9 i) 1.2 j) 2.7 Answer: g Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 30.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 30.1

43) The figure shows an overhead view of a conducting rod sliding along a wire in a uniform magnetic field into the figure. A counterclockwise emf is induced in the circuit. What is the direction of the rod’s velocity in the figure?

a) up b) down Answer: b

Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 30.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 30.1

44) The figure shows a rectangular wire loop lying in three magnetic fields given by these functions (in teslas and seconds): B1 = 3.00t

B2 = 50.0

B3 = 4.00t 2 + 5.00. T The dimensions are L1 = 2.00 m,

L2 = 3.00 m, L3 = 1.00 m, and L4 = 2.00 m. The directions of the fields are indicated. The resistance is 5.50 Ω. What is the current (A) in the circuit at time t = 0.500 s?

a) 0.12 b) 4.25 c) 0.44 d) 0.25 e) 1.30 f) 0.36 g) 1.20 h) 4.0 i) 0.80 j) 1.25 Answer: f Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 30.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 30.1

45) The figure shows a rectangular wire loop. The entire region has a magnetic field given by the function B = 2.00 y 2t 4 . The loop has resistance 1.25 Ω. The coordinates are x1 = 5.00 m and y1 = 3.00 m. What is the current (A) in the loop at t = 0.200 s?

a) 1.00 b) 0.250 c) 2.30 d) 2.80 e) 0.50 f) 0.889 g) 0.360 h) 4.00 i) 1.40 j) 1.80 Answer: c Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 30.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 30.1

46) The figure shows a wire bent into three circular segments, each of radius 0.850 m. Each segment is a quadrant of a circle. One quadrant lies in the yz plane, another in the xz plane, and the third in the xy plane. A uniform magnetic field points in the positive direction of y and grows in magnitude at the rate

7.00 10−3 T/s. What is the emf (V) induced in the wire?

a) 1.2 10

−2

b) 8.9 10 c) 7.2 10

−5

d) 2.2 10 e) 6.6 10 f) 2.9 10 g) 1.4 10

−4

−5

h) 4.0 10 i) 3.5 10 j) 9.110

−3

−4

−3

Answer: h Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 30.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 30.1

47) The figure shows an overhead view of a conducting rod sliding along a wire with speed v = 0.550 m/s in a uniform magnetic field of magnitude B = 0.350 T. Length L = 0.250 m. The rod has a resistance of 18.0 Ω and the wire’s resistance is negligible. What is the induced current (A)?

a) 4.52 10 b) 5.0110

−5

−6 −2

c) 3.70 10

d) 7.50 10 e) 9.58 10 f) 1.66 10

−4

−3

g) 3.56 10

−8

h) 8.94 10

−3

i) 1.25 10

−4

j) 2.67 10

−3

Answer: j Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 30.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 30.1

48) The figure shows a rectangular wire loop. The left side lies in a uniform magnetic field whose magnitude changes as B1 = 3.00t2, with B in teslas and t in seconds. The right side lies in a uniform magnetic field whose magnitude changes as B2 = 4.00t. A 0.500 V ideal battery lies in the circuit. The dimensions are L1 = 0.300 m, L2 = 0.200 m, and L3 = 0.400 m. What is the net emf (V) in the circuit at time t = 0.500 s?

a) 0.16 b) 4.00 c) 4.72 d) 5.00 e) 1.16 f) 1.50 g) 3.50 h) 0.86 i) 0.46 j) 0.70 Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 30.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 30.1

49) The figure shows rectangular wire loop in a magnetic field whose magnitude is given by B = 3.00 y 2t 2 , in teslas, meters, and seconds. The coordinates are x1 = 0.200 m and y1 = 0.600 m. The loop has a resistance of 5.00 . What is the rate (W) at which energy is dissipated in the circuit at time t = 14.0 s?

a) 91.2 b) 7.40 c) 1.55 d) 19.0 e) 94.2

f) 0.113 g) 12.8 h) 0.293 i) 56.7 j) 77.2 Answer: h Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 30.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 30.1

50) The figure shows an overhead view of a conducting rod sliding along a wire with speed v = 0.550 m/s in a uniform magnetic field of magnitude B = 0.350 T. Length L = 0.250 m. The rod has a resistance of 29.0 Ω and the wire’s resistance is negligible. What is the induced current (A)?

a) 4.52 10 b) 5.0110

−5

−6 −2

c) 3.70 10

d) 7.50 10 e) 9.58 10 f) 1.66 10

−4

−3

g) 3.56 10

−8

h) 8.94 10

−3

i) 1.25 10

−4

j) 2.67 10

−3

Answer: f Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 30.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 30.1

51) The figure shows rectangular wire loop in a magnetic field whose magnitude is given by B = 3.00 y 2t 2 , in teslas, meters, and seconds. The coordinates are x1 = 0.200 m and y1 = 0.600 m. The loop has a resistance of 13.0 . What is the rate (W) at which energy is dissipated in the circuit at time t = 14.0 s?

a) 91.2 b) 7.40 c) 1.55 d) 19.0 e) 94.2 f) 0.113 g) 12.8 h) 0.293 i) 56.7 j) 77.2 Answer: f Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 30.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 30.1

52) The figure shows a rectangular wire loop. The left side lies in a uniform magnetic field whose magnitude changes as B1 = 3.00t2, with B in teslas and t in seconds. The right side lies in a uniform magnetic field whose magnitude changes as B2 = 4.00t. The dimensions are L1 = 0.300 m, L2 = 0.200 m, and L3 = 0.400 m. A 0.200 V ideal battery lies in the circuit. What is the net emf (V) in the circuit at time t = 0.500 s?

a) 0.16 b) 4.00 c) 4.72 d) 5.00 e) 1.16

f) 1.50 g) 3.50 h) 0.86 i) 0.46 j) 0.70 Answer: i Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 30.1.0 Section Reference 1: Section 30.1

53) The figure shows graphs of current versus time for two RL circuits as they turn on. The plots approach the same asymptote, and the two circuits have identical values of R. Which circuit has the larger value of L?

a) Circuit 1 b) Circuit 2 Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 30.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 30.5

54) The figure shows a graph of current i versus time t for two RL circuits as they turn on. The plots approach different asymptotes, and the two circuits have identical values of emf. Which circuit has the larger value of R?

a) Circuit 1 b) Circuit 2

Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 30.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 30.5

55) The figure shows a circuit with five resistors and two inductors: V = 12.0 V, R1 = 4.00 , R2 = 6.00 . . Immediately after the switch is closed at t = 0, what is the current (A) through the battery?

a) 0.303 b) 0.486 c) 0.202 d) 0.982 e) 1.29 f) 0.764 g) 0.553 h) 1.59 i) 0.857 j) 0.0341 Answer: i Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 30.6.0 Section Reference 1: Section 30.6

56) The figure shows a circuit with five resistors and two inductors: V = 12.0 V, R1 = 4.00 , R2 = 6.00 . Long after the switch is closed, what is the current (A) through the battery?

a) 2.50 b) 4.40 c) 3.05 d) 1.33 e) 1.15 f) 2.12 g) 1.85 h) 0.940 i) 1.84 j) 2.00 Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 30.6.0 Section Reference 1: Section 30.6

57) In the circuit, the switch is closed at t = 0. At what time (s) is the potential across the resistor 15.0% of its final potential? Ideal battery V = 12.0 V. Resistance R = 4.00 . Inductance L = 50.0 mH.

a) 5.6110

−3

b) 9.13 10

−3

c) 8.40 10

−4

d) 9.8110

−3

e) 4.7110 f) 2.03 10

−3

g) 4.06 10

−4

h) 5.15 10

−4

i) 6.67 10

−4

j) 7.00 10

−3

Answer: f Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 30.6.0 Section Reference 1: Section 30.6

58) The figure shows a circuit with five resistors and two inductors: Immediately after the switch is closed at t = 0, what is the current (A) through the battery? Ideal battery V = 18.0 V,

R1 = 4.00 , R2 = 6.00 .

a) 0.303 b) 0.486 c) 0.202 d) 0.982 e) 1.29 f) 0.764 g) 0.553 h) 1.59 i) 0.857 j) 0.0341 Answer: e Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 30.6.0 Section Reference 1: Section 30.6

59) The figure shows a circuit with five resistors and two inductors: V = 18.0 V, R1 = 4.00 , R2 = 6.00 . Long after the switch is closed, what is the current (A) through the battery?

a) 2.50 b) 4.40 c) 3.05 d) 1.33 e) 1.15 f) 2.12 g) 1.85 h) 0.940 i) 1.84 j) 2.00 Answer: j Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 30.6.0 Section Reference 1: Section 30.6

60) In the circuit, the switch is closed at t = 0. At what time (second) is the potential across the resistor 15.0% of its final potential? Ideal battery V = 12.0 V. Resistance R = 20.0 . Inductance L = 50.0 mH.

a) 5.6110

−3

b) 9.13 10

−3

c) 8.40 10

−4

d) 9.8110

−3

e) 4.7110

−3

f) 2.03 10

−3

g) 4.06 10 h) 5.15 10

−4

i) 6.67 10

−4

j) 7.00 10 Answer: g

−3

Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 30.6.0 Section Reference 1: Section 30.6

61) The first figure shows an LR circuit. A second resistor is added in series. With that addition, what has happened to the time the circuit needs to reach, say, 63% of its final value of current?

a) increased b) decreased c) unchanged Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 30.6.0 Section Reference 1: Section 30.6

62) The current in an RL circuit builds up to 15.0% of its steady-state value in 7.00 s. What is the inductive time constant (s)? a) 66.7 b) 91.2 c) 15.4 d) 19.6 e) 22.7 f) 33.3

g) 5.67 h) 8.99 i) 29.8 j) 43.1 Answer: j Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 30.6.0 Section Reference 1: Section 30.6

63) The figure shows a circuit with an ideal 12.0 V battery, three resistors (each 4.0 Ω), and an inductor. When the switch is closed, what is the current (A) through R2 just then?

a) 0.50 b) 1.0 c) 1.5 d) 2.0 e) 2.5 f) 3.0 g) 3.5 h) 4.0 i) 4.5 j) 5.0 Answer: c Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 30.6.0 Section Reference 1: Section 30.6

64) The figure shows a circuit with an ideal 12.0 V battery, three resistors (each 4.0 Ω), and an inductor. The switch is kept closed a long time. When it is reopened, what is the magnitude of the current (A) through R2 just then?

a) 0.50 b) 1.0 c) 1.5 d) 2.0 e) 2.5 f) 3.0 g) 3.5 h) 4.0 i) 4.5 j) 5.0 Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 30.6.0 Section Reference 1: Section 30.6

65) The current in an RL circuit builds up to 30.0% of its steady-state value in 7.00 s. What is the inductive time constant (s) ? a) 66.7 b) 91.2 c) 15.4 d) 19.6 e) 22.7 f) 33.3 g) 5.67 h) 8.99 i) 29.8 j) 43.1 Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate

Learning Objective 1: LO 30.6.0 Section Reference 1: Section 30.6

66) The figure shows three circuits with identical resistors, (ideal) batteries, and inductors. The switches have been open a long time. They are closed at time t = 0. Just then, rank the circuits according to the current through the inductor, greatest current first. ( ) indicates a tie.

a) 1, 2, 3 b) 1, 3, 2 c) 2, 1, 3 d) 2, 3, 1 e) 3, 2, 1 f) 3, 1, 2 g) (1,2), 3 h) 3, (1,2) i) 2, (1,3) Answer: i Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 30.6.0 Section Reference 1: Section 30.6

67) The figure shows an ideal battery, a resistor, and an inductor. The switches are closed at time t = 0. What is the current (mA) through the circuit at time t = 20.0 ms? L = 3.00 H, R = 400  , V = 12.0 V.

a) 73.6 b) 29.2 c) 57.9

d) 8.09 e) 0.677 f) 17.1 g) 33.3 h) 27.9 i) 30.0 j) 14.6 Answer: h Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 30.6.0 Section Reference 1: Section 30.6

68) The figure shows an ideal battery, a resistor, and an inductor. The switches are closed at time t = 0. L = 3.00 H, R = 400  , V = 12.0 V. At what time t (ms) is the current i = 9.00 mA?

a) 12.3 b) 33.9 c) 2.68 d) 5.97 e) 3.33 f) 9.59 g) 16.4 h) 3.58 i) 4.14 j) 17.4 Answer: c Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 30.6.0 Section Reference 1: Section 30.6

69) The figure shows an ideal battery and a network of inductors and resistors. The switch is closed at time t = 0. What is the current (A) through the battery just after the switch is closed? V = 14.0 V R1 = 3.00 Ω R2 = 33.0 Ω

a) 2.00 b) 1.00 c) 8.09 10 d) 0.200

−2

e) 5.00 10 f) 0.505 g) 0.402 h) 0.350 i) 0.250 j) 1.17

−2

Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 30.6.0 Section Reference 1: Section 30.6

70) The figure shows an ideal battery and a network of inductors and resistors. The switch is closed at time t = 0. V = 14.0 V R1 = 3.00 Ω R2 = 33.0 Ω. Long after the switch is closed, what is the current (A) through the battery?

a) 2.00

b) 1.00 c) 8.09 10 d) 0.200

−2

e) 5.00 10 f) 0.505 g) 0.402 h) 0.350 i) 0.250 j) 1.17

−2

Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 30.6.0 Section Reference 1: Section 30.6

71) The figure shows an ideal battery, a resistor, and an inductor. The switches are closed at time t = 0. What is the current (mA) through the circuit at time t = 200 ms? L = 3.00 H, R = 400  , V = 12.0 V.

a) 73.6 b) 29.2 c) 57.9 d) 8.09 e) 0.677 f) 17.1 g) 33.3 h) 27.9 i) 30.0 j) 14.6 Answer: i Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 30.6.0 Section Reference 1: Section 30.6

72) The figure shows an ideal battery and a network of inductors and resistors. The switch is closed at time t = 0. What is the current (A) through the battery just after the switch is closed? V = 28.0 V R1 = 13.0 Ω R2 = 33.0 Ω

a) 2.00 b) 1.00 c) 8.09 10 d) 0.200

−2

e) 5.00 10 f) 0.505 g) 0.402 h) 0.350 i) 0.250 j) 1.17

−2

Answer: h Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 30.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 30.5

73) The figure shows an ideal battery and a network of inductors and resistors. The switch is closed at time t = 0. V = 28.0 V R1 = 13.0 Ω R2 = 33.0 Ω. Long after the switch is closed, what is the current (A) through the battery?

a) 2.00 b) 1.00 c) 8.09 10 d) 0.200

−2

e) 5.00 10 f) 0.505 g) 0.402 h) 0.350 i) 0.250 j) 1.17

−2

Answer: j Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 30.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 30.5

74) The figure shows an ideal battery, a resistor, and an inductor (L = 15.0 mH). The switch is closed at time t = 0. At t = 82.0 s, the current is 5.40% of its final (equilibrium) value. What is the resistance () of the resistor?

a) 10.2 b) 35.2 c) 55.0 d) 3.33 10 e) 60.0 f) 4.57 g) 240 h) 2.05 i) 670 j) 22.0

Answer: a Title: Question ID:

Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 30.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 30.5

75) The figure shows an ideal battery, a resistor, and an inductor (L = 52.0 mH). The switch is closed at time t = 0. At t = 82.0 s, the current is 5.40% of its final (equilibrium) value. What is the resistance () of the resistor?

a) 10.2 b) 35.2 c) 55.0 d) 3.33 10 e) 60.0 f) 4.57 g) 240 h) 2.05 i) 670 j) 22.0

Answer: b Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 30.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 30.5 76) The figure shows an ideal battery (V = 12.0 V), a resistor ( R = 200 ), and an inductor

( L = 3.00 H). The switch is closed at time t = 0. What is the current (milliamps) through the circuit at time t = 3.00 10

−2

a) 1.56 b) 33.3 c) 40.4 d) 0.202 e) 1.22 f) 2.57 g) 29.2 h) 51.9 i) 0.809 j) 0.677 Answer: h Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 30.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 30.5

77) The first figure shows an RL circuit with an ideal battery. When the switch is closed at time t = 0, which plot on the graph in the second figure best shows the voltage VR across the resistor versus time t?

a) 1 b) 2 c) 3 d) 4 Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 30.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 30.5

78) The first figure shows an RL circuit with an ideal battery. When the switch is closed at time t = 0, which plot in the second figure best shows the rate at which electrical energy is being converted to thermal energy?

a) 1 b) 2 c) 3 d) 4 Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 30.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 30.5

79) The first figure shows an RL circuit with an ideal battery. When the switch is closed at time t = 0, which plot in the second figure best shows the induced emf % L of the inductor?

a) 1 b) 2 c) 3 d) 4 Answer: a Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 30.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 30.5

80) The first figure shows an RL circuit with an ideal battery. When the switch is closed at time t = 0, which plot best shows the energy UB in the magnetic field of the inductor?

a) 1 b) 2 c) 3 d) 4 Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Easy Learning Objective 1: LO 30.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 30.5

81) The figure shows a circuit with two inductors, five resistors, and an ideal 12 V battery. Resistor R1 = 9.0 Ω. Just after the switch is closed, what is the current (A) through that resistor?

a) 6.0 b) 0.33 c) 0.67 d) 1.0 e) 0.40 f) 0.50 g) 0.25 h) 0.80 i) 2.0 j) 3.0 Answer: d

Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 30.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 30.5

82) The figure shows a circuit with two inductors, five resistors, and an ideal 12 V battery. Resistor R1 = 9.0 Ω. A long time later, what is the current (A) through that resistor?

a) 6.0 b) 0.33 c) 0.67 d) 1.0 e) 0.40 f) 0.50 g) 0.25 h) 0.80 i) 2.0 j) 3.0 Answer: c Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 30.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 30.5

83) The figure shows a circuit with an inductor (6.00 10−2 H), a resistor (5.00 Ω), and an ideal battery (16.0 V). The switch is closed at time t = 0. At what time (s) is the power being dissipated in the resistor equal to 0.800 W?

a) 6.90 10

−3

b) 4.04 10 c) 9.5110

−2

−5

d) 1.60 10

−3

e) 8.20 10

−3

f) 7.76 10

−4

g) 3.65 10

−5

h) 6.16 10 i) 2.40 10 j) 5.22 10

−6

−5

−2

Answer: d Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 30.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 30.5

−4

84) The figure shows a circuit with an inductor ( 3.0 10 H), two resistors (R1 = 2.00 Ω and R2 = 6.00 Ω), and an ideal battery (V = 32.0 V). The switch is closed at time t = 0. What is the rate (A/s) at which the current is changing when the voltage across resistor 1 is 5.0 V?

a) 1.6 10

b) 8.4 10

c) 7.5 10

d) 1.9 10

e) 4.0 10 f) 2.0 10

g) 6.9 10

h) 5.8 10

i) 1.6 10

j) 7.110

Answer: e Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 30.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 30.5

85) The figure shows a circuit with two inductors, five resistors, and an ideal 36 V battery. Resistor R1 = 9.0 Ω. Just after the switch is closed, what is the current (A) through that resistor?

a) 6.0 b) 0.33 c) 0.67 d) 1.0 e) 0.40 f) 0.50 g) 0.25 h) 0.80 i) 2.0 j) 3.0 Answer: j Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 30.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 30.5

86) The figure shows a circuit with two inductors, five resistors, and an ideal 36 V battery. Resistor R1 = 9.0 Ω. A long time later, what is the current (A) through that resistor?

a) 6.0 b) 0.33 c) 0.67 d) 1.0 e) 0.40 f) 0.50 g) 0.25 h) 0.80 i) 2.0 j) 3.0 Answer: i Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 30.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 30.5

87) The figure shows a circuit with an inductor (1.00 mH), a resistor (5.00 Ω), and an ideal battery (12.0 V). The switch is closed at time t = 0. At what time (s) is the power being dissipated in the resistor equal to 0.800 W?

a) 6.90 10

−3

b) 4.04 10 c) 9.5110

−2

−5

d) 1.60 10

−3

e) 8.20 10

−3

f) 7.76 10

−4

g) 3.65 10

−5

h) 6.16 10 i) 2.40 10 j) 5.22 10 Answer: g

−6

−5

−2

Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 30.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 30.5

88) The figure shows a circuit with an inductor (6.00 10−4 H) , two resistors (R1 = 2.00 Ω and R2 = 6.00 Ω), and an ideal battery (V = 32.0 V). The switch is closed at time t = 0. What is the rate (A/s) at which the current is changing when the voltage across the resistor 1 is 5.0 V?

a) 1.6 10

b) 8.4 10

c) 7.5 10

d) 1.9 10

e) 4.0 10 f) 2.0 10

g) 6.9 10

h) 5.8 10

i) 1.6 10

j) 7.110

Answer: f Title: Question ID: Difficulty: Moderate Learning Objective 1: LO 30.5.0 Section Reference 1: Section 30.5